Executive Summary: ES 1 - Project Fact Sheet

Executive Summary| Environmental Impact Statement
Executive Summary
ES 1 . Project Fact Sheet
The City Government of Manila (the proponent) proposes to develop a reclamation

project located along the coast of Manila Bay within the political jurisdiction of the
City. The project will have a land area of approximately 407.42 hectares that is
envisioned to be the new central business district of the city.
This Executive Summary provides a general overview of the proposed New Manila
Reclamation Project of the Manila City Government. Also, it briefly describes the
project’s documentation of the process undertaken in the conduct of EIA – EIA
Team, EIA Study Area, description of key EIA Methodologies, summary of baseline
condition, major impacts, proposed mitigation and preventive measure, monitoring
plans, and public participation.
ES 1.1 Basic Project Information
Project Information
Project Name New Manila Reclamation Project

Project Type Reclamation Project
Project Location Along Coast of Manila Bay in the territorial
jurisdiction of the City of Manila
Project Size 407.42 hectares
Major Components  Reclamation of 407.42 hectare land
 200-meter buffer zone for adequate water
circulation
 Design platform level of +4.40 m CD or higher
 Reclamation Equipment: Trailing Suction Hopper
Dredger (TSHD), Backhoe Dredger (BHD),
Hopper Barge and Tugboat
 Proper drainage system
 Internal and access road networks
 A sand source located within a 30 km radius from
the site such as the San Nicholas Shoal (SNS)
has been planned for as the borrow area for the
fill material
 Sandkey dredging for sloping revetment and
gravity wall foundation
Project Cost PhP43.7 billion
New Manila Reclamation Project ES 1

City Government of Manila
Proponent Profile
Project Proponent City Government of Manila

Authorized Representative Hon. Joseph Estrada
Designation Mayor
Proponent Address Padre Burgos Ave, Ermita, Manila
Proponent Contact Details T (02) 527 0907
EIA Preparer RHR Consult Services, Inc.
Contact Person/ Ryan Filiberto P. Botengan
Designation Managing Director
9999-A Mt. Pulog St., Umali Subd., Los Banos,
Address
Laguna
Contact Details T (02) 411 5763
The Sworn Statement of Accountability of the Proponent is provided in Annex B.
ES 1.2 Project Location
The Project is situated along the coast of Manila Bay, Manila City, Metro Manila, the
National Capital of the Philippines. The project site will have a total are of
approximately 407.42 hectares and is adjacent to the Manila South Harbor Port.
The Project site can only be accessed by boat via the 2nd Street, which is a partially
paved 1-lane road and connected to Bonifacio Drive which in turn leads to Roxas
Boulevard, a dual-3major arterial road in Metro Manila. Both roads form part of the
R1 radial road which convey traffic in and out of the city center to Cavite in the south
and other provinces.

Figure ES-1. Existing roads around the Project Sit

ES 2 . Process Documentation of the conduct of EIA
The process documentation of the conduct of the environmental impact assessment

and the subsequent preparation of the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) report
were conducted in pursuant to Presidential Decree (PD) 1586 or the Philippine
Environmental Impact Statement System, where projects declared as
environmentally critical projects (ECPs), such as this project, are required to secure
an Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) prior to commencement of
construction.
The City Government of Manila has commissioned RHR Consult Services, Inc. to
conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment and prepare an EIS report for the
proposed New Manila Reclamation Project. This EIS evaluates the existing
environmental and socio-economic conditions of the proposed project site as well as
assess the potential impacts of the project.
This EIS will guide the proponent to implement environmental management

strategies for all the stressors that will be generated in the operation of New Manila
Reclamation Project. These strategies would determine the kind of development that
will be allowed within the project site.
This study follows essentially the revised procedural guidelines of MC 2014-005.
The New Manila Reclamation Project EIS contains the following:
• Project Description;
• Analysis of Key Environmental Impacts;
• Impacts Management Plan;
• Social Development Plan and IEC Implementation;
• Environmental Compliance Monitoring;
• Emergency Response Policy and Generic Guidelines;
• Environmental Risk Assessment;
• Abandonment/Decommissioning/ Rehabilitation Policies and Generic
Guidelines; and
• Institutional Plan for EMP Implementation.
In terms of process, a participative process was adopted thru public consultation and
IEC. Implicit in the approach was allowing the proponent and the various project
stakeholders to provide their inputs and ideas from which the Impact Management
Plan (IMP) was crafted so that appropriate measures can be developed to ensure
greater acceptance, commitment and support for the project.
ES 2.1 Limitations of the Study
The scoping process essentially determined the coverage of the study. Sensitive
issues as well as other applicable parameters were included in the scoping activity.

The study was limited to the primary and secondary data gathered on-site, other
related literatures and fieldwork conducted. The provision of precise data determines
the effectiveness of the report in supplying all the appropriate conclusion and
recommendations. The study team put forth its thoroughness in completing the entire
EIS. Details on the scoping checklist were carefully considered to generate a reliable
and accurate report.
ES 2.2 Project Team
The members of the team who professionally conducted the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) are depicted on Table ES-1.
Table ES-1.EIA Study Team

Registration
Name Field of Expertise
Number
For. Ryan Filiberto Botengan Project Management IPCO-108
For. Jose Paulo Devanadera Project Management IPCO-052
Mr. Jess Addawe EIA Process, GIS Mapping, Water Quality IPCO-056
Mr. Arnel Mendoza Geology and Geomorphology
Engr. IsabeloAbellon Hydrology
Engr. Ronald Pahunang Hydrodynamic Modelling, Air and Noise IPCO-173
Mr. Benjamin Francisco Marine Ecology IPCO-038
Mr. Henry James Botengan Socio-economic/People Module IPCO-063
Engr. Louie June D. Sioson EIS Integration IPCO-095
The Accountability Statement of the Preparers is provided in Annex B.
ES 2.3 EIA Study Schedule
The schedule of activities performed as part of the preparation of the EIS is detailed
in the table below:
Table ES-2.EIA Study Schedule
Activity Date
Pre-Public Scoping Activities May 9-11, 2018
Public scoping July 2, 2018
Submission of Project Description for Scoping (PDS) to
July 6, 2018
EMB
Technical scoping July 16, 2018
Conduct of field sampling and surveys May-August, 2018
Conduct of perception survey, key informant interviews
May-August, 2018
and focus group discussions
Public consultation -

ES 2.4 EIA Study Area
The EIA study was undertaken within the vicinity of the proposed project footprint
and its potential impact areas, particularly in Barangay 649, Manila City. The
coverage of the EIA study is based on the agreed scope of the EIA Review
Committee (EIARC) during the technical scoping activity conducted on 16 July 2016.
The primary and secondary impact zones of the project are delineated and
discussed in Section 1.1.3.
ES 2.5 EIA Methodology
The approach and methodology adopted to complete this EIS is in accordance with
the prescribed methods of EMB and the procedural manual for DAO 2003-30. Table
ES-3 provides the methodology used for each module.
Table ES-3.EIA Study Methodology
Data sources and
Module Methodology
references
Land
Land use and  Review of secondary data  Comprehensive
classification  Spatial analysis of reference maps Land Use Plan of
Manila City (2005-
2020)
 NAMRIA
Geology and  Review of secondary data  MGB
geomorphology  Spatial analysis of reference maps through GIS  PHIVOLCS
 Analysis of historic occurrences of geologic hazards  NAMRIA
Pedology  Review of secondary data  Primary data
 Soil sampling and analysis (July 1, 2018) gathering
 NAMRIA
Water
Hydrology  Review of secondary data  PAGASA
 Collection of rainfall data and geo-hazard maps and  MGB
historical annual peak flow data of gaged river/s  NAMRIA
near the proposed project
 Delineation of watersheds of rivers draining the
project site using GIS software as a requisite in the
flood frequency analysis and other hydrological
analysis.
 Conduct of Point flood frequency analysis to
determine flood peaks with different return periods
(5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200- year) of Pasig River
draining to the proposed project.
Oceanography  Review of secondary data  Primary data
 Measurements of current patterns using drogue and gathering
bathymetric sounding at the project area and  NAMRIA
vicinities using a Garmin Echosounder on June 29,
2018
 Hydrodynamic modelling was conducted using the
EFDC-Explorer Version 8.3 Hydrodynamic Model.
Water quality  Characterization of water quality by water sample  Primary data
collection and analysis (June 28, 2018) gathering

Data sources and

Module Methodology
references
Freshwater  River Parameters (3 sampling stations; 23 July  Primary data
Ecology 2018): gathering
o Use of HONDEX Portable Handheld Depth
Sounder (Ps-7 A423 067);
o Salinity with a standard Atago refractometer, and
width with the use of GPS tracking;
o Substrate composition collected through scuba
diving;
o Turbidity measured with a standard sechhi disc
attached to a fiberglass meter tape.
 Plankton (3 sampling stations; 23 July 2018):
o Phytoplankton - filtered through a 20 µm mesh
sieve and fixed using Lugol’s solution; samples
sent to a laboratory for counting and identification
o Zooplankton samples were filtered through a 33
µm mesh sieve and fixed with 10% buffered
formalin; samples sent to a laboratory for
counting and identification
 Macrobenthos/ macro-invertebrates (3 sampling
stations; 23-24 July 2018)
o Use of standard kick net
o Opportunistic survey of macro-invertebrates of
significant importance for food or trade
undertaken randomly to reinforce data on aquatic
animal diversity specifically for bivalves,
crustaceans and gastropods in the river.
 Fish Biota (3 sampling stations; 23-24 July 2018)
o Conduct of test fishing in the river employing a
cast net and hook and line
o Fish, crustacean species, and macro-
invertebrates of significant value as food were
identified in-situ through opportunistic
observations in the macrobenthos stations.
Marine ecology  Validation of presence or absence of benthic life  Primary data
forms (23-25 July 2018) gathering
o Broad area manta tows with tuck dives aided by
underwater torch (25 contiguous tows)
o Spot Dives (6 validation dives)
 Fisheries and fishing practices (July 23-25, 2018)
o Catch rate and catch composition through
observation of actual catch landing of two fishers
using bottom set gill net and an actual fishing
operation using simple handlines
 Plankton (3 sampling stations; 24 July 2018)
o Plankton samples were collected using a-20 μm
plankton net with a mouth diameter of 0.3m
 Macrobenthos (3 sampling stations, July 24, 2018)
o Grab sampling and identification of animals was
undertaken through coarse sorting in-situ
 Mangroves (2 mangrove refo areas; July 24, 2018)
o The mangrove areas were too small to require
detailed assessment. Both sites are nearly 1 km
away from the boundary of the proposed
reclamation site.
Air
Climate and  Climate at the proposed Project site was described  PAGASA (Port
using the Climate Map of the Philippines while the Area Station data)

Data sources and

Module Methodology
references
meteorology meteorological condition at the Project site was
described using the meteorological data from Port
Area (MCO)
GHG Emission  The CO2 were calculated using emission factor-
based estimation method
Air quality and  Measurement of 1-hour ambient concentrations of  Primary data
noise Total Suspended Particulates (TSP), Particulate gathering
Matter less than 10 µm (PM10), Sulfur Dioxide
(SO2), and Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) at five (5) pre-
established sampling stations on August 2, 2018
 Noise level monitoring measure the noise levels
during daytime at five (5) sampling stations
established for ambient air quality monitoring
(August 2, 2018)
 Noise modeling using CUSTIC v3.2.
People
Socio-economic  Review of secondary data  Primary data
conditions and  Perception survey gathering
perception of  Characterization of socio-economic condition  Comprehensive
stakeholders  Focus Group Discussion Land Use Plan of
Manila City (2005-
2020)
 Other related
references
ES 2.6 Public Participation
Stakeholder participation for the project was ensured to determine the current
situation of the affected residents, including the issues and concerns they are
experiencing in their community.
Table ES-4. Public Participation Activities Conducted

Activity Date Venue Participants
Initial Focus Group May 9-11, 2018 City of Manila: Informal Settlers Sector: 23
Discussion* Barangays 286 and
649
Information and May 9-11, City of Manila: 1. Barangay 20, 275, 286, 653,
Education Campaign* June 1, 4, & 6, Brgy 20 649 LGUs;
2018 Brgy 275 2. Intramuros Administration
Brgy 286 3. National Parks Development
Brgy 653 Committee (NPDC) – Luneta
Brgy 649 Admin
Government 4. Philippine Coast Guard HQ
Agencies 5. Philippine Coast Guard NCR
Business 6. Philippine Coast Guard Marine
Establishments Environmental Protection Unit
Religious Institutions 7. Pasig River Rehabilitation
Educational Commission – Baseco Field
Institutions Office
8. SamahangMagkakapitbahayng

Activity Date Venue Participants

Valderama– Brgy 286
9. Manila Ocean Park
10. Hotel H20
11. Pres. Corazon C. Aquino High
School
12. Herminigildo J. Atienza
Elementary School
Initial Perception May 10-11, City of Manila:
Survey* 2018 Barangay 286 Barangay 286 – 33pax
Barangay 653 Barangay 653 - 12pax
Barangay 649 Barangay 649 - 55pax
Public Scoping July 2, 2018 Tamayo Restaurant, 80 participants
General Luna cor. 27 stakeholder groups / sectors
Anda St., Intramuros,
Manila
Perception Survey -- Barangay 649, 119 Total Number of Persons
namely: 1. Seawall, (Pax)
2. Block 1 Aplaya, 3.
Block 1 Gasangan, 4.
Block 1 Dubai, 5.
Block 15, 6. Gawad
Kalinga Site, 7.
Habitat/Site.
* R equi rements P ri or to the P ubl i c S copi ng i n compl i ance wi th DA O 2017 -15 or the Gui del i nes on P ubl ic
P arti ci pati on under the P hi l i ppi ne E nvi ronmental Impact S tatement S ystem.
The issues and concerns based on the results of the perception survey and public
scoping are summarized in Table ES-5.
Table ES-5.Issues and concerns raised during Public Scoping and Perception
Survey
Aspect Issues and Concerns
Project 1. Timeline of ECC application

Description 2. Impact on power supply
3. Source of filling materials
Land 1. Impact on earthquake hazard
2. Future land classification of the project
3. Manila Mandamus to be part of EIA study

Aspect Issues and Concerns
Water 1. Impact on flooding

2. Impact of waste disposal on Manila Bay (aquatic life)
3. Impact on drainage thereby causing flooding in Las Piñas
4. Impact on upstream of affected rivers
5. Impact on navigable waters
6. Impact of hazardous equipment on water quality
7. Impact of project size on water displacement near Pasig River
8. Flow analysis of bay / study on impact of drainage to the community to be
included in the EIA
9. Existing breakwater to be part of the project
10. Systemic problems from the proposed project and other reclamation projects
in Manila Bay
11. Water pollution
People 1. Impact of access road to the residents
2. Consideration on international ports
3. Involvement of necessary stakeholders during public participation
4. Impact on traffic
5. Impact of waste disposal on the community
6. Impact of hazardous equipment on historic and aesthetic value of the area
7. Generation of jobs
8. Displacement of barangay residents/demolition of properties
9. Threat of hazards in the community
10. Improvement of the Baseco Community
11. Cleared and open Manila bay to preserve historical value of the area
12. Social preparation for the community;
13. Include in the development of the community
14. Fishing grounds affected by the equipment, ex. Compactor
15. Aid for the fisherfolk
16. Plan for aplaya residents
17. Change in lifestyle of affected residents
18. Increase in crime
19. Livelihood opportunities

ES 3 . EIA Summary
ES 3.1 Summary of Baseline Characterization
The summary of baseline characterization and its corresponding environmental

impacts and mitigation plan is presented below. Chapter 2 of this EIS provides a
more detailed discussion of the baseline conditions, environmental impacts and
mitigation measures.
Table ES-6. Summary of Baseline Characterization

Module Summary of Baseline Condition / Key Findings
Land Use No CARP or CADC/CADT areas were identified within or near the area of
the project. The proposed project site is also situated at Manila Bay and
may be vulnerable or susceptible to natural hazards.
Geology/Geomorphology • The subsoil is generally weak (very soft to soft) with thick sequence
of Quaternary alluvium made up principally of unconsolidated strata
of plastic silty clay and clay. Very stiff to hard clay layers are
generally deeper.
• The project area may experience ground shaking of Intensity VI as
felt during the July 1990 Luzon Earthquake.
• The seismic hazards to which the project will be exposed to are
ground shaking, liquefaction and surface rupturing.
• In terms of ground shaking, five major earthquake generators,
namely, the West Valley Fault, the Philippine Fault Zone, the Lubang
Fault, the Casiguran Fault and Manila Trench have been identified as
the most likely sources of future earthquakes that could affect the
project. Of these sources, the WVF and the PFZ are most likely to
generate the strongest levels of ground shaking. The worst-case
scenario is a large magnitude event on the West Valley Fault.
• Three zones of average, below and above average levels of ground
shaking have been identified in Metro Manila. Areas within the above
average are those underlain by thick piles of water-saturated
sediments. These include the reclaimed areas in Manila, Navotas,
Malabon, eastern Pateros, the valley side of Marikina and eastern
section of Pasig.
• Identified liquefaction-prone areas in Metro Manila are essentially
within the zone of average to above average zone of ground shaking.
Several areas in Manila (particularly those close to the Pasig River),
Navotas and Malabon have high potential to liquefaction.
• In addition to ground-shaking related hazards, surface rupturing may
also occur from West Valley Fault. The surface rupture is expected
to essentially follow the pre-existing fault trace and restricted to a
narrow zone. For a magnitude 7.5 earthquake, the empirical data
suggest an associated 70 km long surface rupture and maximum
displacement of 2 to 3 meters along the fault trace. Damages as a
result of this hazard is expected to be substantial for structures
directly straddling and located within few meters from the rupture
zone.
• Tsunamis may occur but are not expected to significantly impact the

project area.
• The project area is 70 km away from Taal Volcano and 85 km from
Mount Pinatubo and therefore not susceptible to major volcanic
hazard even if violent eruption will happen. Based on the recorded
hazards associated with the eruption of Taal Volcano, the project
area being 70 km away from the said volcano could only experience
ashfall.
• Only a minor quantity of ash has affected Metro Manila based on the
review of the extent of impacted areas from the largest eruptions of
Mount Pinatubo. It is thus conceivable that should Mt. Pinatubo erupt
with the same magnitude in the future, the same level of ashfall
impact is expected to likely affect the project area.
• Manila being situated in low grounds is very much prone to flooding.
• As seen during Typhoon Pedring and other previously reported storm
surges that affected Manila Bay, Manila Bay coastline is considered
highly vulnerable to storm surges and coastal floods.
Terrestrial Ecology Terrestrial ecology is deemed not significant or relevant to the project as
there is no terrestrial flora or fauna on the site.
Hydrology The proposed project site, the whole Pasig River-Laguna de Bay basin
and surrounding areas belong to Type 1 climate under the Corona’s
modified climate type classification. This type of climate has two (2)
pronounced seasons; generally dry from November to April and wet
during the rest of the year.
The most recent catastrophic flood occurred in Metro Manila when

Typhoon “Ondoy” hit the country on September 26, 2009.
The various flood peaks and return period at the Sto. Nino gaging station
was transposed at the mouth of Pasig River using the basin factor
approach to have an idea on the response of the catchment on the
intense rainfall for a period of 8 hours caused by typhoon “Ondoy”.
The extent of inundation of the flood equivalent to about 5,320 cms (200
year flood) at the Sto. Nino gaging station as a result of typhoon “Ondoy”.
In the case of the areas near the project site, inundation occurred due to
rise of the sea level and bankful capacity of Pasig River has already been
reached by flood waters where drainage cannot anymore drain its waters
to the river or to the sea. As a result, flooding on level areas occurred.
In the case of the areas near the project where access roads are within
the flood prone areas, flooding is not mainly caused by the overbanking of
flood waters from Pasig River due to the drainage system that are not
totally function properly since it cannot discharge its waters to the sea or
to Pasig River
Oceanography Bathymetry. The proposed project site has a maximum depth of about
6.0 m below mean lower low water (MLLW).
Tidal Heights/Patterns. Tidal patterns in Manila show are generally semi-

diurnal or exhibiting two highs and two lows within the 24-hour period,

though there are instances that diurnal tides occur depending on the
moon phase.
The modelled tidal heights followed the same patterns with the predicted
tidal heights, specifically the tidal periods. There are, however, slight
differences on the tidal heights, though comparison plots show good
correlation or agreement with the predicted tidal heights.The results
suggest model stability for periods of during extended periods of
simulations.
Current Patterns. Current patterns were generally parallel with the

coastline and along contours or depths with same levels.
Results of simulation (without project scenario) showed that during low

tide and slack water, NE-SW current flows at coastal areas of Manila City
while S-N current flows at coastal areas of Cavite. After low tide and
during high tide period, parallel current flows from south to north-northeast
at or immediate vicinity of the coastline. At areas fronting the river, there
appears a dominant south-westerly current flow. The prevailing or
dominant currents flow away from the mouth of the river due likely to
increase of river inflows during the wet season.
Simulations (with project scenario) for both low tide and slack water
periods show dominant NE-SW currents or currents flowing parallel with
the proposed Project NW and SE boundaries of the project area. SE-NW
current flows parallel with the SW boundary of the proposed Project while
NW-SE current flows parallel with the NE boundary of the project area.
The NW-SE current flow at the NE boundary and the NE-SW current at
the NW boundary of the proposed Project remained unchanged even after
low tide and during high tide periods. This is likely due to the influenced of
river inflow. Meanwhile, the current at the SE boundary of the Project
flows from southwest to northeast after the low tide and during high tide
periods.
Generated current roses suggest that with the project, the prevailing
current directions are generally parallel with the project boundaries, and
that there is substantial reduction of other current flows perpendicular (or
intersects) with the project boundaries.
Water Quality The guidelines stipulated in DENR Administrative Order No. 2016-08 –
Water Quality Guidelines and General Effluent Standards of 2016 were
used in the assessment of the current status of surface water quality in the
study area. Philippine fresh, coastal and marine waters are classified
based on their beneficial use. Based on DENR Memorandum Circular No.
2010-08, Manila Bay is classified as Class SB.
Freshwater Ecology River Characteristics. In all stations, substrate was comprised intense silt
mixed with garbage, mostly plastic.

Phytoplankton.The overall impression from the results obtained in the

sampling along the survey area is poor, with a low number of genera and
cell densities; but should be taken into account - as reflected by the
relatively low diversity values, as well as the inclusion of potentially
harmful genera as recorded during the sampling period.
Zooplankton. The zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively

poor as indicated by a low number of taxa and abundance for some
groups during the time of survey. There are however no rare or
endangered genera or groups in the sampled zooplankton community,
and all are cosmopolitan in distribution worldwide.
Macrobenthos and macro-invertebrates collected for food and trade. A

total 727 individuals belonging to six (6) families/classes was identified
across all survey stations. However, there were no edible nor
economically important macrobenthos fauna sampled in the three stations
during the river survey.
Commercially important macro-invertebrates in the Pasig River.

Opportunistic survey for macro-invertebrates of commercial importance for
food or trade was undertaken to supplement data on macrobenthos
survey but no edible macro-invertebrates were encountered.
Fish Biota. Three test fishing operations in the Pasig River yielded six
species of brackishwater species dominated by the Tilapia.
Marine Ecology Benthic resources and substrate characterization. Corals and seagrass
communities, including macro-algae and similar habitats were completely
absent in the 6.5 kilometers of benthic observation pathways, spot dives,
sediment collection and systematic snorkeling across the proposed
reclamation area.
Fish Communities and Species Richness. In the absence of coral reefs,

fish visual census was no longer undertaken as no significant stocks of
demersal fish species were encountered in the manta tows and spot
dives. However, observations of actual fishing catch landings indicate the
presence of resilient target species of at least twelve species of fish.
Anecdotal accounts of fishers interviewed during the survey claiming
declining catch rates are supported by fish production statistics reported
by the Bureau of Agricultural Statistics on municipal fisheries production of
top species caught in Manila Bay.
Phytoplankton Diversity. The overall impression from the results obtained

in the phytoplankton sampling along the survey area is poor, with a low
number of genera and cell densities; but should be taken into account - as
reflected by the relatively low diversity values, as well as the inclusion of
potentially harmful genera as recorded during the sampling period.
Zooplankton Diversity. The zooplankton community in the survey area is

relatively poor as indicated by a low number of taxa and abundance
during the time of survey.

Macrobenthos Diversity. The macrobenthos recorded in this survey was

represented by five major phyla i.e Annelida, Mollusca, Nematoda,
Nemertea and Sipunculida.
Macro-invertebrates significant to livelihoods. In the proposed reclamation

area itself, no macroinvertebrates collected for food were encountered.
Collection of oysters and mussels is being undertaken in the “North
Breakwater” about 100 meters north of the project site and in the rocky
rip-rap in the Gasangan breakwater where barges are docked. Gleaning
for edible bivalves of the Asian green mussel (Mytillus),and various
species of the zigzag venus (Manila Clam or Halaan;
Venerupisphilippinarum) is being undertaken regularly and is about 500
meters away from the boundary of the proposed reclamation site.
Seagrass and Associated Macrobenthic Algae. Manta tows and spot dives
revealed absence of seagrass meadows in the muddy shelf in coastal
waters inside the proposed reclamation site.
Mangroves. Two (2) mangrove reforestation areas are located in the

coastline of Barangay 649, or what is more popularly known as
“Gasangan”. The mangrove areas, littered with trash from nearby
communities, were too small to require detailed assessment. Both sites
are nearly 1 km away from the boundary of the proposed reclamation site.
Meteorology The proposed Project site falls under Type 1 climate classification
characterized by two (2) pronounced seasons, which are dry from
November to April and wet during the rest of the year. August has the
highest monthly average rainfall at 432.4 mm.
High temperatures are expected in dry season in April and May. The
highest monthly mean temperature recorded at PAGASA Port Area is 30.1
°C during the month of April.
The prevailing wind at the Project site is from southwest and east
directions, each comprise 15% of the events. The average annual wind
speed is 2.9 meters per second.
The proposed project site is located in a zone wherein about five (5)
tropical cyclones pass over the area in 3 years.
Contribution in Terms of The construction of the Project is expected to contribute an approximately
Greenhouse Gas 0.14 % of the total CO2 emission based on the 2000 GHG emission data
Emissions of the Philippines, which is a small contribution to the total anthropogenic
CO2 load. Moreover, this will only be temporary since the construction
project will only be 3.5 years.

Ambient Air Quality The results of sampling for ambient air quality showed that ambient
concentration levels of TSP, PM10, SO2, and NO2, except for the ambient
concentration level of TSP measured at 1,274.6 µg/Nm3 in Station AQ3
(Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila), were within the ambient standards
of 300, 200, 340, and 260 µg/Nm3, respectively.
Ambient Noise Quality The result of ambient noise level monitoring showed that noise level in
Station N1 was lower than the NPCC maximum allowable noise level of
75 dBA set for heavy industrial areas during daytime period. Similarly, the
noise level at Station N2 was lower than the NPCC maximum allowable
noise level of 70 dBA set for light industrial areas during daytime period.
However, noise level at Station N3, an area classified as light industrial,
exceeded the NPCC maximum allowable noise level by 12 dBA. The
noted sources of noise in this station were the continuous passing of light
and heavy vehicles at the nearby access road and the pedestrians
passing nearby.
The noise levels at Station N4 and Station N5 exceeded the NPCC

maximum allowable noise level of 55 dBA and 50 dBA, respectively,
during daytime period. Station was located in a residential area (Class A)
while Station N5 was located in an area which requires quietness (Class
AA). The noted sources of noise in these stations were the vehicles
passing nearby.
The predicted noise level from equipment was added to the background
noise levels to determine the cumulative noise level at the two (2) closest
receptors or noise stations (MICT Access Road, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila
and Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila). The results showed a <5 dBA
increase in the baseline noise levels. According to the impact categories
by Wilson (1986), an increase of <5 dBA in the noise level data have none
to minor effects.
Socio-Demographic/ Manila City has a total population of 1,652,171 persons as of 2010. As of
Economic Conditions 2013, the total population of Barangay 649 is 56,380.
A total of 8,983 families in Barangay 649 reside in the shanties.
Selling, salary, and contractual jobs (i.e laundry, garlic peeling) are some
of the sources of livelihood of the respondents in Barangay 649 based on
the Perception Survey.
ES 3.2 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
Chapter 6 of this EIS presents the environmental management and monitoring plan
(EMP) for the proposed Project. Table ES-7 provides the Impact Management Plan,
while Table ES-8 provides the proposed EMP, which includes the proposed
mitigating measures, information on environmental parameters to be monitored (i.e.
EQPL values), frequency and procedure of monitoring, and its estimated costs.

Based on the impact assessment, the potential adverse impacts during construction
include ground subsidence or differential settling, inducement of higher flood levels,
soil erosion, degradation of water quality and marine environment due to reclamation
works, degradation of air quality due to dust and fugitive emissions from heavy
equipment, increased noise, traffic congestion, loss of livelihood for fishermen, and
occupation health and safety risks. During operations phase, potential impacts are
related to degradation of water quality and marine environment due to domestic
wastes, and traffic congestion.
Majority of these impacts can be addressed by the mitigating measures proposed in

this study and would result to no residual impacts. For some impacts, such as those
influenced by extreme weather events (i.e. flooding), there may potentially be
residual impacts due to uncertainties in the changing conditions of the environment.
However, the project ensures that such risks are as low as reasonably possible by
incorporating results of the study (i.e. modeling and assessment) into the project
design and construction methodology. In this case, safety warning systems and
emergency response procedures would need to be in place to further reduce the
magnitude of such risks.

Table ES-7. Impact Management Plan

Environmental
Guarantee/
Project Phase/ Component Options for Prevention, Mitigation or Residual Responsible
Potential impact (+/-) Cost Financial
Environmental Aspect Likely to be Enhancement Impacts Entity
Arrangement
Affected
I. Pre-construction Phase
Geotechnical Land Contamination of soil, groundwater, and  Use appropriate drilling fluid No residual Proponent / Php200,000.00 Part of the project
investigation Water surface water.  Implement proper bunding to avoid spillage into effect Contractor cost
receiving environment.
(-) Drilling fluid may potentially leak into  Prepare emergency spill kits in case of potential
receiving environment if not managed leaks.
properly
Increased movement of Air Generation of dust  Implement dust suppression techniques. No residual Proponent / Php50,000.00 / Part of the project
heavy equipment on site  Cover trucks with tarpaulin loaded with effect Contractor quarter. cost
and delivery of materials (-) Increased particulate matter due to spoils/filling materials when in transit.
movement of vehicles  Pre-wetting of road surface to minimise dust.
(-) Health effects due to inhalation of dust

by residents living in areas adjacent to
project site
People Threat to public safety  Implement speed limits and safety devices No residual Proponent / Php50,000/year Part of the project
/signs. effect Contractor on safety cost
(-) Possible injury or fatality as a result of  Ensure competency of drivers to drive safely. signage and
heavy equipment and delivery trucks  Engage local communities and inform them of Php50,000.00
movement in the project site site activities through IECs, posting construction on
“off limits” and safety signage trainings/semina
rs
Traffic congestion  Coordinate with DPWH and Municipal No residual Proponent / Part of the regular
Engineering Department in road maintenance effect. A Contractor coordination of the
(-) Rapid deterioration of existing national/ and necessary improvements to accommodate traffic Proponent with the
municipal/ barangay road condition as a increased vehicle movement. management LGU
result of heavy equipment movement plan will be
implemented.
Geotechnical People Occupational Health and Safety  Posting of safety warning and danger signs No residual CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per OSH and
investigation  Provision and wearing of personal protective effect. Department year Emergency
equipment at all times (may vary

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) depending on response program
 IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.2) the SDP
program)
Geotechnical Socio- Employment opportunities and economic  Prioritize hiring of local workers No residual CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per Local hiring report
investigation Economics benefits  Prompt payment of taxes effect. Department year DOLE Report
 Implementation of social development (may vary Social Dev’t and
programs for host community depending on Mgmt Plan
 Continuous skills training and development and the SDP Corporate Social
capacity building program for the impact areas Responsibility
program)
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) Program
 IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.2)
Completion of requisite People Social Acceptance and Support for the  IEC on Project to inform, respective institutions, No residual CRO, Envi Php 50,000 No
MOAs, endorsements, project agencies, offices, bodies and organizations for effect. Department commencement of
and clearances providing their respective endorsements and/or construction until
clearances full compliance
 MOAs with respective bodies and
completion of
required
endorsements and
clearances
II. Construction Phase (Reclamation Works)
Site preparation, ground Land Change in geomorphology  Implement flood control measures which such as No residual Proponent / Php100,000.00/ Part of project cost
levelling, and drainage construction of proper and adequate drainage effect. Contractor year –
improvements (-) The Project site’s elevation will be systems. maintenance of
altered. The elevation change will result in the drainage
subsequent change in the hydrology facility
surrounding the Project site
Site preparation, Land Inducement of subsidence or collapse  Implement best engineering practices such as No residual Proponent / Php10M – Part of project cost
excavation, and filling suitable backfilling material, proper slope, effect. Land Contractor implementation
(-) Minor subsidence may occur within the grading and contouring to minimise possibility of will be of site
project site when the subsurface is subsidence or differential settling. stabilized preparation
disturbed during excavation activities for prior to adhering to best
preparation of foundation vertical engineering

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
development. practices.
(-) Minor settling may also occur as a result Instrumentati
of additional loads from heavy machinery on to confirm
and structures absence of
subsidence
prior to
vertical
development.
Site preparation, ground Land Inducement of higher flood levels  Implement best engineering practices such as Nil to minimal Proponent / Php10M – Part of project cost
levelling and drainage People suitable backfilling material, proper slope, residual Contractor implementation
improvements (-) Occurrence, frequency and magnitude of grading and contouring to minimise possibility of impact as of site
flooding may be affected due to the change subsidence or differential settling. project design preparation
in drainage morphology and changes in  Probable modification of drainage systems shall considers adhering to best
ground elevation in the project site maintain natural outlets or consider similar potential engineering
transport regimes/streamflow as the pre-existing effects of practices and
(-) Flooding may cause damage to natural drainage climate maintenance
property, assets, and may pose threat to  Maximize the capacity of two exit river channels change.
public safety on both sides of the reclamation area through
regular desilting and clearing operations
Site preparation, Land Soil erosion from onsite activities  Implement best engineering practices such as No residual Proponent / Php100,000.00/ Part of project cost
excavation, and filling suitable backfilling material, proper slope, effect Contractor year –ground
(-) Improper storage of construction grading and contouring to minimise possibility of stabilization and
materials and indiscriminate disposal of fill subsidence or differential settling. maintenance
materials and excavated soils may affect  Progressive ground preparation and clearing to
erosion patterns. minimize total area of land that will be disturbed
at any one time, where practical.
Contamination of soil / disposal site  Implement best engineering practices such as No residual Proponent / Php Part of project cost
proper stockpiling and handling of excavated effect Contractor 2,000,000.00 –
(-) Excavated soil materials may contain materials. Provision of
contaminants that may potentially affect soil  Implement proper filling and disposal to avoid proper waste
and ground and surface water quality contamination of soil, groundwater, and surface disposal.

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
water
Reclamation works River water (-) Degradation of water quality due to  Maintain water quality levels prescribed in DAO Nil to minimal Proponent / Php10M – Part of project
quality siltation brought about by reclamation 2016-08, particularly TSS at 80 g/l. effect Contractor implementation cost.
activities  Sand bunds or other types of bund walls or silt considering of site
Marine water curtains or other appropriate mitigation that the preparation
quality measures should be provided to prevent project will be adhering to best
dispersion of silt or sediments away from the designed and engineering
project site during reclamation works. implemented practices and
 Implement best environmental management with maintenance
practices such as, but shall not be limited to, modelling
removal of debris along the waterways, proper results
disposal of construction wastes, installation of silt factored in
traps at strategic locations, and spoils to be the
properly contoured to prevent erosion reclamation
 Regular dredging works should be conducted and
adjacent the proposed project site, specifically in construction
vicinities of the mouth of Pasig River where methodology
sediment deposition from these highly-silted river
inflows would constrict waterways and current
flows.
 Dredging works shall regularly be conducted
adjacent and at immediate vicinities along the
eastern part of project boundaries wherein
accretion of sediments is likely due to the
presence of the reclaimed project site.
(-) Enhanced turbidity (temporary)  The use of steel sheet piles reinforced with silt
curtains will effectively reduce sediment stream
reaching the river estuary
Generation of wastes (-) Degradation of water quality due to  Removal of debris along the waterways will be No residual Proponent / Php50,000 / Part of project cost
runoff from sanitary sewage, waste water, conducted, all construction wastes will be effect Contractor Year – provision
solid wastes, and other construction properly disposed, silt traps at strategic locations for proper solid

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
materials that can harm aquatic flora/fauna and spoils will be properly contoured to prevent waste disposal
erosion.
 Construction of sediment/ settling ponds and
related structures to mitigate siltation or
sedimentation of water body
 Portalets will be provided for use of the workers
and its corresponding wastewater will be
properly disposed.
 Implementation of Solid waste management
program and Hazardous waste management
program.
 Use of DENR accredited haulers/TSD
companies.
Oil and lubricants River water (-) River water contamination  Implement oil and grease recovery plan for all No residual
quality marine vessels operating in the reclamation effect
area;
 Implement prohibition on releasing ship bilge into
the bay.
Reclamation, soil filling Coastal water (-) Increase in siltation/sedimentation  Use of steel sheet piles and sloping revetment Nil to minimal Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting quality; loading in coastal waters; increase in technologies during reclamation; effect Contractor
Benthic turbidity and suspended solids;  Provision of silt curtains where sediment streams considering
communities of are likely to occur and escape. that the
marine (-) Reduction in photosynthesis and primary  Collection and trans-location of macro- project will be
organisms; productivity invertebrates found within the reclamation area, designed and
Fish resources if any; implemented
(-) Suffocation of bivalve veliger in soft  Monitoring of sediment fluxes and application of with
bottom benthos; more stringent control measures when modelling
necessary; or temporary cessation of activities. results
(-) Disruption of fish feeding and benthos  Sediment canals in reclaimed areas will be factored in
larval growth; installed to divert sludge into filters and weirs the
that capture sediments and fugitive reclamation reclamation
(-) Impairment in fish and shellfish filling materials at source. and

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
reproductive process. construction
methodology
Reclamation, soil filling Wastewaters (-) Inadvertent spill of domestic  Install liquid waste management system No residual Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting emanating due wastewaters can cause coastal water ensuring modern waste retrieval and treatment effect Contractor
to influx of pollution, loss of macro-invertebrate system. Treatment and disposal of liquid waste
reclamation population, impairment in fish and shellfish at point source will involve collecting liquids of
workers can add reproductive physiology. point source origin; directing waste into
to marine integrated multiple waste streams facilities or
pollution and collecting vessels, and application of treatments.
negatively affect Any fluid effluent to be discharged at sea will be
benthic monitored and tested before discharging.
communities of  Installation of modern latrines and waste
macro- receptacles; collection facilities;
invertebrates;  Adoption of clean practices by all project
plankton operating units and personnel;
community  Efficient waste retrieval system;
fish  Greening of reclamation area
Reclamation, soil filling Coastal waters Oil and grease contamination  Adoption of an oil and grease recovery and No residual Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting treatment system; effect Contractor
 Implementation of rigid policies against
indiscriminate disposal of oily waste and marine
vessel bilge water.
Reclamation, soil filling Fisheries and (-) Dislocation of gill net and hook and line  Provision of alternative livelihoods to affected Irreversible Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting mariculture fishers fishers. impact. Contractor
livelihoods Alternative
livelihood
options to be
provided.
Delivery of construction Air Contribution in Terms of Greenhouse Gas  Implement regular inspection and preventive No residual Proponent /
materials and equipment, People Emissions maintenance of heavy equipment, machineries effect Contractor
construction works and service vehicles to meet the DENR

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
(-) The sources of carbon dioxide emission standards on vehicular emissions; and
in the project are the fuels used in the  Use electric or fuel-efficient equipment,
operation of heavy machinery and machineries and vehicles and maximize its
equipment such as dredgers, pile drivers operation, if possible.
and the barges during its construction.
Air Generation of air pollutants  The use of electrically-powered equipment will No residual Proponent / Php2,000,000 / Part of the
People be maximized to reduce the volume of the air effect Contractor year –cost of construction cost
(-) Generation of air pollutants such pollutant that will be generated maintenance of
particulate matter, nitrogen dioxide and  Regular preventive maintenance of heavy heavy
carbon monoxide due to heavy equipment equipment, machineries and service vehicles equipment
used for filling of the reclamation site, soil shall be undertaken to keep these equipment,
improvement and civil works. machineries and service vehicles in good
working condition for lower emission rate of air
(-) Vehicles extensively used at pollutants.
construction site will also generate air
pollutants, primarily nitrogen dioxide.
Air Generation of dust (temporary)  Frequent water spraying at dry and unpaved No residual Proponent / Php50,000/ year Part of project cost
People reclaimed sites near ASRs, especially during dry effect Contractor –operational
(-) Air pollution from fugitive dust resulting periods where fugitive dusts are potentially expenses
from ground clearing operations, site dispersed by winds;
preparation, structure erection, and vehicle  Reduction of wind speeds by installing temporary
movement. wind barriers at the area, if necessary. These
wind barriers could be strategically located at
(-) Health effects due to inhalation of dust areas close to the ASRs;
by residents living in areas adjacent to  Provide wheel washing facilities for vehicles
project site leaving the project site. This wheel washing
facility is intended to remove muds from the tires
of the heavy equipment and other vehicles, which
are potential sources of dust if detached from
vehicles traveling outside the project site (e.g.,
paved or unpaved roads);
 Impose speed limits within the project site and

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
along access roads. Reduction of vehicular
speed will significantly reduce generation of
fugitive emissions;
 If possible, re-route vehicles at considerable
distances from the ASRs. This measure (re-
routing) is effective means of decreasing release
of fugitive emissions to nearby ASRs, especially
during very dry conditions where wetting of dry
surfaces would be effective for short duration; and
 Conduct regular visual inspection at the project
site (including monthly sampling of TSP, PM10,
SO2, and NO2) to determine areas with high
fugitive emissions, and to implement mitigation
measures as necessary.
Construction works Air (noise) (-) Generation of noise from construction  All machinery will be maintained in accordance Possible Proponent / Php100,000.00 Part of project cost
activities with the original manufacturer’s specifications and temporary Contractor
manuals to avoid excessive noise, vibration and and short-
vehicle exhaust pollution. Regular maintenance of term residual
equipment and engines as per manufacturers impacts.
requirements will be carried out Needs to be
 Conduct reclamation works during night time at monitored.
the project area relatively far from the Barangay
Baseco.
 Reduce the number of equipment to be operated
at night time and inform the residents and
barangay officials prior to the conduct of
reclamation works, especially if equipment need
to be operated near residential areas.
 Monitor noise levels especially at night time
periods (10:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M) at residences
closest reclamation works
Site preparation activities People Community protests or complaints  Conduct of IECs to host and neighboring No residual Proponent Php150,000.00 / Part of project cost

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
communities. effects year
(-) Potential adverse community response  Properly implement programs stipulated in the
resulting from access restrictions in working SDP
areas.
Increased manpower People Opportunities for local employment  Implement priority local hiring policy for qualified Positive Proponent / Php20,000 / Employment
requirements local workers. effects in Contractor year generated
(+) Employment opportunities and benefits  Provide skills training for local residents terms of together with the
of employees and its multiplier effect or  Coordinate with barangay or/and municipal LGU livelihood and origins of workers
potential livelihood/business opportunities as to relevant ordinance on providing employment will be validated by
opportunities for local employment. the MMT.
(-) Bringing in of outside workers may
antagonise local communities
Increased manpower People In-migration  Livelihood opportunities will be provided to local No residual Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
requirements communities especially to host barangay effect Contractor SDP budget will
(+) Workers will be required during  Provide skills training for local residents be utilized for
construction  Conduct consultation with barangay LGUs on the
requirements and process of hiring to maximize implementation
(-) In-migrants may compete with locals for employment of local residents. of activities such
employment, project benefits, natural  Coordination meetings shall be undertaken as, livelihood
resources (i.e. water competition), local regularly with the LGUs to identify threats and programs,
health, welfare services and infrastructure vulnerabilities in the society as well as to education
In-migration may also lead to proliferation develop programs to prevent foreseen social assistance,
of informal settlers in the project impact problems. medical
barangay  SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) assistance, IEC,
 IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.2) among others.
Increased manpower People Cultural and lifestyle change  The proponent will implement a code of conduct No residual Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
requirements for employees, contractors, and subcontractors effect Contractor SDP budget that
(-) Potential social tensions due to income to prevent potential impacts on lifestyle and will be utilized
and wealth disparity between those who will behaviour. for the
be benefited economically from the project  IEC activities, open dialogue and communication implementation
and those who will not be benefited. with the stakeholders will be undertaken of activities such

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
regularly by the proponent to address concerns as, cultural
(-) Workers and other in-migrants may of the people on the proposed project and activities, IEC,
introduce different lifestyles and patterns of promote transparency among others
behaviour leading to social tensions.
Threat to delivery of basic services and  Develop and implement SDP, which shall involve No residual Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
resource competition improvement of basic services such as health effect Contractor SDP budget that
and welfare, livelihood, infrastructure, education, will be utilized
(-) Unplanned population increase due to among others for the
in-migration or increase in informal implementation
settlers/structures puts pressure on basic of activities such
services (education, health and social as, cultural
welfare) and utilities (water, electricity and activities, IEC,
waste management). among others
Increased movement of People Traffic congestion  Implement speed limits, vehicle load limits, No residual Proponent / Php100,000/ Part of project cost
heavy equipment on site vehicle maintenance requirements, and limiting effect – A Contractor year – Safety
and delivery of materials, (-) Possible increase in traffic given the driving hours. traffic and health
Increased manpower number of workers to be employed and  Signs for ongoing construction activities (i.e. management program will
requirements delivery of some construction materials. speed limit, safety signage) shall be installed at plan will be cover this
strategic places to notify and warn the general implemented activities.
public as necessary.
Dredging and reclamation Hazards and (-) Impacts of storm surges, flooding, and  Residents and workers to evacuate the area in Potential Proponent / Php 1M-2M per OSH and
works disaster risks other disaster risks the event of incoming typhoon. Provision of early residual Contractor year Emergency
warning systems and effective dissemination impact (may vary response program
procedures could effectively avoid casualties in depending on
considering
the event of extreme weather events. the SDP
 Reclamation site should be designed extreme program)
considering the projected sea level rise in Manila weather
Bay, including the heights of the highest events. Early
astronomical tide and wave effects during warning
southwest monsoon (not storm surges). systems need
to be in place
and

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
maintained.
People (-)Occupational Health and Safety  Posting of safety warning and danger signs No residual CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per OSH and
 Provision and wearing of personal protective effect. Department year Emergency
equipment at all times (may vary response program
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) depending on
program)
Socio- Loss of livelihood  Just Compensation and relocation package Irreversible CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per  Plan for
Economics (-) Loss of livelihood and income source for  Provision and development of alternative impact. Department year Compensation
fisher folks previously mooring in livelihood Compensatio (may vary  Livelihood
the coastal area within the vicinity n or depending on programs
the SDP
development program)  Fund for
of alternative compensation
livelihood to
be provided.
IV. Decommissioning Phase
Clearing and removal of Land Ground and water contamination  Proper implementation of the approved No residual Proponent / Php2M – for the Part of project cost
structures Water Abandonment/ Decommissioning Plan that effect. Contractor handling,
People (-) Clearing and removal of structures and details the decommissioning, rehabilitation, and transport, and
facilities that may result to improper social activities which shall include the disposal of all
disposal of contaminated materials or methodology, timing, and techniques. hazardous
release of toxic and hazardous wastes /  Use of DENR accredited haulers/TSD waste and
compounds companies for wastes classified under RA No. chemicals.
6969.
People Loss of employment / livelihood  Abandonment for SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section Irreversible Part of SDP / Contractor’s
5.1) impact. IEC Cost contract/
 Abandonment for IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section Alternative Abandonment
5.2) source of Plan
livelihood to
be included in
SDP.

Table ES-8. Self-Monitoring Plan

Sampling and Measurement Lead Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Environmental Parameters to be
Module Person / Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Sector monitored Methods Frequency Location
Office Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Land
Geology and Geohazards Liquefaction and Periodic 5 years or Project area Engineering No additional Noticeable ground Continuous Significant ground Increase in Check impact of Temporary cessation
Geomorphology ground subsidence monitoring of immediately Department cost; in-house subsidence and occurrence of subsidence and monitoring ground of construction;
monitoring ground after a major surface creep ground surface creep; frequency and subsidence to Retrofitting of
stability geologic subsidence and Formation of measurement of integrity of damaged structures;
event has creep cracks in magnitude of infrastructures. Implement necessary
taken place columns, beams, movement for Implement engineering
pavement; cracks and necessary measures.
Misalignment of surface creep engineering Consider
structures; measures. abandonment or
Impoundment relocation if necessary
of water due to
liquefaction
Water
Water Quality Ambient Water  pH In-situ Monthly Baseline PCO Php 50,000 per  pH below 6.8  pH below 6.9  pH below 7.0  Re-conduct  Re-conduct  Re-conduct testing
Quality (marine  Temperature measuremen sampling, water quality sampling and above 8.3 and above 8.4 and above 8.5 testing to verify testing to verify to verify
water)  Total Dissolved t and Quarterly monitoring station  Temp: 2.6°C  Temp: 2.8°C  Temp: 3°C  Investigate the  Investigate the  Temporarily stop
Solids laboratory Reporting stations rise in the rise in the rise in the source source construction works:
 Conductivity analyses through the (may be receiving water receiving water receiving water  If the problem  If the problem investigate source
 Total SMR adjusted body body body is within the is within the  If the problem is
Suspended accordingly)  DO: 7 mg/L  DO: 7 mg/L  DO: 6 mg/L construction construction within the
Solids  TSS: 40 mg/L  TSS: 45 mg/L  TSS: 50 mg/L area, conduct area, conduct construction area,
 Biochemical adjustments/ adjustments/ conduct
Oxygen appropriate appropriate adjustments/
Demand  As:0.003  As:0.005  As:0.01 corrective corrective appropriate
(BOD);  Cd: 0.001  Cd: 0.002  Cd: 0.003 action at action at corrective action at
 Chloride (Cl-);  Cr+6: 0.03  Cr+6: 0.04  Cr+6: 0.05 identified identified identified pollutant
 Color  Cu:0.009  Cu: 0.01  Cu:0.02 pollutant pollutant source.
(Apparent);  Pb:0.008  Pb:0.009  Pb:0.01 source. source.  If source is not
 Dissolve  Hg:0.001  Hg:0.001  Hg:0.001  If source is not project
Oxygen (DO); project construction,
 Fecal Coliform; construction, inform MMT
 Nitrate as inform MMT regarding possible
Nitrogen (N03-- regarding source for the
N); possible group’s
 Phosphate as source for the investigation and


Phosphorous group’s coordination with
(P043--P); investigation LGU
 Ammonia as and
Nitrogen (NH3- coordination
N); with LGU
 Total
Suspended
Solids (TSS);
 Sulfate (S042-);
 Arsenic (As);
 Cadmium (Cd);
 Hexavalent
Chromium
(Cr6+);
 Lead (Pb);
 Mercury (Hg);
 Oil and Grease;
 Sulfactants
(MBAS)
Air
Air Quality Ambient Air TSP TSP Monthly Baseline air PCO Php 50,000 per TSP: TSP: TSP:  Check weather  Check weather  Check weather
Quality SO2 Hi-volume/ sampling, quality sampling 161 ug/ncm 184 ug/ncm 230 ug/ncm condition during condition during condition during
NO2 Gravimetric Quarterly monitoring station sampling and if sampling and if sampling and if
1-hour Reporting stations SO2: SO2: SO2: location is location is location is
averaging through the (may be 126 ug/ncm 144 ug/ncm 180 ug/ncm downwind of downwind of downwind of
period SMR adjusted construction construction construction site
accordingly) NO2: NO2: NO2: site site  Conduct visit at said
SO2 and 105 ug/ncm 120 ug/ncm 150 ug/ncm  Check possible  Conduct visit at sampling station
NO2 source said sampling and conduct
24-hr gas Complaint lodged Complaint lodged  If source is station and retesting using a
bubbler by community by community project conduct 3rd party DENR
construction, retesting using accredited sampling
inform a 3rd party firm to confirm
contractor for DENR  If source is project
their corrective accredited construction,
action (i.e. dust sampling firm to immediately stop all
suppression) confirm works involving soil
 If source is not  If source is excavation and
project project movement,


construction, construction, increase the
inform MMTinform frequency of the
regarding contractor for contractor’s dust
possible sourcetheir corrective mitigation, resume
for the group’saction, and work only upon
investigation conduct visual clearing of
and retesting to the sampling
coordination confirm results station, and conduct
with LGU of the mitigation retesting at the said
measures sampling station
 If source is not  If source is not
project project construction,
construction, inform MMT
inform MMT regarding possible
regarding source for the
possible source group’s
for the group’s investigation and
investigation coordination with
and LGU
coordination
with LGU
Noise Ambient noise Noise levels 24hr sound Monthly Baseline PCO Php 10,000 per 71dB (daytime) 73dB (daytime) 75dB (daytime) Identify possible  Conduct visit  Conduct visit at
levels measuremen sampling, noise level sampling noise source at said said sampling
ts using Quarterly monitoring station 66dB (morning/ 68dB (morning/ 70dB (morning/ sampling station and conduct
sound meter Reporting stations evening) evening) evening) station and retesting using a
through the (may be conduct 3rd party DENR
SMR adjusted 61dB (night time) 63dB (night time) 65dB (night time) retesting using accredited
accordingly) a 3rd party sampling firm to
DENR confirm
accredited  If source is project,
sampling firm reduce use of noisy
to confirm equipment,
 If source is conduct retesting
project, do at the said
corrective sampling station
action, and and resume
conduct operation only
retesting to upon clearance of
confirm results the sampling


of the station,
mitigation  If source is not
measures project, inform
 If source is not MMT regarding
project inform possible source for
MMT the group’s
regarding investigation and
possible coordination with
source for the LGU
group’s
investigation
and
coordination
with LGU
People
People Acceptability of Perception of the Coordination Quarterly Community CRO / Envi Part of the Cost Negative verbal Formal Multiple complaint  Investigate/  Determine and  Conduct
the project to Community with the Department for the IEC feedbackon the complaint s by the lnspect and address the consultation with
the regarding the site Community ongoing activities lodged community lodged Address the root cause. concerned and
community development against the in various forms subject of  Conduct relevant
and construction ongoing negative consultation stakeholders in the
or/and
process of the activity feedback. with the community.
project  Coordinate with Municipal LGU,  Release an official
the Brgy LGU MMT and EMB statement for
and MMT. Regional general
consumption and
employees.
Workers Health and safety Review of Annual Project site Community Part of the Negative verbal Formal complaint Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Release official
of workers health and Relations construction feedback of lodged by worker complaints lodged investigate the cause of statement for
safety Officer / cost worker by workers subject of complaint, general
records of PCO negative determine and consumption and
company feedback. address the employees.
 Coordinate with root cause.  Coordinate with
Incident Contractor and  Coordinate with contractor and
reports MMT. contractor and MMT.
MMT.


Labor and Wage Rate, HR Monthly Project CRO / Envi Part of the Negative Verbal Complaints Multiple  Investigate/  Facilitate  Dialogue with
Wage issues Benefits, and Management Area/Office Department construction Feedback lodged by complaints by the inspect and dialogue with concerned parties
cost
Schedule of employees workers lodged in Address the concerned and with 3rd party
Payment various forms and subject of parties. agency/ institution
agencies, or/and negative  Formulate involvement, ie
Other worker's captured by program and DOLE, BLR,
feedback.
rights related media timetable to churches that are
issues address the neutral yet
issues raised competent and
conducive with
in agreement
conflict resolution.
with the  Formulate program
concerned and timetable to
parties address the issues
raised in
agreement with the
concerned parties
Social Projects initiated Community Quarterly Host Community Part of the SDP Negative verbal Formal complaint Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Conduct
Development by the Proponent Coordination barangay Relations Cost feedback of lodged by the complaints by the investigate the cause of consultation with
and under the , social Officer community community community subject of complaint, concerned
Management approved SDP engagement negative determine and members of the
Plan s feedback. address the community.
 Coordinate with root cause. Release official
barangay LGU  Coordinate with statement.
and MMT. barangay LGU  Coordinate with
and MMT. barangay LGU and
MMT.
Information, Implementation of Community Quarterly Host Community Part of the IEC Negative verbal Formal complaint Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Conduct
Education, and IEC activities Coordination barangay Relations Cost feed back to the lodged by the complaints by the investigate the cause of consultation with
Communication , social Officer Proponent community community subject of complaint, concerned
engagement captured by local negative determine and members of the
s media feedback. address the community.
organizations  Coordinate with root cause.  Release official
barangay LGU  Coordinate with statement.
and MMT. barangay LGU  Coordinate with
and MMT. barangay LGU and
MMT.
Unauthorized Security Community Monthly Project CRO / Envi Part of the Negative Verbal Formal Complaint Incidence of  Investigate/insp  Determine and  Conduct
Prohibition Prohibition Grievance Area Department construction feedbacks on lodged confrontation ect and address the consultation with
/ Complaints cost
(may either be Practices and Security between project Address the root cause. concerned and


setting up of Registry Adjacent prohibition security personnel subject of  Coordinate with relevant
physical Vicinity negative the Municipal stakeholders in the
barriers or feedback. LGU, MMT and community.
prohibition of  Coordinate with EMB Regional  Release an official
security the Brgy LGU Office to statement for
personnel) of and MMT to validate general
Access to validate consumption and
complaints and
Public Areas feedback. employees.
determine  Coordinate with
 Conduct IEC on
Protocols, causes, and MMT and EMB
Rules, formulate Central Office to
Regulations corrective discuss and
and other actions.
implement
dynamics re- corrective actions.
access and
prohibition
issues and
security
measures
 Investigate/
inspect and
Address the
subject of
negative
feedback.
Emission and Respiratory Health Quarterly Project CRO/ Envi Minimal Reported/ Formal Rapid Increase  Investigate the  Conduct  Decrease the level
Water And Digestive records Area Department Cost recorded Complaints in Reported/ possible source intensive of operation/
Contamination System Ailments of incidences of lodged. recorded of the subject of Project-wide aspects of
Health Issues Worker s and minor incidences of complaints inspection and operation
People in the ailments/ illness Rapid Increase in grave ailments/ attributed to the address root commensurate to
Community reported/ illnesses project. cause if upon addressing the
recorded necessitating  Address the inspection the problem (fixing the
intensive root cause if source is equipment,
Incidences of treatments , or investigation confirmed to be materials, etc).
minor ailments/ resulting in death confirms source from the  Release Statement
illnesses is from the project. on the Issue.
project  Provide for  Assist/facilitate
 Provide for compensation medical care/
compensation if of affected response to those
confirmed individuals if affected.
source of confirmed  Provide for
ailment is from source of compensation of


the project ailment is from affected individuals
the project if confirmed source
 Provision of of ailment is from
personal the project
protective
equipment
(PPE) to at-risk
personnel and
individuals

ES 3.3 Environmental Monitoring Fund and Environmental Guarantee Fund
An Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF) and Environmental Guarantee Fund

(EGF) for the Project will be established in accordance with the Revised Procedural
Manual of DAO 2003-30.
An EMF amounting to Six Hundred Thousand Pesos (Php 600,000) will be

established to support the compliance monitoring activities and the annual work and
financial plan (AWFP) of the MMT. The AWFP will be proposed by the MMT and
concurred by the project proponent for the approval of the EMB Regional Director.
As part of the EGF, a Trust Fund amounting to Five Million Pesos (Php 5,000,000)
will be established to compensate aggrieved parties for any damages to life or
property, undertake community-based environmental programs, conduct
environmental research aimed at strengthening measures to prevent environmental
damage, and to finance restoration and rehabilitation of environmental quality of the
project-affected area. In addition, an Environmental Guarantee Cash Fund
amounting to One Million Pesos (Php 1,000,000) will be reserved for immediate
rehabilitation and compensation of affected communities in case of damage or
accidents. This may also be utilized for community-based environmental programs
and information campaign.

Chapter 1: Project Description | Environmental Impact Statement
1 Project Description
1.1 Project Location and Area
The Project is situated in Metro Manila, the National Capital of the Philippines. The
site is adjacent to Manila South Harbor Port with a total site area of approximately
407.42 ha.
Figure 1-1. Project Location
The proposed project is bounded by the coordinates as presented in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1. Geographic Coordinates of the Project Area

Corner Easting Northing
1 277250.361 1612309.191
2 277471.930 1612062.423
3 277691.133 1611827.254
4 277910.336 1611592.086
5 278129.538 1611356.918
6 278348.741 1611121.749
7 278495.614 1611121.744
8 278740.998 1611350.562
9 278986.383 1611579.380
10 279231.768 1611808.198
11 279477.152 1612037.016
12 279671.170 1612217.935
13 279675.614 1612567.459
14 279789.258 1612790.938
15 279902.358 1613013.344
16 279663.650 1613278.259
17 279435.495 1613523.028
New Manila Reclamation Project 1-1

Corner Easting Northing

18 279207.341 1613767.797
19 278996.081 1613571.279
20 278784.820 1613374.760
21 278472.439 1613190.316
22 278129.582 1613129.681
23 277835.720 1613129.681
24 277541.857 1613129.681
25 277247.995 1613129.681
26 277247.995 1612856.105
27 277247.995 1612582.529
1.1.1 Site Accessibility
The Project site is currently accessible using the 2 nd Street which is a partially paved
1-lane road. The 2nd Street is connected to Bonifacio Drive which in turn leads to
Roxas Boulevard, which is a dual-3 major arterial road in Metro Manila. Both roads
form part of the R1 radial road which convey traffic in and out of the city centre to
Cavite in the south and other provinces.
To the north, 2nd Street is connected to the M. Roxas Jr. Bridge and subsequently to
radial road R10. R10 road conveys traffic from the city center to the Northern
provinces such as Navotas, Quezon City and Bataan. Other significant roads include
Recto Avenue which forms part of C1 circumferential road. C1 runs through the city
of Manila and eventually connecting back to Roxas Boulevard. The roadside friction
on Recto Avenue is also very high, as is the case with Bonifacio Drive.
Figure 1-2. Existing roads around the Project Site

Apart from the road network described previously, the reclamation site is also
located close to other forms of public transportation, namely the Light Rail Transit
(LRT) and Pasig River Ferry Service. The LRT network consists of 2 lines, namely
the LRT Line 1 and the LRT Line 2. Line 1 travels in a general north-south route over
17.2 km of fully elevated track while Line 2 runs east-west for 13.8 km. The stations
that are closest to the development site are Central, Carriedo and United Nations
which are on Line 1.
The Pasig River Ferry service is a water-based public transportation system that
runs along the Pasig River. The Metro Manila Development Authority (MMDA)
currently operates 15 boats along a route of 15 stations from Intramuros to Pasig,
with stops in Makati. The closest station to the site is the Plaza Mexico Ferry Station
in Intramuros. In addition, there are also ferry terminals to the south of the site such
as the Mall of Asia ferry terminal. These ferry stations and terminals can be used to
provide ferry services for the proposed development.
Figure 1-3. Public Transport Systems within Close Proximity of the Project Site
1.1.2 Delineation of Impact Zones
As per DENR Administrative Order No. 30 Series of 2003 (DAO 03-30), the direct
impact areas (in terms of the physical environment) are those areas where all project
components are proposed to be constructed/situated which is the 407.42-hectare
reclamation area.

On the other hand, the whole city of Manila is considered as the direct social impact
area for the Project.
Direct Impact Indirect Impact

Module Description
Area Area
Air Areas with projected Ground Level (not applicable)
Quality Concentration (GLCs) of emissions
higher than the ambient standard
based on air dispersion/transport
modeling studies (worst case
scenario)
Water  The extent of water body/ies areas (not applicable)
Quality where the water quality are
& projected to exceed the ambient
Quantity standards based on relevant worst
case scenario discharge modeling
studies (sediment and pollutant
discharges)
 Areas using the groundwater that
could possibly be contaminated by
project activities involving the use
and disposal of toxic chemicals and
hazardous waste or construction of
underground facilities.
 Areas where there are existing
users of the same source of natural
resources (e.g. water) that the
proposed project will be using.
Land Areas directly vulnerable to potential Areas where (not applicable)
flooding or inundation that may be access roads
caused by the project that maybe
Areas where there will be used by the (not applicable)
disturbance of habitat project during
construction
activities will not
be inundated,
on the contrary
it will be
provided with
structures that
will mitigate
flooding and
inundation.
People Directly affected areas based on the
results of the socio-economic impact
assessment studies conducted
including ancestral domain of
indigenous communities that may be
affected, if any.

Direct Impact Indirect Impact

Module Description
Area Area
The IIA on the other hand, shall be
delineated for impacts on people and
shall include those in the vicinity of
the DIA who will either benefit or be
affected indirectly by the project.
Marine Coastal waters, habitats and Nearshore Offshore coral
Ecology resources directly susceptible to coastal waters shoals and/or
stressors emanating from fronting the Marine
establishment and operation of the proposed Protected Areas
project, including identification of project sites, within 1 to 3 km
stressor pathways. i.e., coral reefs from the project
along the reef site; mariculture
isobath; zones (if any)
seagrass
meadows,
mangrove
habitats, macro-
invertebrate
population and
habitats, and
plankton
communities
within the
sphere of
influence of
potential issues
from the project;
fisheries
resources and
practices
occurring within
the coastal area
in front of the
project site;
MPAs.
1.2 Project Rationale
The objectives of the Project are to create a new Central Business District (CBD) for
Manila, encourage and promote tourism as well as provide a new lifestyle for the
community. The objectives are further elaborated as follows:
New CBD for Manila:
• To reflect and enhance the historic value of the city.

• To build a new and vibrant urban center in the heart of Manila.

• To create a smooth transition between the old and new towns and facilitate
city cultural inheritance.
• To introduce new city programs.
• To integrate surrounding areas with green and pedestrian networks.
Anchor for Tourism:
• To optimize site accessibility by providing a variety of transportation, such like

shuttle bus, water taxi, cruise and yacht, etc.
• To create a waterfront entertainment zone and an Eastern Hollywood
recreation avenue embracing the sea.
• To extend the tourism map of Metro Manila with new and unique attractions.
• To provide a full range and comprehensive services to support the tourism
development.
New Lifestyle Community:
• To build an integrated development ideal for living, learning and working.

• To provide holistic community amenities on site, including schools, clinics and
community centers.
• To provide a variety of housing options, such as bungalows, terrace house
and mid & high-rise apartments in a well secured environment.
• To promote a waterfront lifestyle with a safe and relaxing living environment.
1.3 Project Alternatives

1.3.1 Siting
No other siting alternatives were considered for the proposed project. It is deemed
strategically and economically advantageous for the proponent to develop and
construct the project within the site based on the following considerations discussed
in the succeeding sub-sections.
1.3.1.1 History
Manila’s origin can be traced back to a small seaport established in the twelfth
century at the mouth of the Pasig River. Captured by Spain in 1570, the city was
declared capital of the Philippines. During World War II in 1941, President Manuel L.
Quezon created the city of Greater Manila by merging Manila with Quezon City, San
Juan del Monte and Caloocan.
Greater Manila expanded over the years into what is known today as Metro Manila,
the National Capital Region of Philippines. There are 16 cities and 1 municipality in
the metropolis that were established at different historical stages.

Metro Manila is sited on the island of Luzon and spreads along the eastern shore of
Manila Bay at the mouth of the Pasig River. The growth of Manila along the banks of
the Pasig River earmarked Manila as a hub for development and historical events.
Manila Bay is one of the finest natural harbors in the world. The capital city is
strategically located within the bay area which promotes commerce and trade
between the Philippines and its neighbouring countries, serving as the Philippines'
gateway for social-economic developments.
Figure 1-4. Transformation of Manila
1.3.1.2 Regional Structure
Metro Manila is the Philippines’ center of economic, political, social, and cultural
activity. It has an area of 638.55 square kilometers that is divided into 16 cities and
one municipality. Once the first urban settlement in Manila, it is now the region’s
historic center and shipping gateway. Next to Manila along the Pasig River is the
nation’s financial and economic center, Makati CBD.

Because of the private sector’s involvement in development, certain areas of Metro

Manila, for instance Makati, Manila and Pasig stand out from the rest of the region,
shaping a distinctive municipal identity.
The region’s urban structure is similar to the Concentric Zone Model or Burgess
Model, which depicts a Central Business District and “rings” of urban expansion with
different land uses. This project is strategically located along the coast of Manila
City, which could potentially be a success model for waterfront developments in the
region.
Figure 1-5. Regional Structure of Manila
1.3.1.3 Population Growth
Metro Manila is the most populous metropolitan area in the Philippines, and the 11 th
most populous in the world. It has a population of 11.8 million (2010), almost 13% of
the nation’s total population. Metro Manila’s population density of 18,569 per square
kilometer is among the highest in Southeast Asia. A majority of the population is
concentrated in the inner suburbs. Manila City has a population density of 42,858 per
square kilometer and is known as the world’s most densely populated city.
Like most cities, the population density is significantly lower in the outer suburbs.
The metropolitan area’s population has been growing rapidly at around 2.11%
annually. Should this rate continue, the region would reach a population between 45
to 50 million by 2050. This is approximately 10 million people more than today’s
world’s largest metropolitan area, Tokyo.

The rapid population growth brings many challenges to the City such as employment
and quality of life. Introducing new urban programs will be one of the key strategies
to tackle these challenges.
1.3.1.4 Economic & Urban Growth
Metro Manila is the financial, commercial and industrial center of the Philippines,
accounting for 33% of the nation’s total GDP. It is the 2nd wealthiest urban
agglomeration in Southeast Asia. GDP growth recorded a notable slowdown seen in
the industrial sector with a fall to 3.5% in 2011.
Excellent protected harbor, manufacturing and export industries provide the nation
with stable revenue. However, the region lacks technological development and the
aviation industry is still in its infant stage.
To diversify from labor-intensive to value-adding industry, the country is investing in

infrastructure and construction. The Philippines is currently one of the fastest
growing economies in Asia. Metro Manila has a tropical wet and dry climate, with
desirable living conditions along the coastal areas.
Over the years, many modern skyscrapers have been developed in the region while
the surrounding areas are still predominantly slums. Uneven distribution of wealth
depicts a significant contrast of urban environment throughout the region.

Figure 1-6. Economic Outlook of Manila
Despite a high population density, most of the residents live in single housing. This
results in wide spread urban sprawl, placing immense stress on the provision of
infrastructure and amenities.
1.3.1.5 Tourism Development
With more than 7,000 islands, the Philippines is a tropical island with eye-catching
natural sceneries and underwater world. Nonetheless due to the unstable security
situation in the country, typhoons and other natural disasters, the development of
tourism in the Philippines lags behind other Southeast Asian countries. Most of the
tourists travelling to the Philippines are from countries including United States, Japan
and South Korea. The number of Chinese tourists has also grown rapidly over the
years.
1.3.1.5.1 Improved Infrastructure
The City government has initiated more than 57 infrastructure projects including
airport, expressway and railway upgrades. This greatly complements the growing
tourism industry in the region.

Plate 1-1. Some of the Improved Infrastructures within and adjacent the City
1.3.1.5.2 Growing Tourism
In recent years, the Philippines tourism industry continues to grow. Manila’s

emerging hotel and entertainment developments have attracted global hotel giants
around the world. The City is currently the center of the hospitality industry in the
nation. There are many tourist attractions in Manila, including the Coconut Palace, a
wide range of historic churches and the Asia's largest modern shopping centre. The
City is gradually transforming into a popular travel destination in Southeast Asia.
Plate 1-2. Some of the Visited Tourism Sites in the City
1.3.2 Technology Selection / Operation Processes
1.3.2.1 Reclamation Study
Reclamation projects are always fairly large projects in terms of scale of the
construction, financial commitment or environmental impact. Before implementation
of any proposed reclamation scheme, studies have to be conducted to establish the
feasibility of the proposed scheme or profile. This will include the design of the profile

or layout, collection of data on the seabed levels and subsoil profile as well as
characteristics through bathymetric survey, soil investigation and hydraulic model
studies to determine the optimal profile of the proposed reclamation, which will yield
the maximum land area with minimal disturbance to the existing flow conditions and
surroundings.
In addition, the planning and design of the proposed reclamation will depend on the
following factors:
• The proposed land use plan and development of the reclaimed land. This
will affect the basic shape and size of the proposed reclamation.
• The type of marine facilities or structures to be provided along the

proposed reclaimed profile. This will affect the type of revetment and/or
shoreline protection to be adopted.
• The seabed conditions, depth of fill and the type of fill material available.
This will determine the proposed reclamation method and type of ground
improvement works.
• The current flow, tidal flow and the hydrodynamic regime in the vicinity of
the proposed reclamation. The structure must be designed such as to
avoid siltation of the surrounding waters and/or erosion to the existing
shores or, in short, to minimize disturbance to the existing flow conditions
and surroundings.
• The existing and future water quality and its potential effects on marine
receptors. The design must maintain or minimize the impacts within
acceptable limits to the current water qualities of the surrounding waters
and/or waterways.
1.3.2.2 Design Objective
The design of dredging, reclamation and soil improvement works shall be safe,
robust, economical, durable, with operation and maintenance costs reduced to a
practicable minimum. It must balance reasonable cost, flexibility, functional
effectiveness, ease of construction throughout many permutations of design.
The design shall address the durability of all elements of the structures. All elements
of the coastal protection structures exposed to harsh marine environment shall be
adequately protected, taking into consideration the deterioration of materials
throughout the service life.
The design shall also take into consideration the temporary and permanent
conditions of the structures in meeting the build ability requirements and account for
effects of temporary conditions caused by the Contractors’ methods, techniques,
sequences, procedures of construction and timing of works on the permanent works

design. Adequate safeguards and checks against any locked-in stress and any loss
in soil and rock strength during temporary and permanent conditions shall be clearly
addressed in the design. Any innovative design should be tested within a safe-fail
environment, through proof of concept or test-bedding.
1.3.2.3 Design Standards and Code of Practices
The design of all works shall comply with the appropriate local Standards and/or the
internationally accepted standards. These shall include but not be limited to the
Standards below:
Table 1-2. Design Standards for the Reclamation

Reference No. Title
BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges
BS 6031 Code of Practice for Earthworks
CP 4 Code of Practice for Foundations
BS 8002 Code of Practice for Earth Retaining Structures
CP 65 Code of Practice for Structural Use of Concrete
CIRIA C683 The Rock Manual
1.3.2.4 Shore Protection Design
A shore protection structure is defined as a shoreline structure whose primary

purpose is to protect the reclamation area against erosion or alleviates flooding as a
result of potential storm surge or monsoon events. Depending on the formation level,
land use adjacent to the coastline and types of proposed marine facilities, the most
appropriate shore protection structures can be designed to accommodate these
developments. The Project will involve several types of shore protection structures to
protect the various types of developments and facilities and these structures are
further elaborated in the following sections:
1.3.2.4.1 Gravity Wall
Gravity wall in the form of concrete block work is proposed to be constructed at the
outer marina as shown in Figure 1-7. The primary purpose of proposing the gravity
wall at the outer marina is to protect and seclude yachts or vessels from strong
waves and currents. The wall can be coupled with floating pontoons to cater for
berthing of yacht and vessels and serves as a platform or pedestrian walkway to
bring visitors or tourist around the marina.

Figure 1-7. Location of proposed gravity wall
Figure 1-8. Typical example of gravity wall

Figure 1-9. Typical cross section of concrete blockwork.
1.3.2.4.2 Steel Sheet Pile Wall
Steel Sheet Pile (SSP) wall is generally applied in many types of temporary works
and permanent structures to withhold and retain the reclaimed fill. It has been widely
used in many engineering applications and structures such as river control structures
and flood defense, ports and harbors, bridge abutments, basements and
underground car parks and containment barriers (Figure 1-10).
Figure 1-10. Example of SSP constructed along the Marina and Riverbank.
SSP is proposed to be constructed along the inner marina in view of providing

retention and stabilization to the marine facilities and structures as shown in Figure
1-11. SSP is susceptible to corrosion especially in a marine environment where
seawater is often found to be very corrosive. The degree of corrosion and whether
protection is needed depends on the nature of the working environment. In a marine
environment, there are several exposure zones of different aggressivity namely the
below the bed-level, seawater immersion zone, tidal zones, low water zone, splash
and atmospheric zone and the corrosion performance of the SSP in these zones
would have to be considered differently. Nevertheless, corrosion measures such as
application of protective organic coatings or concrete encasement and cathodic

protection can be considered to increase the effective life of a SSP wall and
mitigating corrosions.
Figure 1-11. Location of proposed SSP.
1.3.2.4.3 Sloping Revetment
A sloping revetment is a facing of stone, concrete units or slabs, or other materials

built to protect the embankment, natural coast or shoreline against erosion by wave
action, storm surges and currents. A sloping revetment normally consists of three
major components namely a stable armour layer, a filter cloth or underlayer and toe
protection. The primary armour layer is the outermost layer of a revetment structure
and is directly exposed to wave impacts. The filter and underlayer support the
armour yet offer a passage for water to pass through the structure. The toe
protection prevents the undercutting and provides support and stability for all the
layer materials within the revetment structure itself.

Sloping revetments are mainly proposed along the entire perimeter of the
reclamation site as shown in Figure 1-12. The revetments provide a vital protection
to most of the residential and commercial developments within the project site. It is
also deemed favorable to propose sloping revetments as compared to vertical
seawall due to most of the site perimeters are furnished with walkways and
promenades. Due to the scarcity and shortage of rock source in Manila Bay, the
revetment structure will have to be engineered and constructed in a different way by
replacing rocks with alternative materials such as concrete blocks or concrete
mattress as shown in Figure 1-13. Though the concrete revetment may not be as
aesthetically pleasing as the rock revetment, the concrete revetment can still be
designed in such a manner to improve the interlocking feature of the concrete blocks
such that it will minimize the overall visual impacts of the structure. A typical cross
section of a sloping revetment is also illustrated in Figure 1-14.
Figure 1-12. Location of sloping revetment

Figure 1-13. Examples of sloping revetment

(left: concrete blocks, right: concrete mattress)
Figure 1-14. Typical cross section of sloping revetment
1.3.2.4.4 Soil Improvement
The most important outcome of any reclamation project is to create stable and good
quality land that is able to withstand its proposed or envisioned developments. This
can be achieved by sourcing sand from good borrow pits whereby the sand material
is of high quality. However, this is often not possible and is rarely achieved due to
some geophysical factors and seabed conditions posing difficult constraints. For
instance, some of the good dredged materials may not be sourced successfully even
with the help of the latest dredging equipment and technology as they are only
present in borrow pit areas that are too deep. Even with the assumption that good fill
material can be sourced to reclaim the site, the overall quality of the reclamation site
may still be subject to scrutiny as the existing underlying soil may be poor and not of
good quality. Aside from this, it is also common to understand that ground settlement
and land subsidence may occur not only due to the reclaimed fill but also of the
existing underlying soil itself. The rate of the settlement is hence dependent on the
type of the existing ground stratification.

Wide variations in terms of the condition of the underlying soil layers can be
expected at a large reclamation site. Reclamation works increase the load on these
soil layers, which may result in a widespread settlement. The duration taken for the
natural settlement of the land will be extremely long which may increase the
reclamation cost of the project significantly. To avoid this, soil improvement
techniques can be implemented to accelerate the consolidation of soft soil layers and
dredged materials and improve the overall soil properties. With this, the
consolidation period can be shortened and the reclamation cost can be reduced
significantly. The aim of utilizing these soil improvement techniques is as follows:
• To increase the load-bearing capacity and/or the shear strength,

• To reduce both absolute and differential settlements or in certain cases,
accelerate them, and,
• To mitigate or remove the risk of liquefaction in the event of an earthquake or
major vibrations.
Several soil improvement techniques can be utilized for this project such as vacuum
consolidation, installation of Pre-fabricated Vertical Drains (PVDs) and application of
surcharge. However, for the purpose of this project, installation of PVDs and
surcharge application are proposed and these techniques are further elaborated in
the following sections:
Pre-fabricated Vertical Drains (PVDs)
Pre-fabricated Vertical Drains (PVDs) or Wick Drains are commonly used to

accelerate the ground settlement which in turn may reduce the construction duration
and cost of a reclamation project. These drains are usually placed at regular
intervals to create drainage paths for uniform dissipation of excess pore water
pressure. Soil consolidation is achieved by removing the excess pore water pressure
within the soil layer. Pore water pressure normally refers to the groundwater
pressure that exists within the voids of soil particles. Without the use of PVDs, the
settlement of ground may take a long period to dissipate the existing groundwater as
the permeability or hydraulic conductivity of soft soils such as clay or silt is very low.
By introducing PVDs, the drainage paths are shortened and thus the time taken for
the dissipation of pore water pressure will be reduced significantly.
PVDs are often coupled with other soil improvement techniques such as the
application of surcharge to enhance and expedite the consolidation process. By
applying surcharge on soft soil layer, the soft ground is compressed significantly by
the additional loadings, thus able to dissipate the excess pore water pressure
effectively.

Figure 1-15. Installation of PVDs.
Surcharge Treatment
Surcharge treatment is a method that goes hand in hand with the installation of
PVDs as elaborated in the above section (Figure 1-16). Surcharge mounds are
usually overlaid on the soil improvement area as additional loadings to exert
pressure onto the ground. This process will compress the soil layer and allow a
greater dissipation of excess pore water pressure via drainage paths that are created
by the installation of PVDs. Sand or good earth materials can be utilized as
surcharge materials to improve the properties of reclaimed fills and underlying soils.
The quantity of surcharge required as well as the height of surcharge mound needed
will vary according to the existing soil conditions and settlement criteria. As such,
preliminary desktop studies and soil investigations are very important as they provide
crucial information on the soil condition which allows a more effective and practicable
soil improvement techniques to be adopted for a reclamation project.
The advantage of utilizing surcharge treatment is that it can be carried out easily by
contractors with the help of conventional earthmoving construction equipment such
as excavators or dump trucks. However, surcharge treatment may not be applicable
at small reclamation sites where space is a constraint as surcharge fills will need to
be extended horizontally at least a certain width beyond the perimeter of the planned
construction site. In addition, transportation of large quantities of surcharge fills may
also be required to provide an effective consolidation treatment to the soil

improvement area depending on the existing soil condition. However, with a better
planned construction and transparent soil investigation results, the application of
surcharge treatment together with the installation of PVDs can be carried out in an
effective and efficient manner.
Figure 1-16. Typical cross section of surcharge with PVDs Installation
1.3.3 Site Access Option
Based on the review of the existing road into the site, it is clear that having 2nd
Street as the only access into the site will be inadequate. New roads would have to
be built to provide connection to the existing road network. Figure 1-17 illustrates the
options for site accesses that were considered.
The first option considered is to build a bridge from the south of the site to South
Road. The bridge would be crossing the navigation channels of ships entering and
leaving the Manila South Harbor Port. Therefore, the columns of the bridge would
need to be spaced wide enough and the deck will need to be constructed high
enough for ships to safely pass under. Furthermore, a large area of land on the
development site would be needed for the bridge landing due to the height and
maximum gradient of 8%.
The second option aims to build a new elevated highway over 2nd Street and Roxas
Boulevard. The highway would have landings at the south of Roxas Boulevard and
after M. Roxas Jr. Bridge. The elevated highway over Roxas Boulevard would
bypass the heavily congested road and provide an exclusive road for the
development. However, the traffic along Roxas Boulevard and Bonifacio Drive would
be severely disrupted during construction of the new highway. Furthermore, local
stakeholders would likely be against the highway disrupting views along Roxas
Boulevard.
The third option is to construct an elevated highway from the site, along Pasig River,
and landing at Magallanes Drive. The advantage of this option is that the newly
constructed road will only serve the development. Also, the construction of the
highway would have minimal disruptions to the existing traffic. However, the height of
the elevated highway could restrict the views from the historic area of Intramuros
which will need approval from the Intramuros Administration.

The fourth option is to build an elevated highway across the current Baseco
Compound and a new bridge to cross Pasig River which lands at Claro M. Recto
Avenue. The bridge would exclusively serve the development and bypass the
congested traffic on Bonifacio Drive.

Figure 1-17. Options for Access Roads into the Project Site

1.3.4 Resources
A sand source located within a 30 km radius from the site such as the San Nicholas
Shoal (SNS) has been planned for this Project as the borrow area for fill materials
(Figure 1-18). The sand from the borrow area will be dredged using a Trailing
Suction Hopper Dredger (TSHD) and transported to the site once the hopper is fully
loaded with the sand material. At the site, a bow coupling unit will be utilized to serve
as a special link between the TSHD and floating pipelines for pumping the sand
material ashore to fill the reclamation area.
Preliminary studies indicate that the majority of the fill materials are silt or clay with
fine content more than 40%. However, soil investigations will need to be carried out
at a later stage to determine the quality of fill material, volume of the reserve pit as
well as the depth of the pit area.
Aside from the San Nicholas Shoal, other alternative sources of borrow material may
be considered from the foreshore area in Mariveles, Bataan and lahar deposits from
Pampanga and Zambales area. The source to be tapped for borrow material will
undergo detailed geotechnical study and pre-screening process to ensure that the
material is appropriate to be used as fill materials in the reclamation site and that
these are not contaminated.
Figure 1-18. Proposed borrow area of the Project

1.3.5 Environmental Impacts of Each Alternative for Facility Siting,

Development Design, Process / Technology Selection,
Resource Utilization
The overall design aim of the proposed reclamation is such that the profile is not
expected to significantly impede known formal navigation channels. During
construction however, it is conceivable that the construction activities may present
elements which form an additional obstacle to navigation above those present under
existing conditionals. Such construction activities may include installation of silt
screens, mooring of construction vessels and demolition of existing breakwaters. For
any such potential hazards, the proponents should liaise closely with the relevant
stakeholders in order to ensure that the appropriate mitigation measures are in
place. Mitigation may include publishing of the changing conditions in port marine
circulars or notices and the installation of marker buoys to demarcate the position of
any possible obstructions. The construction vessels must at all-time follow the
procedures set out by the local port authorities.
Sediment plume may be generated by the process of dredging, infilling or dewatering

discharge. Sediment plume may affect local ecological (such as coral reefs,
seagrass beds), industrial (intakes or maritime facilities) or recreational facilities. The
degree to which such effects may cause harm to these receptors can be managed
through detailed Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) including numerical
sediment plume modelling and operational monitoring during construction under and
Environmental Management Plan (EMP). An EMP may include daily hindcast
modelling to quantify the realized effects of reclamation activities through a feedback
approach, supported by observations from instrumentation deployed in strategic
locations.
The effects of the construction on the local communities should also be considered
in detail. Negative effects arise from noise and decreased air quality, while expected
to be minor, may affect the local informal and formal settlements. Noise effects bay
be mitigated by installing sound barriers or restricting disruptive construction
activities to daylight hours. Noise compliance checks may be carried out on
machinery with noise meters installed and operated under the EMP to check for
compliance. Effective strategies for air pollution control include watering areas of
exposed earth which may potentially generate airborne dust, proper storage of dust
producing materials, machinery exhaust compliance and good practice driving habits
(for example, compliance with speed restrictions and shutting down machinery which
is not in use). Likely increased traffic to and from the construction areas should be
countered by close liaison with local traffic authorities and installation of improved
signage to reduce the risk of accidents and forewarn of possible congestion. Safe
traffic control measures should be employed.

There is a risk that hazardous and non-hazardous waste could be generated by the
construction activities. The waste may be generated from land-based or marine
activities including accidental oil spill). The implementation of a robust waste
management plan involving proper storage, handling and disposal procedures for
each potential waste stream should be development. In addition, an emergency
response plan should be implemented to address any accidental spills of waste. The
construction contractors should implement a reduce recycle and reuse hierarchy.
Dredged material from the Pasig River has been disposed on the seabed in the
footprint of the proposed reclamation. The dredged material was ‘capped’ using an
underwater placement with over-depth capping (UPOC) technique to reduce the risk
of the dredge spoil being released into the marine environment. Therefore,
construction activities that involve dredging directly into the UPOC area should be
avoided. For reclamation activities which involve infilling directly on top of the OPOC
area, it should be generally assumed that this infilling effectively acts to add a further
capping to the Pasig dredge spoil. Finally, the geotechnical stability of the existing
seabed, with respect to the potentially contaminated Pasig dredge spoil should be
undertaken as part of the standard design analysis.
1.3.6 No Project Alternative
The ‘no-go’ alternative is the option of not proceeding with the proposed reclamation
project. This alternative will result in the continuation of the project site’s current
state.
Despite its location in the heart of the National Capital Region and near to historic
origins of the old city, the site faces challenges pertaining to safety, health,
transportation and inadequate infrastructure. Lack of port channels, land size
limitations and other restrictions also lead to the existing Manila South Port facing
intensive competition from neighboring ports in the region. However, given the
waterfront location and proximity to Manila City, The New Manila Bay area is
expected to experience rapid urban growth. This facilitates the site transformation
from an underdeveloped settlement area into a robust urban center.
The proposed reclamation project will offer substantive socio-economic benefits not
only for the host local government of Manila City but also to the regional and national
levels as well. Without the project, the urban development expansion to
accommodate the urban development requirements needed by the projected
increase in population of Manila City will be constrained primarily due to the very
limited land area available for the City.
Currently, a large number of the City’s urban population lives along the coastal areas
with depressed social and environmental conditions. Without the planned

reclamation project, these communities will be deprived of opportunities for an

improved access to improved and well-planned settlement areas.
The lack of urban spaces also reduces the City’s attractiveness as an investment
haven for the private business sector. This in turn negatively affects the ability of the
City government to generate its own-source revenues thereby consequently
reducing its local fiscal performance and financial autonomy. The absence of
additional space for business opportunities also will deter the availability of potential
employment and downstream livelihood opportunities from an improved business
climate resulting from the additional urban space that can be accorded by the
proposed reclamation project.
1.4 Project Components
A 407.42 ha land reclamation is proposed to be carried out at the area adjacent to

Manila South Harbor Port, City of Manila, Philippines. The area is proposed to be
filled up to a platform level of +4.4 m above MLLW. Based on the proposed platform
level, an estimated volume of 48,000,000 m3 of sand is required to meet the target
platform level. Figure 1-19 provides the extent of reclamation planned for the project,
while Table 1-3 provides the summary of the project components, which are
discussed in the succeeding sub-sections.
Table 1-3. Summary of project components

Component Materials Size/Capacity Safety Features
3
1. Reclamation Borrow filling 48,000,000 m Platform level at 4.4m
area materials above MLLW estimated
based on effect of climate
change for several return
periods (50 years)
determined by a
combination of the
Highest Astronomical Tide
(HAT), seasonal variation,
storm surges and Sea
Level Rise (SLR)
Use of proper navigational
equipment and safety
gears
2. Shore protection structures
 Sloping Concrete 9,000m (to be Use of proper equipment
revetment blocks or finalized after and Personal protective
concrete detailed design) Equipment (PPE)
mattress

Component Materials Size/Capacity Safety Features

 Steel Sheet Sheet piles 400m (to be Use of proper equipment
Pile (SSP) finalized after and Personal protective
detailed design) Equipment (PPE)
 Gravity wall Concrete block 400m (to be Use of proper equipment
finalized after and Personal protective
detailed design) Equipment (PPE)
3. Access Roads Sub-base Final Use of proper equipment
materials, specifications to and PPE
concrete and be determined
asphalt after detailed
pavement design
materials
4. Utilities Use of PPE
Drainage, water, Reinforced Final quantity
sewer, power lines concrete pipes and size to be
UPVC or PE determined after
pipes detailed design

Figure 1-19. Proposed Reclamation Extent of the Project

1.4.1 Proposed Land Use Plan
The land use of the proposed 407.42 ha Project (Figure 1-20 and Table 1-4) is
developed based on a review of the initial Conceptual Master Plan Report prepared
right at the onset of this Project, taking into account other key considerations such as
land allocation between the Developer and the government of the City of Manila. The
land use developed includes the MICE Manila (Convention Center), Commercial &
Business Complex, Green Park, Public Facilities and High-end Residential
Developments. Public Facilities will provide retail, education, culture, leisure, sports
and health care services to meet residents’ daily requirements. The Baseco
Compound and South Port will be redeveloped into Tourism & Recreation and CBD
Zones. Tourism & Recreation Zone comprises of Eastern Hollywood and New Manila
Quay.
Table 1-4. Proposed land use for the Project

Land use Area (ha) Percentage (%)
Residential 1 13.15 3.2
Residential 2 184.98 45.4
Commercial 18.55 4.6
Hotel 7.40 1.8
MICE (Convention Center) 20.28 5
Education 14.64 3.6
Social amenities 2.02 0.5
Worship 6.18 1.5
Park 38.61 9.5
Water park 4.39 1.1
Green park 25.46 6.2
Water 19.60 4.8
Dyke 5.92 1.5
Road 46.24 11.3
Total / Boundary 407.42 100
According to different stakeholders’ expectations and requirements, the land use

distribution for the 407.42 ha reclamation area will be divided into two parts, to be
taken charge of by the developer (60%) and the local government and authorities
(40%) respectively. With the high cost involved in reclamation projects, the planning
of the land use must be optimized to achieve strong economic outputs for the local
government, and the planning and design of residential developments must be
attractive to both developers and buyers.

Figure 1-20. Proposed Broad Land Use Plan for the Project Site

1.4.2 Major Facilities
1.4.2.1 Reclamation area
The project proposes to carry out land reclamation over an area of 407.42 ha
adjacent to Manila South Harbor Port, City of Manila, Philippines. The reclamation
profile has been studied and modified hydraulically such that it will not affect the
existing hydraulic condition, navigation channel, as well as nearby harbor operations.
To develop the land mass for the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project, the
following components/activities will required.
1.4.2.1.1 Platform Level
The platform level is defined as the level of the reclamation development at the
moment the defects liability periods ends or at the moment the Contractor hands
over the works to the Client.
The required platform level considering the effect of climate change for several
return periods can be determined by a combination of the Highest Astronomical Tide
(HAT), seasonal variation, storm surges and Sea Level Rise (SLR) as shown in
Table 1-5. The HAT is taken to be 1.57 m and is deemed appropriate to be
considered for the marine frontage (facing Manila Bay) of the entire development. A
maximum seasonal variation water level is adopted to be 0.62 m based on the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association (NOAA) website whereas several
storm surge levels are presented for the different return periods. Different sea level
rise levels are also considered in this case which are deduced from the Fifth
Assessment Report (AR5) by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.
Table 1-5. Expected Platform Level considering the Impact of Climate Change
of the Various Return Periods.
Return Period (Yr)
Parameters
1 5 10 25 50
Highest Astronomical Tide
1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57
(m)
Seasonal Variation (m) 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62
Storm Surge Level (m) 1.17 1.35 1.56 1.70 1.84
Sea Level Rise by IPCC - - 0.03 0.17 0.32
Proposed Platform Level
3.40 3.60 3.80 4.10 4.40
(m)
Based on the table above, a level of +4.40 m CD or higher can be considered as a

design platform level for the proposed reclamation area when it comes to long term
development. This is to accommodate the expected impact of climate change for the
50 years return period or more.

1.4.2.1.2 Dredging and Reclamation
Dredging operation involves the removal of unsuitable materials within the project
area and in the burrow materials source. The operation also involves extraction of
suitable marine burrow materials from the source to be utilized in the reclamation
area.
During the course of dredging and reclamation, various equipment is needed to

ensure that the project is carried out in a safe and efficient manner. The types of
equipment proposed for this project are TSHD, Backhoe Dredger (BHD) and tug
boats. The characteristics of these equipment are further elaborated in the following
sections:
1.4.2.1.2.1 Trailing Suction Hopper Dredger (TSHD)
A TSHD is a hydraulic dredger that utilizes centrifugal pumps to raise the material
out of the water and store in its hopper before transporting to the proposed fill site.
TSHDs are commonly used in maritime construction and maintenance projects.
These includes maintenance dredging of ports to widen the navigation channel or
turning basins and transportation of large quantity of fill material to another
reclamation site that requires millions of cubic meters of sand. They are normally
used for dredging loose materials such as sand, clay or gravel.
A TSHD is a self-propelled ship which consists of a hopper that is used to store the
fill material from the seabed. A TSHD is normally equipped with two suction pipes
which are attached with drag heads at the end of the pipes. These drag heads act
like giant suction or vacuum cleaners which suck up the material from the seabed as
the ship slowly moves forward. The dredged material is transported upwards via a
pump system and stored within its hopper.
There are several options that the TSHD can use to offload the dredged material
from its hopper at a reclamation sites. These include direct offloading by opening the
bottom hatches, rainbowing by pumping the sand ashore in a high position
(preferable used for beach nourishment or coastal protection projects) and pumping
of sand via submerged or floating pipelines. For this project, the dredged material will
be pumped ashore via a series of floating pipelines and bow coupling units. If the
distance between the TSHD and the proposed fill site is relatively far, booster pumps
may need to be installed along the pipeline to provide extra pump capacity for
ensuring that the dredged material is continuously pumped throughout the entire
reclamation process.

Figure 1-21. Typical TSHD (Source: IADC, 2014)
1.4.2.1.2.2 Backhoe Dredger (BHD)
A Backhoe Dredger (BHD) is a water-based excavator which is equipped with a

hydraulic excavator on a pontoon. Three spuds are normally installed to stabilize and
secure the pontoon at a certain locations for dredging operations (Figure 1-22). The
BHD is considered as a universal dredger as it can dredge several types of material
such as sand, clay, boulders, stones, gravels and many others. A BHD is mainly
used for dredging river banks for foreshore protection and harbor channels that are
difficult to dredge using large dredging vessels. A majority of BHDs are towed to the
site with tugboats, although some BHDs are self-propelled which offers greater
mobility during dredging operations.

Figure 1-22. Typical BHD (Source: IADC, 2014)
For this project, BHDs will be utilized primarily for the dredging of the sandkey
foundation. A hopper barge will be moored along with the BHD to store and fill the
dredged material (Figure 1-23). Once the barge is fully loaded, the dredged material
will be discharged into the reclamation site with the help of tugboats and BHDs.
Depending on the distance between the dredging locations and filling site, the BHD
has the capability to dredge the material from the existing seabed and discharge
directly onto the reclamation site.
Figure 1-23. Illustration of loading operations using BHD and Hopper Barge
(Source: IADC, 2014)

1.4.2.1.2.3 Hopper Barge
A hopper barge is a type of non-mechanical vessel that is unable to maneuver by

itself. It requires tugboats to assist the loading and unloading operations. For this
project, the hopper barge will serve as a temporary holding area for dredged
materials that is filled by the BHD before unloading at the fill site by using an
excavator. Figure 1-24 below illustrates a typical excavator unloading the materials
from a hopper barge.
Figure 1-24. Typical excavator unloading the materials from a Hopper Barge
(Source: IADC, 2014)
1.4.2.1.2.4 Tugboat
A tugboat is a type of vessel that maneuvers other big vessels by towing them to the
required locations. For this project, tugboats are mainly used to tow the backhoe
dredger along the proposed sandkey dredging locations as well as to maneuver the
hopper barge back and forth from the dredging location to the fill sites. The required
number and capacity of tugboat/pusher tug for this project will depend on the type
and number of the BHDs and hopper barges used.

Figure 1-25. Typical tug boat
1.4.2.2 Shore Protection Structures
Various methods of shore protection are planned for the project to protect the
reclamation area against erosion and to alleviate flooding as a result of potential
storm surge or monsoon events.
1.4.2.2.1 Sloping revetment
Sloping revetments are proposed along the entire perimeter of the reclamation site,
approximately 9,000m in length. The sloping revetment will be made of stone,
concrete unit or slabs, or other materials to protect the embankment, natural coast or
shoreline against erosion by wave action, storm surges, and currents. Due to the
scarcity and shortage of rock source in Manila Bay, the revetment structure will have
to be engineered and constructed in a different way by replacing rocks with
alternative materials such as concrete blocks or concrete mattress
1.4.2.2.2 Steel sheet pile wall
Steel Sheet Pile (SSP) wall will be constructed along the inner marina in view of
providing retention and stabilization to the marine facilities and structures. SSP is
susceptible to corrosion especially in a marine environment where seawater is often
found to be very corrosive. To mitigate potential corrosion and increase the effective

life of the SSP, measures such as application of protective organic coatings or

concrete encasement and cathodic protection will be considered for the project.
1.4.2.2.3 Gravity wall
Gravity wall in the form of concrete block work will be constructed at the outer
marina. The primary purpose of the gravity wall is to protect and seclude yachts or
vessels from strong waves and currents. This wall may be can be coupled with
floating pontoons to cater for berthing of yacht and vessels and serves as a platform
or pedestrian walkway to bring visitors around the marina.
1.4.2.3 Proposed Buffers
A 200-meter buffer zone will serve as space/open channels between the 407.42 ha
and the existing Baseco Compound (Figure 1-19).
1.4.3 Support Facilities
1.4.3.1 Access Roads
Based on the analysis of the options mentioned in Section 1.3.3, roads are
proposed (Figure 1-17). Two elevated dual-3 highway extend from the major
arterials roads in the site. They meet at an interchange just before the new dual-3
bridge to cross Pasig River. The first access road continues as an elevated highway
and connects to Bonifacio Drive and subsequently Roxas Boulevard. Meanwhile, the
new bridge has two exit ramps on the northern bank. The first ramp (second access
road) connects to a new elevated highway along the northern bank of Pasig River
and connects to Magallanes Drive on the southern bank. The second exit from the
bridge will connect to the third proposed access road which is the existing Recto
Avenue. Together, these access roads will provide excellent connectivity and ease of
access to the rest of Metro Manila. This in turn will enhance the attractiveness to
prospective investors.
The first proposed access road is a modification of the aforementioned option 2. The
difference lies in which the elevated highway over Roxas Boulevard is removed from
the proposal due to the potential negative impacts. In order for this proposal to work,
the roadside activities along Bonifacio Drive and Roxas Boulevard would need to be
cleared. Among the measures that could be undertaken to increase the road
capacities and improve traffic conditions are ban roadside parking, remove illegal
roadside settlements and stalls, provide and enforce designated pedestrian
crossings, provide proper bays for jeepneys and buses, reduce number of accesses
connected to the major roads and optimize traffic signals along Roxas Boulevard.

The second access road is adapted from option 3, taking into consideration the
effects on Intramuros. As such, the elevated dual-3 highway has been shifted to run
along the north bank and connect to Magallanes Drive on the south bank. From
there, drivers will have direct connection with P. Burgos Road which is a major road
through the city centre. Several other radial roads such as the R8 R9 and R2 are
connected to P. Burgos Road.
The third access road is essentially option 4 with a slight modification to the location
of the bridge. The bridge landing has been shifted westward to avoid the existing
church. Recto Avenue is chosen as an access point as it provides good connectivity
to the rest of Manila via the C1 circumferential road. However, it would also require
the same measures as mentioned above in order to increase the road capacity and
handle the added traffic from the new development. These measures are in line with
the recent policy measures of the Manila City authorities where streets in the
Divisoria district, including Recto Avenue, were cleared of illegal vendors. Following
this, many streets in other areas of Manila will also be cleared. The authorities could
further improve the environment of the streets by planting trees and widen
pedestrian footpaths.
Figure 1-26. Proposed Access Roads for the Project Site

1.4.3.2 Drainage System
Manila Bay is a natural harbor which serves the Port of Manila (on Luzon), in the
Philippines. Strategically located around the capital city of the Philippines, Manila
Bay facilitated commerce and trade between the Philippines and its neighboring
countries, becoming the gateway for socioeconomic development even prior to
Spanish occupation.
Successive changes in and around Manila Bay are largely due to the intertwining
impacts of continued industrialization, unrelenting increase in population, and the
incessant human activities catering to livelihood and habitation. These factors are
directly degrading the overall environment of Manila Bay and these impacts are
manifested in the continued deterioration of the water quality within the bay.
It is critical to establish a sustainable drainage system within the site to convey the
surface runoff to prevent flooding, erosion and to maintain the sea water quality.
The following documentation has been reviewed in drainage system planning:
• Rainfall Intensity - Duration Frequency Analysis Data by Philippine

Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
(PAGASA); and
• Design Guidelines, Criteria & Standards by the Department of Public Works
and Highways (DPWH) (March, 2015).
1.4.3.2.1 Planning Approach & Assumptions
Drainage planning for the development is based on the rainfall-intensity-duration-

frequency (RIDF) data for Port Manila obtained from the Philippine Atmospheric,
Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA). The planning
approach takes reference from the DPWH Design Guidelines, Criteria and
Standards.
The planning parameters adopted for the proposed drainage scheme are listed in
table below:
Table 1-6. Drainage Design Parameters and Assumptions

Planning Parameters Description/ Assumptions
Total catchment size 407.42 ha
Number of sub-catchments 5
Development type Dense urban mixed use
Runoff Coefficient 0.85
Storm return period 10 years
Rainfall Intensity 210 mm/h

For preliminary sizing of the drains, sufficient freeboard needs to be provided to

prevent waves or fluctuation of the water surface from overflowing the cope.
Following DPWH Design Guidelines, Criteria and Standards, a freeboard equivalent
to 15% of the drain depth is adopted.
The flow velocity is checked to ensure that it is higher than 0.8m/s to maintain self-
cleansing of the drains and lower than 3.0 m/s to prevent excessive scouring or
hydraulic jumps within the drains.
1.4.3.2.2 Proposed Drainage Plan
Five catchment areas have been identified for the planning area based on the canal
discharge locations to the sea as shown in Figure 1-27, and the respective
catchment sizes are shown in Table 1-7.
Figure 1-27. Proposed Catchment Plan
Table 1-7. Catchment Sizes

Catchment No. Catchment Size
Catchment 1 95 ha.
Catchment 2 66 ha.
Catchment 3 58 ha.
Catchment 4 59 ha.
Catchment 5 129 ha.

The proposed drainage system consists of concrete open drains (1.0 to 1.8 m wide)
along both sides of the roads, canals (waterways) channelling flow toward the sea,
and a detention pond (water body as part of the golf course) as shown in Figure
1-28. The drainage network is designed such that the storm water runoff from the
various land use plots and roads flows to the nearest drain, and then to the canals at
the shortest possible distance, so as to minimize the drain size and depth. The
canals serve as a collector which will then discharge the storm water out into the
sea.

Figure 1-28. Proposed Drainage Layout

1.4.3.3 Water Supply System
Water supply in the project area is covered by the west concessionaire, Maynilad
Water Services, Inc. (Maynilad) Access to the existing water supply network of
Maynilad Access is identified to be at 2nd Street corner Bonifacio Drive based on a
public utilities information in a letter dated 14 June 2016 from the Department of
Engineering and Public Works. From this tapping point, it is assumed that water
pipeline will be laid along 2nd Street towards the proposed development and will
branch out into two pipelines into two proposed underground water storage tanks
which hold the total backup storage for the development. The proposed water supply
network plan is provided in Figure 1-29.
The proposed development is planned to have approximately one-day storage

capacity for reliability of continuous water supply to the entire site. The project’s
estimated total water demand of 40,052 m3/day is proposed to be stored in two (2)
locations of underground water tank which has a storage capacity of 20,050 m3 each.
Water tanks in general may be designed to be on-ground or underground. For

aesthetic purpose, the water storage for this development is planned to be built
underground to hide the huge structure of the water tank and leave only the pump
house visible on ground. Although this is more expensive to build and maintain than
an on-ground tank, it allows for utilization of the area above the massive
underground tank as a green area.
The underground tank is estimated to require 0.5 ha of land, and above it, a 0.15 ha
of land is allocated for pump house and some minor access roads. The rest of the
area above may be landscaped to achieve desired attractive appearance.

Figure 1-29 Proposed Water Supply Network Plan

1.4.3.4 Sewerage System
Based on the public utilities information as stated in letter from the Department of
Engineering and Public Works to the Manila OIC City Engineer dated 14 June 2016,
the area in Baseco is not covered by a sewerage system. No plans of the nearest
existing sewerage network in the area has been shared by the authorities and no
further information regarding existing or future sewer lines have been made known.
As such, the project will have its own on-site Sewage Treatment Plants (STP) and
sewerage network. For this project, land use optimization is of primary concern, so a
wastewater treatment technology with compact footprint and minimum environmental
impact would be proposed. To minimize the need for sewage lifting stations, which
also require additional land take, the entire development site will be divided into
various subcatchments, so as to allow for gravity flow sewers with reasonably
shallow depth.
The sewage flow for the development is estimated based on the assumption that
80% of the water consumed would be collected by the sewerage system. The total
sewage flow is estimated to be 25,633 m3/day (Table 1-8).
Table 1-8. Sewage Flow Projection

Land Use Water Demand (m3/day) Sewage Flow (m3/day)
Residential Villa 121 97
Residential Condo 18,442 14,754
Retail and Shopping Mall 4,050 3,240
Hotel 5,855 4,684
Convention Center (MICE) 2,908 2,326
Education 463 371
Social Amenities 106 84
Place of Worship 97 78
32,042 25,633
The proposed sewerage plan is designed based on gravity flow. The sewerage
network conveys the municipal sewage from residential and commercial areas to its
respective STP per catchment. The proposed sewerage network consists of sewer
pipes of various diameters ranging from 250 to 650 mm with a maximum depth of
6m.
The project area will be divided into four (4) sewage sub-catchments, each one
having an on-site STP of its own. Utilizing distributed STPs requires smaller land
area which is easier to accommodate with minimal disruption to the intended land
use. The proposed sewerage network plan is provided in Figure 1-30.

Figure 1-30. Proposed Sewerage Network Plan

1.4.3.5 Power Supply System
The power supply requirement of the project will be supplied by the Manila Electric
Company (MERALCO). Two 69 kV incoming transmission lines will be connected to
the 69/13.8 kV substations located right at the entrance of the project area, adjacent
to the major roads connecting the reclaimed area to the main island. These
substations will then distribute power to four 13.8/4.16 kV substations located within
the project area via 13.8 kV underground cables. The project is considering that
power supply be through an underground distribution network. In this case, the
power lines within the development area will be less affected by extreme weather
conditions.
1.4.4 Pollution Control Devices and Waste Management System
1.4.4.1 Wastewater
This will essentially be generated by personnel on board the sea crafts (dredging
vessels and rock haulage barges) which are self-contained having their individual
toilet and waste collection facilities. Waste water will be discharged through third-
party waste treaters.
On site portable toilets and wash rooms may be planned for the soil stabilization
phase of the reclamation works.
1.4.4.2 Air Pollution Control Device
In general, air pollution may be due to fugitive dust during construction works and
from operation of heavy equipment and generators. Air pollution is anticipated to be
temporary and short-lived. The mitigating measures or devices in place are as
follows:
 The sea crafts will have their individual smoke stacks to serve as control
device which will be connected to the exhaust of the pump engines.
 Use of well-maintained equipment and vehicles
 Use of efficient fuels
1.4.4.3 Other Wastes
Dredging operation in the borrow materials site and in the project area will generate
unsuitable materials. This may cause disturbance of the sea bed and potentially
increase turbidity and total suspended solids in the vicinity of the project area. Silt is
of major concern, which is the solid waste from dredging of undesired sea bed

materials. Silt curtains will be used as waste management method to contain the
dispersal of these materials.
Waste management procedures for hazardous, solid and domestic wastes

generated during construction period are as follows:
 Used oil will be collected and put inside sealed drums, stored in a designated
storage area inside the project area or inside the vessel used. It will be
transported and treated by a DENR accredited TSD facility.
 Busted Fluorescent Bulbs will be put in a container, stored inside the
designated storage area until there is sufficient inventory for proper disposal
through a DENR accredited TSD facility.
 Contaminated rags and gloves will also be put in bags, stored inside the
designated storage area in accumulation until there is sufficient inventory for
proper disposal through a DENR accredited TSD facility.
 Used equipment and service vehicles batteries will be traded-in to designated
suppliers.
 Solid Wastes will be properly segregated and collected and disposed in the
Materials Recovery Facility of the City of Manila.
 Domestic Waste will pass to a temporary septic tank that will be constructed
or portable toilets will be delivered to the job site and be maintained by DENR
accredited waste management company.
The construction contract will specify requirements for the contractor including the
use of environmentally safe materials, construction methods that minimize waste
including the use of reusable concrete formwork, the collection of solid waste
materials and their deposition in clearly marked and segregated receptacles for
removal from site to a place of proper disposal.
1.5 Process / Technology
The proposed 407.42 ha reclamation area is proposed to be filled up to a platform

level of +4.4 m above MLLW. The summary of the reclamation activities is provided
in Table 1-9. An estimated volume of 48,000,000 m3 of sand is required to meet the
target platform level. The reclamation works will be carried out in one go – one off
development, and will commence from the land side towards the sea side. A sand
source located within a 30 km radius from the site such as the San Nicholas Shoal
(SNS) is proposed as the borrow area. Other areas that may be considered as
alternative source of borrow fill are the foreshore area in Mariveles, Bataan and lahar
deposits from Pamapanga and Zambales. Majority of the reclamation area will be
protected by sloping revetments, whilst gravity walls and Steel Sheet Pile (SSP)
walls are proposed at the marina to seclude and protect the yachts and vessels from
potential high wave actions.

The bottom topography of Manila Bay is gently sloping from its mouth at about 1 m
per km of horizontal distance. Manila Bay is mostly shallow with an average depth of
17m and about 64 percent of its surface has less than a 10m depth. The proposed
project area is considered as a shallow area with water depth varying from 1 to 10m.
Table 1-9. Summary description of reclamation activities

Item Quantity Remarks
3
Dredging and reclamation 48,000,000 m Assume 0.6 m settlement
Sloping revetment 9,000 m -
Concrete block wall 400 m -
Sheet steel pile 400 m -
Assume minimum depth
Channel dredging 11,000 m3
3.0 mMLLW, width of 30m
Assume 8m sandkey
Sand key dredging 6,000,000 m3
depth, 20m bottom width
The general process flow of the project is provided in Figure 1-31 and discussed in
the succeeding sections.

TSHD
3
48,000,000 m
Dredging at location of
sand source
Disposal of
unsuitable materials
TSHD
TSHD
Empty vessel Transport the material
to site
Depository area
Reclamation Area
407.42 ha
Disposal of
unsuitable materials TSHD – pump ashore from
coupling point to reclamation
area
Compaction works
Construction of
sloping revetment
9,000 m
Soil improvement
works using PVDs and
surcharge applications
Construction of shore Road Network Installation of utilities

protection structures: construction:
1. Drainage system
1. Steel sheet piles 1. Access roads 2. Water supply system
(400m) 2. Pavement 3. Sewerage system
2. Gravity wall (400m) 3. Curb and gutter 4. Power lines
4. Side walk
Figure 1-31. Process flow of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project

1.5.1 Dredging and Reclamation
The dredging considerations for this project are as follows:
• To maximize the production while complying with the spill budget requirement.
• To minimize the impact to the surrounding environment.
• To comply with the conditions imposed by relevant authorities such as
instructions from the Port Master’s Department.
Two types of dredging activities are proposed for this project, namely dredging at the
borrow area to fill the reclamation area with good fill material and dredging of
sandkey foundation to cater for shore protection structures. These activities are
elaborated in the succeeding sections:
1.5.1.1 Dredging at Proposed Borrow Pit
A sand source located within a 30 km radius from the site such as the San Nicholas
Shoal (SNS) has been planned for as the borrow area for the fill material. The sand
from the borrow area will be dredged using a TSHD and transported to the site once
the hopper is fully loaded. At the site, a bow coupling unit will be utilized to serve as
a special link between the TSHD and floating pipelines for pumping the sand
material ashore to fill the reclamation area. After the hopper is fully unloaded, the
THSD will sail back to the borrow area and continue to dredge the material and
proceed to the fill site once is fully loaded. This dredging and filling process is
repeated until the project site is fully reclaimed up to the proposed platform level.
1.5.1.2 Sandkey Dredging for Sloping Revetment and Gravity Wall Foundation
Sandkey dredging is a method that is commonly used in the field of coastal

engineering to provide a firm foundation for shore protection structures. The
provision of a firm foundation will ensure that structures are structurally safe and
stable against high wave actions as a result of potential storm surge and monsoon
events. Preliminary studies show that the existing soft and compressible underlying
soil may pose foundation and structural stabilization issues to structures. As such, it
is vital to create a strong and firm foundation for these structures by dredging away
the soft material to form a trench which is then replaced with good granular fill
material.
After the filling of the trench, the sandkey foundation will have to be compacted to a
certain required standard compaction limit. This can be achieved by utilizing several
types of compaction techniques such as compaction via bulldozer or vibratory roller,
dynamic compaction or vibrofloatation. The primary purpose of conducting
compaction is to enhance the soil stiffness and density by closing the gaps or voids

between the soil particles. This will provide a strong and firm foundation which may
prevent liquefaction and subsequent damage to structures in earthquake sensitive
regions.
1.5.2 Reclamation Methodology
The reclamation works are proposed to be commenced from the land side adjacent
to the existing Baseco Compound and continue progressively towards the sea side.
This sequence of work is recommended as it will minimize and prevent potential loss
of fill material during the reclamation duration. The proposed reclamation sequence
is elaborated as follows:
1. Commence the construction of sand bunds using excavators from barges.
2. Continue the construction of sand bunds and commence the construction of

the sandkey foundation. The construction of sand bunds and the sandkey
foundation will be carried out in a progressive manner.
The construction steps of the sandkey foundation are elaborated as follows:
a) Dredge the existing seabed for the sandkey along the perimeter of the
reclamation site using Backhoe Dredgers (BHD) and hopper barges.
b) Fill the reclamation site with the sandkey material using excavators
operating from the hopper barges.
c) Replace the existing seabed material with good fill material from the
borrow area.
3. Commence the construction of the sloping revetment.
4. Start to fill the reclamation area up to the proposed platform level with sand
material from the borrow area using TSHDs.
5. Commence soil improvement works using PVDs and surcharge applications.
6. All construction works including the SSP and gravity wall will move
progressively and simultaneously as stipulated above until the entire
reclamation area is filled and the shore protection structures are constructed
accordingly.

The above reclamation sequence is summarized in Figure 1-32.
Figure 1-32. Reclamation cycle
1.5.3 Materials Handling and Transport
Trailing Suction Hopper Dredgers (TSHD) and Backhoe Dredgers (BHD) are the
main dredging equipment to be utilized during the course of dredging and
reclamation. The sand from the borrow area will be dredged using a Trailing Suction
Hopper Dredger (TSHD) and transported to the site once the hopper is fully loaded
with the sand material. After the hopper is fully unloaded, the THSD will sail back to
the borrow area and continue to dredge the material and proceed to the fill site once
is fully loaded. This dredging and filling process is repeated until the project site is
fully reclaimed up to the proposed platform level.
For the shore protection structures, specifically the installation of sheet pile, a
suitable driving system will be selected to ensure successful pile installation with due
regards to safety. Materials for the shore protection structures will be delivered
through Manila Bay and stock piled near the piling area.
Materials that will be used for the construction of the utilities will be delivered on site
and stocked near the place of installation through Manila Bay or by land after
completion of the access roads. The concrete and asphalts mixture will also be
delivered by the supplier in stored in an appropriate location within the project site.

1.5.4 Project Infrastructure
As discussed in Section 1.4.3, various infrastructure elements such as water supply,

sewerage, drainage and power supply are also studied for the proposed reclamation.
For water supply, two underground main water tanks with pump houses will support
the overall water demand of the Project, whereas 4 units of sewerage treatment
plans are proposed to be installed to manage the waste products. Concrete open U-
drains and open canals or waterways are proposed to divert the water flow to 5
outfalls or discharge outlets. For water supply, 2 units of 69 kV /13.8 kV and 4 units
of 13.8 kV/4.16 kV substations are proposed to regulate the power supply of the
entire Project site. The infrastructure works will be carried out concurrently with the
road works, the overall infrastructure works are expected to be completed within a
3.5 year period.
In terms of accessibility, 3 access roads are proposed to connect the Project site to
the existing roads. The first is an elevated dual-3 highway over 2nd Street, connected
to Bonifacio Drive. The second road is an elevated dual-3 highway from the bridge,
running along the northern bank of the Pasig River and connected to Magallanes
Drive on the southern bank. The third access is to connect the new bridge over
Pasig River with Recto Avenue. The connectivity of the development is also further
enhanced with the public transportation system such as shuttle bus and ferry
services. Preliminary studies show that the traffic levels on existing roads during
morning and evening peak will be of acceptable levels with the proposed
development, subject to implementation of traffic control measures such as removal
of illegal roadside parking, provision of designated pedestrian crossings, reduction in
number of accesses into major roads and synchronization of traffic lights on the
same stretch of road. The road works will also be carried out concurrently with the
infrastructure works within the 3.5 year period.
1.5.5 Description of the Operations and Maintenance of Facility
Prior to commencement of operations and upon completion of the project, the

developer will turn over the site to the project’s management team. The management
team will consist of highly skilled management staff, engineers, and skilled personnel
for roads and utilities maintenance, as well as security and emergency response
staff. The facilities that the operations team will manage consist of:
 Water reservoir equipment

 Sewage treatment facility
 Electrical sub-station
 Materials recovery facility

As the project has a perpetual lifespan, continuous maintenance, enhancement and

upgrading will be done to be environmentally-compliant and ensure safety of the
facilities. Structures and equipment will be assessed regularly.
The operations phase will also involve the construction of buildings and structures by
various locators and the operation of their activities. This phase is not included in the
scope of this EIS and in the application for an ECC.
The locators will be required to follow the design concept of the reclaimed area
based on its containment or carrying capacity. All locators will also be required to
comply with all existing ordinances of the City Government of Manila.
1.6 Project Size
The proposed 407.42 ha reclamation area is to be filled up to a platform level of +4.4

m above MLLW. An estimated volume of 48,000,000 m3 of sand is required to meet
the target platform level.
1.7 Development Plan, Description of Project Phases and

Corresponding Timeframes
1.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase
The City Government of Manila has accomplished various pre-construction tasks in

support of the proposed Reclamation Project. These tasks are necessary to ensure
compliance with government regulations. The following items are included in the pre-
construction tasks:
 Survey and Soil Investigation Works

 Detailed engineering designs
 Philippine Reclamation Authority Memorandum of Agreement
 Application of Notice of Proceed
 Calling for Construction Tender
1.7.2 Construction and Operation Phase
After completing the pre-construction tasks, the City of Manila will then proceed with
the construction and procurement phase of the project. The City of Manila, through
its designated general contractor, shall implement the following construction and
procurement activities for the project:

 Establishment of a camp site for construction personnel and equipment,

including temporary lodging (with sanitation facilities), material and
equipment storage, and field office;
 Upgrading, improvement and construction of necessary access roads and
drainage systems;
 Site preparation for warehouse;
 Construction of the administration office, laboratory, and control room; and
 Procurement and commissioning of reclamation equipment.
Figure 1-33 shows the reclamation schedule for the project which is planned to
accomplished within a period of three years from start of mobilization.
Figure 1-33. Reclamation Schedule
The reclamation works will be carried out in one go – a one off development, and will
commence from the land side towards the sea to the extent of the reclamation
profile.
The reclamation profile has been studied and modified hydraulically such that it will
not affect the existing hydraulic condition, navigation channel as well as nearby
harbor operations. Overall, the entire reclamation project is proposed to be
completed within a 36-month period inclusive of soil improvement works.
The following reclamation sequence will be applied for the project:

Figure 1-34. Construction of Sand Bund
Figure 1-35. Continuing Construction, Dredging and Reclamation

Figure 1-36. Continuing Sand bund and sand key construction
Figure 1-37. Start of Filling the Reclamation

Figure 1-38. Continuing Construction
Figure 1-39. Start of Construction of Concrete Blocks

Figure 1-40. Continuing Construction until completion of reclamation
1.7.3 Decommissioning and Abandonment Phase
The project is foreseen to have a perpetual lifespan, and as such, continuous

maintenance, enhancement and upgrading will be done to be environmentally-
compliant and ensure safety of the facilities. However, should there be a need to
decommission or abandon the project; the formulation of the detailed
decommissioning plan will be done by the proponent within the specified timeframe
as part of the post-ECC requirement. It will be submitted for approval to the
concerned government agencies. The locators within the project site will also be
required to formulate a decommissioning plan in compliance with their respective
ECCs, which will also be in accordance with the agreement between locators and
project proponent.
An Environmental Site Assessment will be conducted to determine contaminants left

by the operation, as well as appropriate methods and equipment to be used during
dismantling of structures, clean-up and demobilization. Demobilization will be
conducted by the contractors as per city government requirements, which will include
activities and costs for the transport of all construction equipment used, excess
materials, disassembly and transport of temporary facilities used during construction,
removal and disposal of all debris and general clean-up of the site. The city
government will also require its contractor to post performance bond together with
the 10 percent retention to cover any defects and damages left behind after
demobilization.
The following are possible options that will be considered during the abandonment
phase:
 Removal of site infrastructure and waste;
 All civil structures and associated infrastructure will be removed;

 All remaining materials and hazardous waste will be removed;

 All waste will be disposed of in an appropriate manner; and
 Reusable materials will be resold or recycled.
1.8 Manpower
1.8.1 Manpower Requirement
The total manpower for the raw land reclamation (construction and operation) is
estimated to be about 1,095 employees and workers (direct and indirect). The
personnel will be mostly composed of operators of reclamation equipment and
construction workers for support facilities and administrative personnel. The
manpower requirements for construction will mostly entail male workers because of
the physical nature of the work.
Table 1-10. Manpower requirements

Project Phase Workforce Number
Specialist, engineers, Surveyors, Geologists,
Pre- Professional Electrical engineer, Professional
115
construction Mechanical engineer, Sanitary Engineer, CAD
Operators, etc.
Project Manager, CAD Operator, Laboratory
Technician, Drainage Engineers, Surveyors,
Construction Quantity Surveyors, Inspectors, Dredging Operators,
980
and Operation Barge Operators, Crane Operators, Dozer and
Backhoe operators, DT Drivers, Vibro compactors,
etc.
Total 1,095
1.8.2 Scheme for Sourcing Locally from Host and Neighboring LGUs
The proponent shall give priority hiring to locals whose skills and experience match
the project’s specific needs. A local hiring scheme will be established in close
coordination with the concerned barangay Local Government Units (LGUs). In
general, the proponent will provide a list of anticipated job requirements with
corresponding qualifications to the concerned barangay LGUs. These potential
opportunities will be promoted by the barangay LGUs in their respective jurisdictions
and potential applicants will be forwarded to the proponent, for further review and
evaluation by the Human Resources office.
Consultations shall be made with the LGUs and host communities to finalize a
scheme for hiring residents from host communities. Qualified local residents will be
given priority in hiring. For technical positions not available in the host communities,
the proponent reserves the option to source its manpower requirements elsewhere.

Compensation terms and the process of hiring will comply and adhere with existing
labor laws, rules, and regulations.
There is no indigenous group/people present in the project area.
1.9 Indicative Project Cost
The estimated project investment cost for the Reclamation Works is PhP 43.7 billion
and about 13.6 billion for Infrastructure and Transport Planning Works.
The summary breakdown for the total project cost is presented in the following table:
Table 1-11. Estimated Cost Breakdown

Item Description Amount
Reclamation Works
I Preliminaries PHP 3,783,600,000.00
II Hydrographic, Side Scan Sonar, and PHP 16,700,000.00
Topographic Survey
III Dredging (for Channel and Sandkey) PHP 19,564,900,000.00
IV Site Preparation and Reclamation Filling PHP 6,940,200,000.00
including transportation
V Wharf Structure and Slope Protection Works PHP 7,666,900,000.00
VI Ground Improvement Works PHP 3,571,100,000.00
VII Soil Instrumentation PHP 29,200,000.00
VIII Navigational Aids PHP 4,000,000.00
IX Compliance to the Environmental PHP 42,400,000.00
Requirement (CEMP and EMMP)
Sub-Total (I - IX) PHP 41,619,000,000.00
Contingency (5%) PHP 2,081,000,000.00
GRAND TOTAL PHP 43,700,000,000.00
Infrastructure and Transport Planning Works
I Water Supply PHP 1,890,000,000.00
II Sewerage PHP 315,000,000.00
III Drainage PHP 525,000,000.00
IV Power Supply PHP 1,260,000,000.00
V External Road PHP 8,925,000,000.00
VI Internal Road PHP 630,000,000.00
Sub-Total (I - VI) PHP 13,620,600,000.00
GRAND TOTAL PHP 13,620,600,000.00
The Study indicated that a conservative land value was adopted at Php 150,000 per
m2 based on reference to the price of the reclaimed land sold at the more developed
Mall of Asia. This area is currently the site for SM Development Corporation’s “Shell
Residences Project”. The BIR zonal valuation at Barangay 649 was set at Php
90,100 per m2 dated 26 Jan 181.
1
BIR Zonal Values (2017). Retrieved from https://www.bir.gov.ph/index.php/zonal-values.html.

Chapter 2: Assessment of Environmental Impacts | Environmental Impact Statement
2 Assessment of Environmental Impacts
2.1 Land
2.1.1 Land Use and Classification
The study and investigation of land use and land classification of the project site
employed the review of existing documents, maps, plans and reports.
2.1.1.1 Existing Land Use of Manila City
The City of Manila encompasses a land area of 4,045.8 hectares including all
reclaimed areas along Manila Bay with a coastline length of 190 km. At 14° 38'
latitude and 120° 60' longitude, it is strategically located on the eastern coast of
Manila Bay at the mouth of Pasig River which runs on an east-west course through
the center dividing the city into the northern and the southern sections. Manila is
bounded by seven other cities and municipalities: on the north by Navotas and
Caloocan, on the northeast by Quezon City, on the east by San Juan and
Mandaluyong, on the southeast by Makati and on the south by Pasay City.
Table 2-1 presents the existing land use of Manila City based on its Comprehensive
Land Use Plan covering year 2005 to 2020:
Table 2-1. Land Use Allocation of Manila City

Land Use Area in Hectares Percentage (%)
Residential 867.29 20.69
R3-MXD 867.29 20.69
Commercial 1,719.19 41.01
C2-MXD 675.85 16.12
C3-MXD 1,043.34 24.89
Industrial 96.72 2.31
IND-1 96.72 2.31
Institutional 780.74 18.62
INS-1 (general) 149.74 3.57
INS-2 (university 631.00 15.05
clusters)
POS 258.85 6.17
POS-GEN 129.88 3.1C
POS-CEM 128.97 3.08
T/U and Unclassified 469.47 11.20
Lands
TOTAL 4,192.25 100.00
NOTE:
T/U and Unclassified Lands - shall mean those of Transport and Utilities Uses, Water Zone, some
unclassified lands, and other areas

Figure 2-1. Land Use Map of Manila City

Source: Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2005-2020

Barangay 649, the impact barangay for the Reclamation, is zoned and classified
under four zoning classifications such as High Density Residential Mixed Use Zone
(R-3/MXD, GENERAL Institutional Zone (INS-G). General Public Open Space Zone
(POS GEN) and High-Intensity Commercial Mixed-Use Zone (C-3/MXD) as per
Ordinance No. 8119 entitled, Manila Comprehensive and Land Use Plan and Zoning
Ordinance of 2006 which was enacted by the City Council on 16 March 2006 and
approved in 16 June 2006. The Official Zoning Map of the barangay is presented in
Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2. Zoning Map of Barangay 649, Baseco, Manila

2.1.1.2 Environmentally Critical Area (ECA)
The project area is situated in the coastal area of Barangay 649. As such no CARP
or CADC/CADT areas were identified within or near the area of the project. The
proposed project site is situated at Manila Bay and may be vulnerable or susceptible
to natural hazards.
The proponent should then ensure that the project management plan is compatible
with the Manila Bay Management Plan by the Supreme Court Mandamus. In addition
to this, proper mitigating measures and wastes disposal plan should be strictly
implemented so as not to compromise the water quality and the current multiple use
of Manila Bay.
2.1.1.3 Potential impacts and options for prevention, mitigation and

enhancement
2.1.1.3.1 Change/Inconsistency in the Land Use / Water Use
Land use and water use change and inconsistencies associated with project
development will commence during the construction phase and remain permanent
during the operation phase.
2.1.1.3.2 Encroachment in the ECA
Under DENR DAO 2003-30, there are 12 categories for environmental critical areas
(ECA). Of the 12 categories, only one (1) is present within the project area: Areas
frequently visited and or hard-hit by natural calamities, and Under DAO 2003-30
Environmentally Critical Projects (ECP) whether located within ECA or not are
required to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). The City Government
of Manila complies with the requirements with the submission of this EIS to the
DENR Central Office.
2.1.1.3.3 Impairment of Visual Aesthetics
Various stages of Project development will inject new elements into the existing
landscape and visual environment. During the pre-construction and construction
phases, the heavy equipment for dredging and reclamation will have the temporary
potential to impact on the visual aesthetics on site, including the iconic sunset view
of Manila Bay.
The establishment of the reclaimed land, however, will result in permanent changes
to the visual landscape of the area.

There is a risk that hazardous and non-hazardous waste could be generated by the
construction activities. The waste may be generated from land-based or marine
activities (including accidental oil spill). The implementation of a robust waste
management plan involving proper storage, handling and disposal procedures for
each potential waste stream should be development. In addition, an emergency
response plan should be implemented to address any accidental spills of wastes.
The construction contractors should implement a reduce recycle and reuse
hierarchy.
2.1.2 Geology / Geomorphology
2.1.2.1 Surface landform / Geomorphology
2.1.2.1.1 Topography and Drainage
The City of Manila is a relatively flat land that lies between two main physiographic
units: the Manila Bay in the west and the Sierra Madre Mountain Range in the east.
It is perceived to be prone to flood especially during the rainy season and during high
tide.
The length of its shoreline is approximately 9 km with clusters of squatters observed

to be distributed along the shoreline.
It is bordered on the north by Navotas; on the south by Pasay City; on the east by
Quezon City and on the west by Manila Bay.
Pasig River is the biggest body of surface water draining the City of Manila. The
general topography and the different bodies of surface water draining the City of
Manila and its vicinities are shown in Figure 2-3.
2.1.2.1.2 Coastal Geomorphology
The watershed area of the Manila Bay encompasses the southern half of the Central
Plain of Luzon; a 150 km long and 60 km wide north-northwest trending flat terrain
bordered along the southwest by the Zambales Range and along the northeast by
the southern portion of the Central Cordillera, Caraballo and Sierra Madre mountain
ranges.
The bottom topography of Manila Bay is gently sloping from its mouth at about 1 m
per km of horizontal distance. The bay is mostly shallow with an average depth is 17
m and about 64 percent of its surface has less than a 10-m depth, mainly at the
northern half. The southwestern sector of the Bay is deeper with depths greater than
100 m. Spots of shallow areas, with depth of less than 5 m, are found along the

coastline. At its mouth, depth of the Bay is about 50 m, except in the narrow channel
north of Corregidor Island, where depth is approximately 90 m.
The seabed bathymetry shown in Figure 2-4 indicates that the water along the
coastline of Manila is generally shallow. The depth of water in the project area varies
from 5m to more than 10m. Manila Bay is the catchment for numerous river systems
that drain the surrounding land areas. In addition to the Pampanga River and Pasig
River, other major rivers discharging directly into Manila Bay are: Meycauayan,
Navotas-Malabon-Tullahan-Tenejeros, Talisay (Bataan), Imus (Cavite) and
Maragondon (Cavite). Thus, deposition within the Bay is very active.
Depositional features found in the Bay are the sand spit of Cavite and numerous
beach and sea bar deposits. The thicker sedimentary sections in the northern parts
of the bay are composed of pyroclasic materials extruded by Mt. Pinatubo. Substrate
of Manila and adjoining areas of Navotas and Malabon is predominantly estuarine
deposits and beach/sand bar deposits.

Figure 2-3. General Topography and Natural Drainage in the City of Manila

Figure 2-4. Seabed Bathymetry along the Coastline of Manila and Navotas
Source: Admiralty Chart 4491
The project area mainly consists of unconsolidated deposits of Quaternary period.

This formation is a result of erosion and re-deposition of former sediments which
generally consists of unsorted fluvial and river deposits. Both the effects of climate
processes and tectonically young activities caused alluvium of different types,
thickness and grain sizes to be formed. The subsoil is generally weak (soft or loose)
with thick sequence of Quaternary alluvium made up principally of unconsolidated
strata of silty clay and plastic clay.
2.1.2.2 Sub-surface Geology
The Guadalupe Plateau, east of Manila is underlain by the Guadalupe Formation,

composed of interlayered pyroclastic flows, lahar deposit, airfall tephra, fluvio-deltaic
sediments and paleosols deposited under terrestrial to partly sub-aqueous
conditions.
The volcanics range from agglomerate to fine ash, while the sandstone unit grades
from very fine to conglomeratic. The pyroclastic flow units are massive to
moderately consolidated while the tephra deposits range from massive to thinly
laminated and are well consolidated to porous. The presence of paleosols indicates
time gaps in depositional events for formational units.
The flat areas near Manila Bay are underlain by unconsolidated sediments deposited
during the Quaternary Period. The lithology belongs to Manila Formation named by
Purser and Diomampo (1996) based on the result of subsurface investigation using
borehole logs. The Manila Formation is composed of unconsolidated sequence of
fluvial, deltaic and marine deposits. To the west, the Manila Formation is overlain by
beach sand which blankets the coastline of Manila Bay. Further to the east, the
Manila Formation overlay the Proto-Pasig Delta deposit that includes transitional,

marine transgression sediments and the Modern Coastal Deposits mainly recent
marine sand/silt, recent stream deposits and fill materials.
Figure 2-5 presents the Geologic Map of Western Manila while Figure 2-6 presents
the Geologic Map of Metro Manila.

Figure 2-5. Geologic Map of Western Manila

Figure 2-6. Geologic Map of Metro Manila

2.1.2.2.1 Local Geology
The City of Manila is generally underlain with recent (Holocene) marine sediments,
consisting of sand bars and sand-spits from tidal inundation and delta deposits to
form lagoons from the recent river flows. The area and its immediate vicinity used to
be a wide estuary that was filled-up with fill materials of varying composition. The
tidal surface consists mainly of alternating layers of sand, silt and clay (Holocene
age) about 200 years ago.
The geological profile of the City of Manila consists of reclaimed landfill, Holocene
deposits and Pleistocene deposits in order from the ground surface.
2.1.2.3 Geologic Hazards
2.1.2.3.1 Tectonic Setting
Since the 15th century up to the present, Metro Manila and its neighboring provinces
have been shaken by more than 20 major earthquakes generated from several major
and minor fault systems within the archipelago.
The Philippine Archipelago is situated at the convergence of the Eurasian Plate and
the Philippine Sea Plate which belongs to an active trench-arc complex. It consists of
several areas of rifts and opposing trench-arc systems. Figure 2-7 shows the
different seismic zones and the rift and arc systems in the country as follows:
Zone I – Related to Manila Trench, dipping east

Zone II – Related to East Luzon Trough, dipping west
Zone III – Related to Sulu Sea Trench and Antique Trough, dipping east
Zone IV – Related to Philippine Trench, dipping west
Zone V - Related to Cotabato Trench, dipping east
Zone VI – Related to Philippine Fault
Zone VII – Related to Agusan-Davao Trough, dipping west
Based on the Seismic Zone Map, the project area falls under Zone VI, related to
Philippine Fault.
The geologic setting of the Philippines makes it prone to various types of seismic-
related hazards. The high level of seismicity within the Philippines, averaging about
five detectable earthquakes per day, is attributed to movements caused by the
interaction of major tectonic plate boundaries along the subduction zones and those
generated from active faults.
Figure 2-8 shows the project area relative to the locations of major earthquake
generators.

Figure 2-7. Seismic Zones Map of the Philippines

(Source: PHIVOLCS)

Figure 2-8. Distribution of Earthquake Generators in the Philippines

2.1.2.3.2 Potential Sources of Earthquake
Based on historical and instrumental data, the following have been identified to be
the locus of major earthquakes that have significantly impacted the metropolis and
nearby areas in the past: 1) West Valley Fault System, 2) Philippine Fault Zone, 3)
Lubang Fault, 4) Casiguran Fault, and 5) Manila Trench.
West Valley Fault System (WVFS). The West Valley Fault System, a newly classified
active fault based on recent mapping and trenching work conducted by
Punongbayan and others (1990), is a potential earthquake source located about
17.43 km east of the project area (Figure 2-9). Mapped extent of surface rupture
associated with the WVFS is about 40 km suggesting a potential magnitude in the
order of 7, although a higher magnitude of 7.5 is not unlikely as possible extensions
of the fault remains to be mapped. Based on the extent of damage in Manila inflicted
by the 1599, 1601, and the 1885 events, the possibility that this fault could have
generated these earthquakes cannot be totally ruled out. However, no recent
seismicity can be attributed to the WVFS.
Philippine Fault Zone (PFZ). Several destructive earthquakes that have impacted
several localities in the country were generated from the Philippine Fault Zone, a
1,300 km long strike-slip fault transecting the Philippine archipelago. Having
generated earthquakes with intensities of X (modified Mercalli Scale) within the
epicenter area (e.g. 1645 & 1796 events) in the past, a future earthquake in the
order of at least 7.5 from this structure is possible. The magnitude of the 1990
earthquake generated from northern segment of PFZ was 7.8. A segment of this
fault is about 70 km east of the project area.
Lubang Fault. Lubang Fault is an active strike-slip fault and about less than 95 km
southwest of the project area had been the source of large earthquakes in the past,
notably that of 1852 and 1972. However, the periodic stress release along this
structure lessens the potential for a major earthquake to come from this earthquake
generator in the near future.
Casiguran Fault. This fault zone is the most active zone in the northern Philippines
having produced four Ms >7 earthquakes since 1970. Located about 130 km
northeast of the project area, this fault has generated about 30% of the destructive
earthquakes that have affected Metro Manila and nearby areas. The 1880, 1968,
1970 and 1977 earthquakes were all felt at Intensity IX in the epicentral area and
Intensity VII – VIII in Metro Manila.
Manila Trench. Historical data indicates that the 1677 earthquake could be attributed
to movements along the Manila Trench. During this earthquake, a tsunami was
reported in the South China Sea. The 1863 earthquake of submarine origin is
strongly indicated by the documentation of a tsunami that rocked several ships

anchored in Manila Bay. Though no damage was reported along the coastal areas of
Manila Bay, destruction was said to be widespread, most of which was due to strong
ground shaking. A large number of structures, including most churches within
Manila, Cavite, Laguna and Bulacan collapsed. Extensive fissuring, liquefaction and
seiche were observed along the Pasig River. A segment of this trench is about 190
km west of the project area.

Figure 2-9. Relative Position of the Project Area Relative to the West Valley
Fault System

2.1.2.3.3 Historical Seismicity
Available records indicate that Metro Manila has been affected by numerous
earthquakes in the past although only about 28 of these can be considered as major
earthquakes. The listed major earthquakes had intensities ranging from Intensity VII
to IX in Manila. On the average, the metropolitan area is likely to be hit by a
perceptible (Intensity IV) earthquake every year and by a destructive earthquake
once every 15 years. A rough estimate of the average return period for an Intensity
VIII such as that which affected Baguio City and the rest of Luzon on July 16, 1990,
is about 79 years based on five events that occurred from 1599 to 1970. At least
four extremely strong earthquakes (Intensity IX) occurred from 1645 to 1863 with an
average return period of 54 years. It is apparent that the metropolis has not been
shaken by an extremely strong earthquake for the last 130 years. Table 2-2 presents
the major earthquakes from 1599 to 1990 that have affected Manila and vicinity.
Table 2-2. Major Historical Earthquakes that have Affected Manila and Vicinity
(1599 - 1990)
Intensity in
Event Impacts
Manila
1599 Jun Area
VIII Violent earthquake: damaged main buildings in Manila
including the Sto. Domingo Church located on bedrock
(adobe), other effects include fissuring of the stone
vault of the Society of Jesus and other principal
edifices in the city.
1601 Jan VIII Violent earthquake, completed destruction wrought by
the 1590 June earthquake, damage to the city was
immense, destroying many stone houses, churches
and injuring/killing an unspecified number of people.
1645 Nov IX Described as one of the most destructive earthquakes
ever to hit Manila, most buildings in the city were ruined
including the Manila Cathedral which was leveled to the
ground, casualties estimated at 3,000.
1658 Aug IX Most buildings in Manila, mainly made of wood and
timber were wiped out; several persons killed/injured.
1677 Dec VII Tsunamigenic; ground fissuring was reported in places,
damaged old and unstable buildings. 2 persons
reportedly killed
1684 Aug VII Strong earthquake: many injured but minimal damage
inflicted in Manila
1767 Nov VII Strong earthquake, minimal damage
1770 Dec VII Strong earthquake, minimal damage
1771 Feb VII Strong earthquake: damage in Ermita, church of
Antipolo.
Intensity in
Event Impacts
Manila
1796 Nov Area
VII Strong earthquake; no serious damage.
1824 Ocl VIII Destructive earthquake: several churches and many
private houses and bridges were demolished; military
barracks were leveled to the ground.
1828 Nov VII Strong earthquake but no considerable damage.
1829 Dee VII Strong earthquake: partial damage to several buildings.
1830 Jan VII Strong earthquake: no serious damage to the city; 1
1852 Sep IX casualty
Destructive earthquake, serious damage to public
buildings, churches, monasteries and private houses:
at least 3 casualties and 1 reported missing
1862 Mar VII Strong earthquake: slight damage to houses and
buildings.
1865 Jun IX More than 1.000 buildings suffered partial to total
damage including centuries-old churches and well-built
edifices that survived past earthquakes, more than 500
families and at least
400 persons injured; extensive fissuring, liquefaction
and possible seiche at Pasig River; tsunami reported
from China Sea.
1869 Oct VII Strong but no considerable damage.
1880 Jul VIII About 30 public buildings (eg., government edifices,
churches and convents) and 200 private residences
were partially/totally damaged, most damages were
incurred by tile-roofed buildings; ground fissuring and
possible liquefaction parallel to Pasig River near
present site of Malacanang Palace estuaries of
Binondo, Sta. Cruz, Quiapo, Pandacan, and Sta Ana
1885 Nov VII Strong earthquake but no serious damage; strong sub-
terranean noise observed in Marikina and other
suburbs of Manila.
1937 Aug VII No considerable damage inflicted; cracks, subsidence
in some areas reported
1968 Aug VII One six-storey building totally collapsed: a number of

other major buildings (mostly in Manila proper) located
north and south of the Pasig River delta plain incurred
moderate to severe non-structural and structural
damage: property damage reached several million
dollars

Intensity in
Event Impacts
Manila
1970 Apr Area
III Considerable damage to buildings on alluvial ground in
Manila. 14 casualties reported with hundreds injured:
communication lines temporarily disrupted
1972 Apr VII Several buildings incurred partial damage.
1972 May VII Damage, though slight, was concentrated (o buildings
in central Manila and areas fronting Manila Bay
1973 Mar VII Minor damage to high-rise buildings in Manila
compared to extensive damage within the epicentral
area
1977 Mar VII Twenty-two buildings sustained cracked walls and
broken windows, mostly within Manila proper. 1 died of
electrocution.
1990 Jul VII Minor damage to buildings: subsidence in reclaimed
areas.
The Seismicity Map of Metro Manila showing the locations of earthquakes with
magnitude of 4 and above from 1996 to 2015 is presented in Figure 2-10.

Figure 2-10. Seismicity Map of Metro Manila with Earthquake Magnitude of 4

and Above (1996-2015)

Figure 2-11. Map of the Distribution of Some Historical and Recent

Earthquakes which have Affected Metro Manila and Vicinity
2.1.2.3.4 Active Volcanoes near the Project Area
2.1.2.3.4.1 Mount Pinatubo
Mount Pinatubo whose highest peak is 1,749 masl prior to 1990 eruption is located
about 85 km northwest of the project area. The volcano is made up of Quaternary
andesitic to dacitic volcanic deposits composed mainly of ashfall and pyroclastic
deposits that probably originated from a number of volcanic centers near its peak.
No record of historical eruptions of this volcano exists prior to its eruption in 1990.
However, radiometric dating indicates that Mount Pinatubo has been active since 1.1
ka with its youngest eruption that happened 450 years ago.

The 1990 eruption of Mount Pinatubo was ranked as the largest and most
destructive within this century for the Philippines. The eruption affected more than
1.2 million people, left 847 casualties, 184 injured and 23 missing. Damage to
properties and infrastructure was at least 10 billion pesos.
The eruption produced 7–11 billion cubic meters of pyroclastic flow deposits that
blanketed and devastated the upper and midslopes of the volcano. A centimeter
thick of ashfall was deposited more than 30 km away from the vent. Metro Manila as
well as other nearby provinces received ash showers of about 2–3 mm thickness.
2.1.2.3.4.2 Taal Volcano
Taal Volcano is an island located near the center of Taal Lake in Batangas Province
situated about 70 km south of the project area. Despite its diminutive height of only
311 masl, it is considered as one of the most destructive and violent volcanoes in the
Philippines. Nestled within Taal Lake, this volcano has a central main vent with
numerous other craters that have been the locus of its past eruptions.
Taal Volcano had several catastrophic eruptions in the past. Its first recorded
eruption dates back to 1572. Since then Taal had erupted more than 30 times.
Within historical times, Taal had four major devastating eruptions, in 1749, 1754,
1911, and 1965.
The 1749 eruption, though short-lived, produced a hundred million cubic meters of
volcanic tephra. It devastated the whole volcanic island and nearby lakeshore areas.
Undetermined numbers of people were killed in the process.
The 1754 eruption lasted for six months. It completely destroyed the old settlements
for Sala, Lipa, Tanauan and Taal which were formerly located along Taal Lake and
were subsequently located to their present sites.
During the 1911 eruption, about 1,300 people were killed while some 800 others
were wounded as a result of a base surge or a rapidly expanding cloud at the base
of the eruption column which was about 15 km high. The base charge devastated
the whole Volcano Island and other areas across Taal Lake. The solid ejecta
produced by the eruption which was estimated to be around 80,000,000 cubic
meters spread over an area of 230 km2 while ashes spewed from the volcano
reached as far as Manila.

Figure 2-12. Relative Position of the Project Area from Mount Pinatubo and
Taal Volcano
Source: Published 1:1,000,000 Road Map of the Philippines, published and exclusively distributed by
the National Bookstore, Inc.
The 1965 eruption killed 180 people and displaced some 55,000 evacuees from the
Volcano Island and nearby settlements surrounding Taal Lake. Eruption clouds rose

15 – 20 km high, depositing fine ash on downwind areas up to 80 km away. The

eruption blanketed an area of about 60 km2 with 25 cm of ash.
2.1.2.3.5 Seismic Hazards
Major causes of damage during earthquakes include hazards due to 1) ground

shaking, 2) liquefaction, 3) landslide, 4) surface rupturing, and 5) tsunami. The first
two hazards are directly related to actual ground movements while the others are
mainly due to the indirect effects of the earthquake shocks.
2.1.2.3.6 Ground Shaking Hazard
Most of the damages incurred during earthquakes mainly result from strong ground
vibrations that are caused by the passage of seismic waves from the earthquake
source to the ground surface. The intensity of ground shaking is generally
influenced by the magnitude of the earthquake, distance of the site from the
earthquake generator, and the modifying effects of subsoil conditions. Observations
of effects of large magnitude earthquakes have shown that ground shaking on
bedrock is less in intensity than on areas of soft foundation made up of sediments as
gravel, sand, silt and/or clay. Figure 2-13 shows the general relationship between
near-surface earth material and amplification of shaking during a seismic event.
The project area is prone to ground shaking hazards due to the presence of several
earthquake generators. The site is considered as high seismic area and has a
recorded and experienced intensity of VI during the July 1990 Luzon earthquake
(Figure 2-14).
Table 2-3 presents the different areas Metro Manila which are vulnerable to ground
shaking and within the identified zones. The zone where ground shaking is expected
to be below average is more or less defined by the outline of the tuff deposit of the
Guadalupe Formation which corresponds to the bedrock in Metro Manila. The areas
underlain by soft and thick sequence of fine sediments will most likely experience
average to above average levels of ground shaking depending on the thickness of
the soft materials. Areas covered with 10 m or less of these deposits are expected
to experience average levels of ground shaking while those underlain by soft
materials in excess of 10 m may experience above average shaking.
Table 2-3. Areas Vulnerable to Strong Ground Shaking in Metro Manila

Possible Level of
Area
Ground Shaking
Manila proper inclusive of the reclaimed areas along Manila
bay, the municipalities of western Malabon, Navotas, eastern
Above Average
Pateros, Marikina (valley side) and the eastern section of
Pasig
Pasay City, western portion of Makati, northeastern and
Average eastern Quezon City (within the Marikina Valley), the extreme
southwestern part of Caloocan City, eastern Malabon,

Possible Level of
Area
Ground Shaking
western section of Valenzuela, the coastal and northern
portions Paranaque and Las Pinas, and the lakeshore areas
of taguig and Muntinlupa
Below Average Areas within Diliman Plateau
Figure 2-15 presents the ground shaking and surface rupture hazard map of Metro
Manila.
Figure 2-13. General Relationship between Near-surface Earth Material and

Amplification of Ground Shaking during a Seismic Event
2.1.2.3.7 Surface Rupturing
Surface or ground rupturing is a result of significant movement along faults. It occurs

within zones of active fault. Damage can be severe for structures directly straddling
and located within a narrow zone of the active fault traces. For the 1990 Luzon
earthquake, the deformation zone was within 5 m from the surface rupture. The
location, pattern and style of surface faulting generally appear to occur along pre-
existing active fault traces, thus, a precise delineation of these traces is very
important in mitigating damages due to surface rupturing.

Figure 2-14. Intensity Map of the July 1990 Earthquake

Figure 2-15. Ground Shaking and Surface Rupture Hazard Map of Metro Manila
Source: Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology, Department of Science and Technology,
Disaster Prevention and Mitigation in Metropolitan Manila, UNCHS (Habitat) Project

2.1.2.3.8 Ground Acceleration
Since the Philippines is a tectonically active place with noted active faults that are
usually the sources of major earthquakes, the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (PHIVOLCS) and the United States Geological Survey (USGS)
conducted ground motion hazard mapping in terms useful to engineering design
using modern probabilistic methodology. In their study, the peak horizontal ground
acceleration that have a 10% probability of being exceeded in 50 years have been
uniformly estimated for rock, medium soil and soft soil site condition. Results of their
study show an estimate on rock ranging from a low of 0.11g in Visayas to a high of
0.30g in the vicinity of Casiguran Fault in Eastern Luzon (Thenhaus, et al, 1994).
Estimates for soft soil conditions are considerably higher and range between 0.27g
for Visayas and 0.80g along the Casiguran Fault zone.
The estimated horizontal and vertical peak accelerations during an earthquake likely
to occur in an area are useful information for designing buildings and other structures
to withstand seismic shaking. Maps of Acceleration in Soft Soil, Medium Soil, Hard
Soil and Rock are presented in Figure 2-16 to Figure 2-19.
In order to determine the ground acceleration that a site can experience in case of a
major earthquake, the attenuation model of Fukushima and Tanaka is applied
(Thenhaus et al, 1994). A design earthquake is assumed to occur at a point along
the causative fault that is nearest to the site. Correction factors are then applied
depending on the type of foundation material.
The attenuation model of Fukushima and Tanaka (In Thenhaus, 1994) is written as:
log 10 A = 0.41M - log 10 (R+0.032x10 0.4 M) – 0.0034R + 1.30
where:
A = mean peak acceleration (cm/sec2)
R = shortest distance between the site and the fault rupture (km)
M = surface-wave magnitude.
Correction factors are applied depending on the type of foundation material: rock,
0.6; hard soil, 0.87; medium soil, 1.07; and soft soil, 1.39.
The most logical causative fault is the Philippine Fault. It may be considered as a
near-source earthquake generator. The Philippine Fault is probably the most active
of earthquake generators in the country. Though presently inactive, both the West
Valley Fault, the Lubang Fault and Casiguran Fault can also be considered as
potential earthquake generators.

Figure 2-16. Ground Acceleration in Soft Soil

Source: PHIVOLCS, 1998

Figure 2-17. Ground Acceleration in Medium Soil


Figure 2-18. Ground Acceleration in Hard Soil


Figure 2-19. Ground Acceleration in Rock


Design Earthquake. The Philippine Fault is such a major fault that it is capable of
generating a rare magnitude 8.0 earthquake. Magnitude 7.5 or 7.8 earthquakes
might be more reasonable as design earthquake.
Peak Ground Acceleration. Assuming a distance of 70 km from the project area to

the Philippine Fault, peak ground accelerations are estimated for different design
earthquakes (magnitudes 7.6, 7.8, 8.0) and foundation conditions (rock, hard soil,
medium soil, soft soil). Ground accelerations from earthquakes that can be
generated from the West Valley Fault, Lubang Fault, Casiguran Fault and Manila
Trench were also estimated. Excessively high acceleration values can be expected
particularly from those earthquake generators which are relatively close to the
project area.
Table 2-4. Computed Ground Acceleration (using Attenuation Model of

Fukushima and Tanaka) for Earthquake Magnitudes of 8.0, 7.8 and 7.5 and
Different Foundation Conditions
Hard Medium Soft
Earthquake Generator R M PGA Rock
Soil Soil Soil
11.60 km 8.0 0.488 0.293 0.424 0.522 0.678
West Valley Fault 11.60 km 7.8 0.472 0.283 0.411 0.505 0.656
11.60 km 7.5 0.445 0.267 0.387 0.476 0.618
70 km 8.0 0.171 0.103 0.149 0.183 0.238
Philippine Fault 70 km 7.8 0.154 0.092 0.134 0.165 0.214
70 km 7.5 0.129 0.078 0.113 0.138 0.180
95 km 8.0 0.118 0.071 0.103 0.126 0.164
Lubang Fault 95 km 7.8 0.105 0.063 0.091 0.112 0.146
95 km 7.5 0.086 0.052 0.075 0.092 0.120
130 km 8.0 0.073 0.044 0.064 0.078 0.102
Casiguran Fault 130 km 7.8 0.064 0.039 0.056 0.069 0.089
130 km 7.5 0.052 0.031 0.045 0.056 0.072
190 km 8.0 0.035 0.021 0.030 0.037 0.049
Manila Trench 190 km 7.8 0.030 0.018 0.026 0.323 0.042
190 km 7.5 0.024 0.014 0.021 0.026 0.033
2.1.2.3.9 Liquefaction / Differential Settlement
In areas underlain by loosely compacted, water-saturated fine sediments such as

sand and silt, strong ground vibrations could also cause the underlying foundation to
temporarily assume a semi-liquid behavior. Such process is called liquefaction. The
July 16, 1990 earthquake has opened opportunities to better understand the
liquefaction phenomenon. The studies conducted by Torres and others in 1990 had
identified and characterized at least three sedimentary environments that are
favorable to liquefaction to take place, namely, 1) deltaic (e.g. Dagupan City and
Aringay, La Union), alluvial plain (e.g. Tarlac), and sandpit environment (e.g. Agoo,
La Union). Typically, these environments are characterized by the presence of thick
accumulation of fine sediments that are water-saturated.

Metro Manila has suffered liquefaction in certain areas of the city in many of
earthquakes that have affected it. Several occurrence of liquefaction within a certain
area in Manila particularly near the vicinity of Pasig River were recorded in the past.
The identified liquefaction-prone areas have characteristically shallow water table (3

m or less) with thick (10m or more) piles of water-saturated fine sediments (sand to
clayey sand). These areas are those on the shore areas of Manila including the
newly-reclaimed areas, the Pasig River delta plain, the Marikina alluvial plains and
those lying on the floodplain deposits and abandoned meanders of the Pasig and
Marikina rivers. Various points within these areas have been subjected to
liquefaction in the past and are therefore likely to be affected again in the future.
Liquefaction is generally accompanied by differential settlement as a result of

withdrawal of materials beneath the ground surface. Buildings, houses and other
structures built with no special engineering designs against this hazard tend to settle
or sink as the underlying foundation losses strength. These structures normally
remain intact though some may tilt.
Sand fountaining, lateral spreading, and ground undulation which may also cause
damage to roads, bridges and other infrastructures are some of the effects
associated to liquefaction.
Figure 2-20 shows the sites of historical liquefaction in Metro Manila
2.1.2.3.10 Subsidence / Differential Settlement
Subsidence is the motion of a surface (usually, the earth's surface) as it shifts

downward relative to a datum such as sea level. Land subsidence can occur in
various ways during an earthquake. Large areas of land can subside drastically
during an earthquake because of offset along fault lines. Land subsidence and/or
differential settlement can also occur as a result of settling and compacting of
unconsolidated sediment from the shaking of an earthquake.
Many soils contain significant proportions of clay. Because of their very small particle
size, they are affected by changes in soil moisture content. Seasonal drying of the
soil results in a lowering of both the volume and the surface of the soil. If building
foundations are above the level reached by seasonal drying, they move, possibly
resulting in damage to the building in the form of tapering cracks. Any structures
founded on soft clay are very susceptible to subsidence or differential settlement.
2.1.2.3.11 Tsunami
Tsunami or giant sea waves are produced as a result of faulting under submarine
conditions at shallow depths. Tsunami can also be triggered by submarine
landslides, volcanic eruptions and movements along subduction zones. Areas
vulnerable to this hazard are the coastal zones fronting an open sea. The edge of
the cities fronting Manila Bay may be exposed to potential tsunami.
Tsunami and earthquakes can happen anytime around the Pacific Ring of Fire - from
California up and around Alaska down through Japan, Taiwan, the Philippines and
Indonesia.
Figure 2-20. Sites of Historical Liquefaction in Metro Manila

The Philippines is no stranger to earthquakes - the Philippine archipelago was

largely created by the tectonic squabble between the Eurasian and Pacific plates,
forming the Philippine Plate as a distinct entity.
Tsunamis in the Philippines are extremely rare. The last significant tsunami in the
Philippines occurred in the Verde Island Passage (between Batangas & Mindoro
Island and affecting Puerto Galera) in 1976. The tsunami wave was minor (only 2-3
meters) when it reached land. Because tsunami in the Philippines are so rare, those
who were drowned were actually opportunist beachcombers who were interested to
extract goodies from the suddenly exposed deep coral pools, not realizing that the
tsunami wave would follow the rapidly receding water.
Remarkable historical tsunamis that have affected Manila were those generated by
the 1677 and 1863 earthquakes, possibly from the Manila Trench. During the 1677
event, Repetti (1946) reports of boats at sea almost submerged by waves. For the
1863 earthquake, a large wave coming from Manila Bay was reported by the same
writer. Other accounts of the latter event describe a retreat of the sea and a
subsequent rise in the height of incoming waves. In both cases there were no reports
of any damage along the coastal areas of Manila.
The apparent low vulnerability of Metro Manila in terms of this hazard is attributed to
the following factors.
1. The narrow configuration of the mouth of Manila Bay has an over-all

abating effect to the incoming tsunami wave thus lessening any tsunami
impact on the project area. However, coastal areas along the adjoining
provinces of Cavite and Bataan near the mouth of Manila Bay are more
likely to be highly-prone to this hazard.
2. The presence of the Island of Corregidor near the mouth of Manila Bay
likewise tends to deflect and abate the effects of incoming tsunami waves.
3. For any moderate to strong tsunami to significantly affect Metro Manila,

the earthquake source or hypocenter should be within the Manila Bay
itself. Even considering a modest dip of 45o for the subducting layer of the
Manila Trench, such a situation is highly unlikely as the descending
tectonic slab would be too deep as an earthquake source and
consequently, too weak to generate a sizable tsunami.
The hazard posed by tsunami is probably only comparable to, or less than that from
storm surges.

2.1.2.3.12 Volcanic Hazards
Most of the hazards associated with the eruptions of Mount Pinatubo and Taal
Volcano with the exception of ashfall, are very much localized and are generally
confined within the immediate vicinities of these two volcanoes.
A violent eruption of Mount Pinatubo and/or Taal Volcano which may result into a
base surge or a rapid expanding cloud at the base will definitely has severe effect at
the areas close to them.
Only a minor quantity of ash has affected Metro Manila based on the review of the
extent of impacted areas from the largest eruptions of Mount Pinatubo. It is thus
conceivable that should Mt. Pinatubo will erupt with the same magnitude in the
future, the same level of ashfall impact is expected to likely affect the island.
The 1911 eruption of Taal Volcano killed about 1,300 and wounded 800 people. The
solid ejecta produced by the 1911 eruption which was estimated to be around
80,000,000 million cubic meters spread over an area of 230 km2 while ashes
spewed from the volcano reached as far as Manila and nearby provinces.
Based on the recorded hazards associated with the eruption of Taal Volcano, the
project area being 70 km away from the said volcano could only experience minor
ashfall.
2.1.2.3.13 Hydrologic Hazards
2.1.2.3.13.1 Flooding
Flooding is usually caused by heavy rains accompanying typhoons or the southwest

monsoons. Flooding is a chronic problem, affecting large areas in Metro Manila,
especially the low-lying areas like the City of Manila. Because of the local climate
condition, the city is experiencing an average of 18 – 20 flood events yearly,
although only a few of these caused severe damage.
In Metro Manila, floodwater is usually due to excessive rainfall particularly during the
months of May to November when the southwest monsoon coincides with the
typhoon season.
The flooding problems in Metro Manila are aggravated by rapid urbanization,

inadequate or non-existent of drainage system, improper waste disposal, low river

capacity and lack of maintenance, tidal transgression, reclamation activities and

storm surges, squatter settlements, and constraints in the implementation of proper
flood control facilities and countermeasures.
2.1.2.3.13.2 Storm Surge
Storm surge refers to the temporary increase at a particular locality in the height of
the sea due to extreme meteorological conditions: low atmospheric pressure and/or
strong winds. It is caused primarily by strong winds pushing on the ocean’s surface
causing the water to pile up higher than the ordinary sea level. The rise in water level
due to the combined force of storm surge and normal tides could cause severe
flooding in coastal areas.
Due to the combination of coastal configuration and seasonal wind regime, waves
generated during the rainy southwest monsoon also raise tide levels by as much as
80% at the northern end of Manila Bay (Siringan and Ringor, 1998). Waves three
meters high can be generated even along the limited western fetch. Southerly wind
speeds at Manila can exceed 220 kph and waves 3.7 meters high have been
recorded at Manila’s port. PAGASA unpublished records shows storm surges
occurred seven times between 1960 and 1972 (Rodolfo and Siringan, 2003).
Recent storms demonstrated wind induced waves breaking at the seawall of the
reclamation area and Roxas Boulevard covering the strip with garbage. Portions of
the seawall along Roxas Boulevard suffered damage due to consistent pounding of
the waves.
As seen during Typhoon Pedring and reported unnamed and named typhoons,
Manila Bay coastline is considered highly vulnerable to storm surges and coastal
floods.
Table 2-5 presents the different reported storms surges that affected Manila Bay.
Table 2-5 Storm Surges that Affected Manila Bay

Associated Surge
Date of
Tropical Height Affected Areas Casualties Damage
Occurrence
Cyclone (m)
Unnamed
June 29, 1589 - Manila Bay - -
Typhoon
Destroyed
Bagumbayan
Unnamed Drive due to
Aug. 29, 1863 - Manila Bay -
Typhoon inundation.
Several houses
were destroyed
17 ships were
Sept. 20-26, Unnamed tossed onto
- Manila Bay -
1867 Typhoon Santa Lucia and
Tondo shores
Nov. 19, 1970 Typhoon Yoling 4 Manila Bay - - Destroyed $40M

Associated Surge
Date of
Tropical Height Affected Areas Casualties Damage
Occurrence
Cyclone (m)
southeast properties, sank
21 fishing boats
Several ships
June 23-25, Typhoon
- Manila Bay 1 were washed
1972 Konsing
ashore
Bataan and at
Typhoon least 10 villages
July 2, 1983 4 182 49,000 houses
Bebeng on Manila Bay’s
western bank
Coastal Areas of
Damaged the
Manila Bay,
Sept. 26-28, Typhoon breakwater and
6 Barangay San 12
2011 Pedring seawall along
Rafael 3 and 4 in
Roxas Boulevard
Cavite
Oct. 11, 2013 Typhoon Santi - Manila Bay - -
Source: Project NOAH – Compilation of Storm Surge occurrences in the Philippines, Feb. 4, 2014
1.4.1.1 Impacts and Mitigating Measures
Based on the conducted researches, review of the Feasibility Report of the New
Manila Reclamation and Development Project, Report on the Disaster Prevention
and Mitigation in Metropolitan Manila, other relevant technical reports and field
investigation, the following conclusions and recommendations can be deduced:
 The subsoil is generally weak (very soft to soft) with thick sequence of
Quaternary alluvium made up principally of unconsolidated strata of plastic
silty clay and clay. Very stiff to hard clay layers are generally deeper.
 The project area may experience ground shaking of Intensity VI as felt during
the July 1990 Luzon Earthquake.
 The seismic hazards to which the project will be exposed to are ground
shaking, liquefaction and surface rupturing.
 In terms of ground shaking, five major earthquake generators, namely, the
West Valley Fault, the Philippine Fault Zone, the Lubang Fault, the Casiguran
Fault and Manila Trench have been identified as the most likely sources of
future earthquakes that could affect the project. Of these sources, the WVF
and the PFZ are most likely to generate the strongest levels of ground
shaking. The worst-case scenario is a large magnitude event on the West
Valley Fault.
 Three zones of average, below and above average levels of ground shaking
have been identified in Metro Manila. Areas within the above average are
those underlain by thick piles of water-saturated sediments. These include the
reclaimed areas in Manila, Navotas, Malabon, eastern Pateros, the valley side
of Marikina and eastern section of Pasig.
 Identified liquefaction-prone areas in Metro Manila are essentially within the
zone of average to above average zone of ground shaking. Several areas in

Manila (particularly those close to the Pasig River), Navotas and Malabon
have high potential to liquefaction.
 In addition to ground-shaking related hazards, surface rupturing may also
occur from West Valley Fault. The surface rupture is expected to essentially
follow the pre-existing fault trace and restricted to a narrow zone. For a
magnitude 7.5 earthquake, the empirical data suggest an associated 70 km
long surface rupture and maximum displacement of 2 to 3 meters along the
fault trace. Damages as a result of this hazard is expected to be substantial
for structures directly straddling and located within few meters from the
rupture zone.
 Tsunamis may occur but are not expected to significantly impact the project
area.
 The project area is 70 km away from Taal Volcano and 85 km from Mount
Pinatubo and therefore not susceptible to major volcanic hazard even if
violent eruption will happen. Based on the recorded hazards associated with
the eruption of Taal Volcano, the project area being 70 km away from the said
volcano could only experience ashfall.
 Only a minor quantity of ash has affected Metro Manila based on the review of
the extent of impacted areas from the largest eruptions of Mount Pinatubo. It
is thus conceivable that should Mt. Pinatubo erupt with the same magnitude in
the future, the same level of ashfall impact is expected to likely affect the
project area.
 Manila being situated in low grounds is very much prone to flooding.
 As seen during Typhoon Pedring and other previously reported storm surges
that affected Manila Bay, Manila Bay coastline is considered highly vulnerable
to storm surges and coastal floods.
2.1.2.4 Recommendations
 Study the likely impacts of the seismic and hydrologic hazards on the
proposed project and consider them in the design and construction and
locations of gravity walls, slope revetments, steel sheet filing and also in
deciding the height of the fill of land reclamation.
 Proper planning and executions of dredging, removal of soft clay layers, filling
and compaction of the fill materials have to be carried out by the proponent
and the contractor/s to prevent the occurrence of subsidence or differential
settlement. The proposed pre-fabricated vertical drains and surcharge will be
of great importance in attaining the desired soil/fill compaction.
 Prepare clear plans, infrastructures and mitigations for possible disaster/s that
might happen and affect the project.
 Flood control infrastructures for the onshore areas should be considered in
the design and implementation of land reclamation.
 Designers and/or Engineers have to assess the structural resistance of the
different infrastructures related to land reclamation.

 The designs of all the structures to be constructed by the proponent must

conform to the National Structural Code of the Philippines. These structures
should withstand an earthquake with magnitude of intensity VIII on the Rossi-
Forel Intensity Scale.
 The Project should conform with the requirements, permits and clearances
prescribed by the Philippine Reclamation Authority.
2.1.3 Pedology
2.1.3.1 Results
Geotechnical investigation is being conducted to explore the subsurface deposits,

determine the types of materials underlying the project area, analyze the strength
and deformation characteristics of the subsoil and specially to determine up to what
depth shall be dredged and replaced with good quality fill materials.
Two boreholes (BH-37 and BH-38) which were completed last July 1, 2018 with
depths of 40.50m and 40.00m, respectively will be used initially to have an idea on
the subsurface condition of the proposed reclamation area. Other boreholes are still
being drilled and will be drilled to have a more information on the actual subsurface
condition. Being close to the Pasig River delta, majority of the encountered materials
are clay and silty clay.
Based on the log of BH-37, the upper 1.55m is composed of loose, fine to medium-
grained sand with shell fragments. The depths from 1.55m to 18.45m are
characterized by dark gray, very soft silty or clay with little shell fragments in some
sections. Dark gray, stiff silty clay was encountered at depths of 18.45m to about
25.55m with soft clay layer at depths of 22.00m to 23.55m. No samples were
recovered from the depths of 25.55m to 26.55m. Dark gray, very stiff clay and silty
clay were encountered from the depths of 26.55m to 37m. Dark gray, hard silty clay
and clayey silt characterized the depths from 37m down to the drilling depth of
40.50m with a layer of dense silty sand at 38.55m to 39.00m.
The log of BH-38 revealed very soft layers of dark gray, silty clay and clay from
ground level up to the depth of 18.00m. Firm to stiff dark gray clay and silty clay were
encountered from 18.00m to 29.00m. Stiff clay and very stiff silty clay were
encountered from 29.00m up to 38.55m. Hard clay characterized the depths from
38.55m up to 40.00m.
2.1.3.2.1 Construction Phase
2.1.3.2.1.1 Soil Contamination

The fill materials will be the soil that will be transported to the reclamation site by
sea. Possible contamination, especially with potential hazardous/toxic metallic
elements, can be minimized through of the following:
• The fill materials will be sourced from within the body of the Manila Bay;
• Containment walls and/or silt curtains will be placed around the reclamation
work areas to prevent the dispersal of the fill materials;
• Reclamation works will be undertaken in phases such that the impacts will be
confined to small areas at a given time.
The undesirable seabed materials from the reclamation site to be dredged will be
disposed most likely at a portion of the Manila Bay relatively near the project site. As
the source and disposal site of these materials is the Manila Bay and further that the
disposal site will be provided with containment structures, contamination of the
disposal site is not considered as highly significant.
2.1.3.2.1.2 Soil Erosion
Soil erosion may occur during this stage. Sediment removal from the sea bed is
necessary for the soil that is “undesirable” i.e., not possessing the quality needed for
sound reclaimed land form. Improper storage of construction materials and
indiscriminate disposal of fill materials and excavated soils may also affect erosion
patterns.
To mitigate such impacts, the following mitigation measures are recommended:
• Implement best engineering practices such as suitable backfilling material,

proper slope, grading and contouring to minimize possibility of subsidence or
differential settling; and
• Progressive ground preparation and clearing to minimize total area of land
that will be disturbed at any one time, where practical.
2.1.4 Terrestrial Ecology
Terrestrial ecology is deemed not significant or relevant to the project as there are no
terrestrial flora or fauna on the site.

2.2 Water
2.2.1 Hydrology / Hydrogeology
The Local government of Manila is planning to reclaim portion of the Manila Bay
covering an area of about 4,678.0 hectares (ha) or 4.678 square kilometers (sq.
km.). The proposed project site is adjacent to the drainage outlet of one (1) of the
major river basins of the Philippines, the Pasig-Laguna Bay. Based on the Flood
Hazard Map of Metro Manila prepared and published by Mines and Geo-sciences
Bureau (MGB) (Figure 2-21) the major roads that connect the proposed reclamation
project is within the flood prone area where the occurrence of flood is 50-100 year
recurrence interval.

Figure 2-21. Flood Hazard Map of Metro Manila

The catchment area of Pasig-Laguna de Bay basin draining into the proposed
project is about 4,393 square kilometers (sq. km.) with the Pasig river catchment
covering about 668 square kilometer (15%) and Laguna de Bay catchment of
about 3,725 square kilometers (85%). It should be noted that the two catchments
are connected together through a man-made channel with control structures or
barrage dams purposely for flood control to the Manila area.
About 23 percent (%) of the areas within the basin that have level to nearly level
topography are susceptible to flooding which includes major roads that connect to
the proposed project site. Roughly, areas prone to flooding include major roads
are located in the City of Manila. The topography of most areas fronting and near
the project site are level to nearly level terrain are prone to flooding. The
prolonged occurrence of heavy rainfall in the basin will inundate the identified
flood prone areas for several hours depending on the duration and intensity of the
rainfall. The flooding problem will be aggravated with the rise of the sea level
during high tide particularly during inclement weather condition.
The foregoing flood scenario is without the proposed project where major
thoroughfares will always experience the effects of flooding since no structures
are built to alter the natural existing condition or topography particularly during
inclement weather condition. With the project, there could be some positive and
negative impacts as far as flood situation is concerned. A mitigating measure will
have to be formulated or conceptualized to address any negative environmental
impacts as a result of the project.
2.2.1.1 Approach and Methodology
The following outline of major work elements was used for the conduct of the said
undertaking. The outline is intended to establish the general scope and content of
the activities to determine the extent of flooding and inundation of the flood areas
fronting the proposed reclamation area and the effects of the project on the flood
prone areas of located within Manila City.
2.2.1.1.1 Collection / collation of available secondary information
The activities may include but not limited to: collection of available rainfall data
near the project site (Quezon City, Manila City, etc.), geo-hazard maps (flood
susceptibility maps including depth of inundation, etc.), topographic maps (map
scale 1:50,000) of Manila City and Quezon City), historical annual peak flow data
of gaged river/s near the proposed project.
2.2.1.1.2 Delineation of Sub-watersheds of Major River Draining to the Project
The identified river major river system the Pasig River – Laguna Lake basin that is
draining the project was delineated (Figure 2-22) using GIS software as a
requisite in the flood frequency analysis and other hydrological analysis.
Figure 2-22. Pasig River-Laguna de Bay Catchments

2.2.1.1.3 Assessment/investigation of hydrological behaviour
The hydrological behaviour of Pasig River and Laguna de Bay areas that are
frequently flooded particularly during occurrence of heavy rains were assessed
and investigated.
This activity includes but not limited to;
 Assessment of type and hydrological behavioral flow of fluvial systems and

other natural drainage waterways near the project site
 Identification of remnants of flood level on the site left by previous flood/s
Interviews with local people residing near and within the vicinity of rivers
particularly those who actually witness the occurrence of large flood events like
typhoon Ondoy and other major typhoons that visited the country. Information to
be obtained include; approximate depth, extent and duration of inundation, areas
covered by flood waters, etc.
2.2.1.1.4 Flood Analysis
 Using the NAMRIA topographic maps with the scale of 1;50,000 and geo-
hazard maps prepared by MGB-DENR and other information obtained,
areas near the project site that are susceptible to flooding will be identified.
 Determine other possible factors that contribute to flooding and inundation
such obstruction of the flood flows (natural or man-made) and rise of sea
level or high tide, among 0thers.
 Conduct Point flood frequency analysis to determine flood peaks with
different return periods (5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200- year) of Pasig River
draining to the proposed project.
2.2.1.2 Hydrological Analysis of Flooding
2.2.1.2.1 General features of Pasig-Laguna Bay River Basin
The Pasig-Laguna Bay River Basin is located in the northern portion of Water
Resources Region 4 in the island of Luzon. The most unique characteristics of the
basin is that it drains three distinct and sub-basins namely the Marikina River
Basin, the Laguna Lake Basin, and the urban watershed basin which includes the
greater Manila urban area embracing the cities of Manila, Pasay, Caloocan,
Quezon, Makati, San Juan, Mandaluyong and Paranaque. The basin has an area
of 4,393 sq. km.
The Pasig River which flows east to west through central Manila, is about 17
kilometers in length from the confluence of Marikina River and Napindan channel
to Manila Bay. The river has fairly direct course toward the Bay, except for the
double loop meander in the Punta-Sta. Ana area. One of the principal tributaries
of the river is the San Juan River. It enters the Pasig River about 8 kilometers
upstream of the mouth of the lower river meander. The Pasig River discharge
depends upon the elevation of the water surface at the Pasig-Napindan junction,
the lake stage of Laguna de Bay, the elevation of the tides of Manila Bay and
upon the discharge from San Juan River. At certain periods of high tide in the Bay
and low water lake stage during the dry season, the Pasig River reverses its flow.
During high tide conditions and high flows from the San Juan River, a backwater
effect slows down the flow of the Pasig River and causes overbanking.
Laguna de Bay is shallow lake situated immediately inland from the Manila
Metropolitan area. It serves as a natural detention reservoir of discharges from the
surrounding tributaries (Pila-Sta. Cruz, San Juan, San Cristobal, Pagsanjan and
Sta. Maris Rivers. The lake’s only outlet is via the Napindan channel and Pasig
River. The Napindan River normally flows from Laguna de Bay to Pasig River, but
it can and does flow in either direction, depending upon or river and lake levels.
the lake stage of Laguna de Bay depend upon the seasonal variation in rainfall
and yearly inflow of surface water, the relation between the Lake level and the
tidal stage in Manila Bay, and the annual evaporation from the lake.
The Marikina River, a tributary of Pasig River, originates from the western side of
the Sierra Madre Mountains about 35 kilometers northeast of Manila. At the
municipality of Montalban, the river emerges from the mountain range turning and
flowing southward through the Marikina Valley until it joins the Pasig River.
2.2.1.2.2 Rainfall Pattern
Rainfall data that are near or within the watershed of Pasig River were collected.
Rainfall data obtained from rainfall station located Science Garden, Quezon City
and at NAIA are synoptic. All stations are operated by PAGASA. On the other
hand, the Science Garden rainfall station started its operation 1961 up to the
present. The mean monthly rainfall of the two (2) stations is shown in Table 2-6
and Table 2-7.
Table 2-6. Mean Monthly Rainfall of Science Garden Rainfall Station (1984-
2013)
Month Mean
January 41.6
February 33.2
March 61.2
April 40.3
May 217.8
June 392.8
July 442.5
August 645.9
September 565.2
Month Mean
October 292
November 153.9
December 87.3
ANNUAL 2,973.3
Table 2-7. Mean Monthly Rainfall of Port area, Manila Rainfall Station (1981-
2010)
Month Mean
January 17.3
February 14.2
March 15.8
April 23.7
May 147.2
June 253.5
July 420.5
August 432.4
September 355.1
October 234.8
November 121.7
December 67.4
ANNUAL 2,103.6
The proposed project site, the whole Pasig River-Laguna de Bay basin and
surrounding areas belong to Type 1 climate under the Corona’s modified climate
type classification. This type of climate has two (2) pronounced seasons; generally
dry from November to April and wet during the rest of the year.
Typhoons or tropical cyclone crossed the Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR)

on the average of 19.8 typhoons per year. Most of the typhoons that visited the
country brings heavy rains that resulted to large floods that damaged agricultural
crops, damaged to life and properties costing several millions or billions of pesos.
The most recent catastrophic flood occurred in Metro Manila when Typhoon
“Ondoy” hit the country on September 26, 2009. Based on the rainfall data
obtained from the Science Garden PAGASA rainfall station rainfall started to
occur at around 12 midnight. It started to intensify on the succeeding hours and at
around 4:00 am; after 4 hours of continuous heavy rains, it accumulated a total
rainfall depth of 229.50 mm. This amount of rainfall generated a flood with a
magnitude of 5,328 cms over the 499 square kilometer (sq.km.) Marikina River
watershed area. This extra-ordinary flood corresponds to 150 to 200 – year return
period or recurrence interval. At around 8 am, 8 hours after, it registered a total
amount of 406.50 mm. The amount of rainfall generated a flood flow of 5,300 cms
equivalent also to 150 - 200- year flood. The extreme flood event inundated,
damaged and devastated structures, properties and claimed thousands of lives,
particularly of those residing within the flood plain areas of Marikina valley which

are prone to flooding. Table 2-8 shows the rainfall depth at Science Garden,
Quezon City generated by typhoon “Ondoy” on September 26, 2009.
Table 2-8. Rainfall amount in millimeter (mm) during Typhoon “ONDOY” on

September 26, 2009
Time Rainfall, millimeter (mm)
0000 – 0100 6.0
0101- 0200 49.5
0201 – 0300 82.0
0301 – 0400 92.0 (229.50)*
0401 – 0500 55.0
0501 – 0600 63.0
0601 – 0700 40.0
0701 – 0800 19.0 (406.50)**
0801 – 0900 6.5
0901 -1000 11.0
1001- 1100 12.5
1101- 1200 12.0 (448.5)***
1201- 1300 0.0
1301- 1400 2.0
1401- 1500 4.0
1501- 1600 0.0
1601- 1700 0.5
1701- 1800 0.0
1801- 1900 0.0
1901- 2000 0.0
2001- 2100 0.0
2101- 2200 0.0
2201- 2300 0.0
2301-2400 0.00
TOTAL 455.0 mm
source: PAGASA forecasting center
legend:
* total rainfall after 4 hours
** total rainfall after 8 hours
*** total rainfall after 12 hours

Figure 2-23. Flood Frequency curve of Marikina River at Sto. Nino, Marikina,
Dainage area= 499 km2
Table 2-9. Point Flood Frequency Analysis of Marikina River located at Sto.
Niño, Marikina, Drainage Area= 499 sq. km. years of records, 1958-2010
(fragmentary)
Peak discharge, Descending Plotting Position
Year (X –Xmean )2
cms Order (rank) (n + 1/m)
1958 543 3,420 (1) 5,423,775.20 39
1959 2,076 3,306 (2) 4,905,782 19.5
1960 2,348 2,592 (3) 2,252,700 13
1961 1,460 2,460 (4) 1,873,900 9.25
1962 1,620 2,390 (5) 1,687,100 7.80
1963 1,145 2,348 (6) 1,579,800 6.50
1964 2,100 2,100 (7) 1,087,900 5.57
1965 824 2,096 (8) 970,028 4.875

Year (X –Xmean )2
1966 3,420 1,964 (9) 762,000 4.33
1967 2,460 1,620 (10) 279,735.20 3.90
1968 1,390 1,460 (11) 136,087.20 3.54
1969 575 1,390 (12) 89,341 3.25
1970 - 1,145 (13) 2,905 3.00
1971 - 1,083 (14)** 64 2.78
1972 1,964 1,030 (15) 3,733.20 2.60
1973 276 920 (16) 29,275 2.44
1974 274 853 (17) 56,692 2.78
1975 210 824 (18)** 71,289 2.167
1976 853 688 (19) 162,489 2.052
1977 2,592 674 (20) 173,372.40 1.95
1978 - 658 (21) 187,575.60 1.857
1979 - 575 (22) 266,359.20 1.773
1980 - 548 (23) 294,957.60 1.69
1981 - 543 (24) 300,413.60 1.625
1982 - 493 (25) 354,144.00 1.56
1983 - 485 (26) 376,357.20 1.50
1984 - 365 (27) 527,221.20 1.44
1985 493 274 (28) 667,652.40 1.39
1986 2,389.70 267 (29) 679,141.60 1.34
1987 165 221.35 (30) 756,465.10 1.30
1988 674 210 (31) 776,337.20 1.26
1989 1,030 181 (32) 828,282.00 1.22
1990 919.50 165 (33) 857,661.00 1.18
1991 930 93 (34) 996,203.60 1.14
1992 89 89 (35) 1,004,204.40 1.11
1993 - 45 (36) 1,094,325.00 1.08
1994 89
1995 45.00
1996 1,083.00
1997 -
1998 -
1999 -
2000 -
2001 -
2002 1,083.00
2003 658.00
2004 824.00
2005 365.00
2006 548.00
2007 688.00
2008 435.00
2009 3,306.00


Year (X –Xmean )2
2010 221.35
Legend ** twice occurred
Number of data points = 38
Mean = 1,091.00 cubic meters per second (cms)
Standard deviation (unbiased) = 922 cms
Table 2-10 shows peak flows with corresponding return period were extracted
based on the frequency curve of Marikina River, DA= 499 sq. km.
Table 2-10. Peak Discharge of Selected Return Period
Return Period Peak Discharge
Q2.33 1,550 cms
Q5 1,870 cms
Q10 2,370 cms
Q20 2,750 cms
Q50 3,600 cms
Q100 4,360 cms
Q200 5,320 cms
The various flood peaks and return period at the Sto. Nino gaging station was
transposed at the mouth of Pasig River using the basin factor approach to have
an idea on the response of the catchment on the intense rainfall for a period of 8
hours caused by typhoon “Ondoy”. The result is shown in Table 2-11. The
estimated values assume the natural regime of the watershed.
Table 2-11. Estimated peak flows with corresponding return period of Pasig
River Drainage area= 4,678 sq. km.
Return Period Peak Discharge
Q2.33 15,082
Q5 18.193
Q10 23,147
Q20 26.675
Q50 35,075
Q100 42,423
Q200 49,874
The extent of inundation of the flood equivalent to about 5,320 cms (200 year
flood) at the Sto. Nino gaging station as a result of typhoon “Ondoy” is shown in
Figure 2-24. This is extracted from the study conducted by Dr. Guillermo Q.
Tabios III on Marikina River Flood Hydraulic Simulation during Typhoon Ondoy on
September 26, 2009.

Figure 2-24. Extent of inundation of the Flood equivalent to 5,320 cubic

meters per second as a result of typhoon “Ondoy”
Although the extent of flooding on the area near the project site is different from
that at the upper Marikina River watershed since the latter has only few flood
mitigation structures that are built on the river bank to protect residence who are
residing near the river bank. In the case of the areas near the project site,
inundation occurred due to rise of the sea level and bankful capacity of Pasig
River has already been reached by flood waters where drainage cannot anymore
drain its waters to the river or to the sea. As a result, flooding on level areas
occurred. In some areas overbanking may have happened that aggravates
flooding.
If we based on the available data collected and used on this study there is an
indication that a change in flow regime as well as rainfall pattern. If we follow the
analysis of Ripple one who devised the earliest and simplest synthesis techniques
which assumes that future inflows (rainfall or streamflow) will be a duplicate of the
historical record repeated in its entirety as many times end to end where future
inflows can be similar but are unlikely identical to past inflows. In this case, there
is possibility that the occurrence of extreme events like Typhoon “Ondoy” and
Yolanda could occur again anytime, and we must prepare for the worst scenario.
In the upper Marikina River catchment, the most affected areas as far flooding is
concerned is people residing near or within the flood plains of Wawa River and
river sections of Marikina River in Montalban. The flood plains of these rivers are
vulnerable to flooding. In the case of the areas near the project where access
roads are within the flood prone areas, flooding is not mainly caused by the
overbanking of flood waters from Pasig River. As stated earlier, is due to the
drainage system that are not totally function properly since it cannot discharge its
waters to the sea or to Pasig River.
2.2.1.3 Recommended Mitigating Measures
Include in the Feasibility Study the assessment and inventory of all drainage
system of all roads that connect to the proposed reclamation project and conduct
flood risk mapping on areas that are traversed by major roads that connects to the
proposed project.
2.2.2 Oceanography
2.2.2.1 Methodology
2.2.2.1.1 Baseline Condition
Baseline data on bathymetry, tidal heights, and water currents were based on
primary and secondary data gathered at the project site. Primary data gathering
involved measurements of current patterns. Secondary data gathered were tidal
heights and bathymetry for the whole Manila Bay as extracted from the tide table
and bathymetric map of the NAMRIA. River inflows and discharges were also
based from other studies conducted in Manila Bay.
2.2.2.1.2 Assessment of Impacts
To assess the impacts of the proposed Project to the existing environmental

condition of the area, a hydrodynamic modelling was conducted using the EFDC-
Explorer Version 8.3 Hydrodynamic.
CVLGRID and EFDC Explorer Version 8.3 were the models used in this study.
CVLGRID was developed by Dynamic Solutions International, LLC (DSI) for use
with curvilinear orthogonal models, such as EFDC_DSI, EFDC_SGZ, EFDC_EPA,
and EFDC_Hydro Models (Craig, 2017). CVLGRID generates curvilinear grids
following the shape of the modelling domains or study area for more accuracy and
maintain orthogonality.
EFDC Explorer Version 8.3 is a Microsoft Windows™ based pre-processor and

post-processor for the three-dimensional (3D) hydrodynamic model for the
Environmental Fluid Dynamics Code (EFDC). EFDC was originally developed by
Dr. John M. Hamrick at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science (VIMS) and School
of Marine Science of The College of William and Mary. According to EPA’s
website (www.epa.gov/exposure-assessment-models/efdc), EFDC has “evolved
over the past two decades to become one of the most widely used and technically
defensible hydrodynamic models in the world”.
Based on the U.S.EPA’s website ( www.epa.gove/ceam/), the “EFDC has been

validated using analytical solutions, simulations of laboratory experiments and
verified prototype applications” (please see Plate 1 below). The U.S.EPA’s
website also presented the referred journals, books, and conference proceedings
of the EFDC.
Plate 2-1. Quality assurance and quality control for EFDC
2.2.2.2 Baseline Data
2.2.2.2.1 Bathymetry
The proposed Project is located at the northeast part of Manila Bay – a semi-
enclosed estuary with its mouth facing the South China Sea. Based on the
bathymetric map, the deepest part of Manila Bay is about 69 m located at the
North Channel of Corregidor Island (Figure 2-25). Relatively shallower parts are
found near the coast of Pampanga and Cavite City. At the proposed project site,
the maximum depth is about depths 6.0 m below mean lower low water (MLLW).
2.2.2.2.2 2. Tidal Heights
Tidal patterns in Manila show are generally semi-diurnal or exhibiting two highs
and two lows within the 24-hour period, though there are instances that diurnal
tides occur depending on the moon phase. Pokavanich and Nadaoka (2006)
suggested that the diurnal component of the tide may have screened at the mouth
of the bay causing the tides to show semidiurnal patterns. The predicted and
modelled tidal heights are shown in Figure 2-38 and Figure 2-39.
2.2.2.2.3 2. Current Patterns
The current patterns at the project site and vicinities are highly influenced by tidal
fluctuations in Manila Bay and to some extent, wind forcing at shallower areas.
Based on measurements conducted by RHR (2016, 2017) in coastal waters of

Navotas City using continuous data logger and drogues, current patterns were
generally parallel with the coastline and along contours or depths with same
levels.
Further, current directions also appeared to change during flood and ebb tides,
that is, northwesterly currents were observed during flood tide, and reverses in
direction (or going towards southeast during ebb tide). These observations were
consistent with the observations of local fisherfolks as interviewed during field
survey.
On June 29, 2018, current patterns were determined using drogues around the
proposed project site during flood and within two (2) hours after high tide. Drogue
tracks show that current patterns during flood tide appear to flow towards the
north-northwest direction (Figure 2-26). It also appears that currents flow toward
the same direction during ebbing of tides within about two (2) hours after high tide.
There were limited measurements during ebb tide due to strong waves brought
about by intense southwest winds.

Figure 2-25. Generated bathymetry of Manila Bay using EFDC-Explorer

Figure 2-26. Observed current directions during flood tide and within 2 hours after high tide (or ebbing tide) on June 29, 2018
2.2.2.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
2.2.2.3.1 Hydrodynamic Modelling
As discussed above, hydrodynamic modelling was conducted using two (2) models,
namely: CVLGRID and EFDC-Explorer. The following presents in detail the modelling
domain and input data used in the simulations.
a) Modelling Domain
b) Bathymetry or Bottom Elevation
c) Water Layers
d) Tidal Forcing
e) River Inflows
f) Meteorological Input Data
Note that waves were also included in the simulations using the internal wave model
option of EFDC Explorer.
2.2.2.3.1.1 Modelling Domain
Figure 2-27 shows the extent of the modelling domain or calculation area, as
represented by the generated curvilinear grid. The modelling domain extends to the
mouth of Manila Bay as hydrodynamics in the project site are also influenced by tidal
fluctuations along from the mouth of Manila Bay.
Three (3) sets of modelling domains or calculation areas were developed to compare
the currents, tides and wave patterns in the area, as follows:
 Scenario 1 – without the proposed project (New Manila) and other proposed
reclamation islands
 Scenario 2 – with the proposed project (New Manila); and
 Scenario 3 – with all reclamation sites of the City of Manila
The three (3) modelling domains were basically the same in terms of size and form
(i.e., generated curvilinear grids), except that for Scenarios 2 and 3, grid cells
representing the proposed project site were deactivated (or included as land mass) to
represent the proposed reclamation projects.
Figure 2-28, Figure 2-29, and Figure 2-30 show the orthogonal deviations of the
curvilinear grids generated for the three (3) scenarios. Larger orthogonal deviations
were computed along the western coast of study area (or Manila Bay) due to
deviations of the coastal boundaries of Bataan with the shoreline along Cavite
oriented S-W to N-E.

Further, as the reclamation projects of the City of Manila need to be represented as

several grid cells for the Scenario 3 modelling, the curvilinear grids representing the
reclamation islands were not “orthogonalize” as orthogonalization of the grids resulted
to misalignment of the boundaries of the reclamation islands with curvilinear grid.
Non-orthogonalization of the portion of this area, however, resulted to high orthogonal
deviations along one (1) set of cells (or column), which is oriented from proposed
reclamation project to the Pampanga (please see darkened cells oriented to WNW
from the project site).
Note that the curvilinear grid representing the modelling domain was formed by
connecting several curvilinear grids. One of the curvilinear grids as discussed above
is the grid representing the reclamation projects of the proponent.
Cell maps representing the land and water cells for the three (3) scenarios are
presented in Figure 2-31, Figure 2-32, and Figure 2-33. The cells that coincide with
the reclamation sites were “deactivated” in the EFDC to represent the land masses
within the modelling domains. The number of cells along the x and y-axis are identical
for the three (3) scenarios, except that water cells are replaced as land mass, if the
cells coincide with the locations of the reclamation sites (Figure 2-32 and Figure
2-33).

Figure 2-27. Extent of modelling domain or calculation area (represented as curvilinear grid)

Figure 2-28. Orthogonal deviations in the modelling domain (Scenario 1 – without projects)

Figure 2-29. Orthogonal deviations in the modelling domain (Scenario 2 – with project -New Manila)

Figure 2-30. Orthogonal deviations in the modelling domain (Scenario 3 – with all projects)

Figure 2-31. Cell map representing water and land cells (Scenario 1 – without projects)

Figure 2-32. Cell map representing water and land cells without (Scenario 2 -With project -New Manila)

Figure 2-33. Cell map representing water and land cells without (Scenario 3 -With all projects)

2.2.2.3.1.2 Bathymetry or Bottom Elevation
Figure 2-34 to shows the bathymetry of Manila Bay as generated using EFDC
Explorer. The depth contours and bottom elevations from NAMRIA maps were
digitized and processed using mapping software to generate the x, y, and depth
data. Minimum depth of 0.35 m was assigned at areas with depths of -0.35 m.
Wetting and drying of intertidal areas were included in the simulations.
Figure 2-34. Bathymetry within the modelling domain (top-with project-New

Manila and bottom – all projects)

2.2.2.3.1.3 Water Layers or Vertical Coordinates
Standard sigma coordinates generally follow the shape of the terrain allowing
continuous representation of model fields, such as temperature and currents. This is
contrary to the uniform the uniform vertical coordinates that intersect topography or
bottom elevations, as shown in Figure 2-35. In this study, five (5) layers of standard
sigma coordinates were used to represent the vertical water layers.
Figure 2-35. Representation of uniform (left) and sigma coordinate system

(right)
2.2.2.3.1.4 Tidal Forcing
Hourly tidal heights were generated using the predicted high and low waters at
NAMRIA-Puerto Azul Tidal Station. This tidal station was selected as it is the closest
secondary tidal station of NAMRIA at the mouth of the Manila Bay. Tidal fluctuations
or forcing were then assigned along the open boundary of the modelling domain (or
along the mouth of Manila Bay) (Figure 2-36).
The hourly tidal heights were generated using a computer program based on a
mathematical formulation of polynomial curves, namely: H-P1-M and M-P2-L (Figure
2-37). This graphical illustration only provides manual input to generate the tidal
heights at any time of the day using the high and low waters.

Figure 2-38 and Figure 2-39 show the generated hourly tidal heights at NAMRIA-
Puerto Azul Station for the periods representing the northeast and southwest
monsoons, respectively.

Figure 2-36. Tidal Open Boundaries and River Inflows

Figure 2-37. Atmospheric and Wind Forcing
Figure 2-38. Predicted Tidal Heights at NAMRIA-Puerto Azul Tide Station from
January 20, 2016 to February 29, 2016 (Data Source: NAMRIA Tide Table 2016)

Figure 2-39. Predicted Tidal Heights at NAMRIA-Puerto Azul Tide Station from
July 20, 2016 to August 31, 2016 (Data Source: NAMRIA Tide Table 2016)
2.2.2.3.1.5 River Inflows
Figure 2-40 shows the foreshortened screenshot of the input data card of some of
the river inflows in the study area. Discharge flow rates were based on previous
studies and data, such as Pokavanich and Nadaoka (2006), Siringan and Ringor
(1998), and WB Solutions (2008). Increase in discharge flow of 67% was assumed
during wet season, as based on data for Pasig and Pampanga Rivers. For minor
rivers without discharge data, discharge flow rate of at 90 m 3/s and water
temperature of 29.5 ºC were assumed in the simulations.
TSS concentrations were assumed at 20 and 50 mg/l for the dry and wet season,
respectively. These values were roughly estimated from Michigan standards
(www.michigan.gov) wherein it cited perception of water quality as clear when TSS
concentrations are less than 20 mg/l, appear cloudy between 40 to 80 mg/l, and
appears “dirty” at concentrations over 150 mg/l.

Figure 2-40. Foreshortened screenshot of data card for river inflows
2.2.2.3.1.6 Meteorological Input Data
Screenshots of meteorological input data for the period January 21, 2016 to March 2,
2016 and from July 21, 2016 to September 2, 2016 representing simulations for the
northeast and southwest monsoon are Figure 2-41, Figure 2-42, and Figure 2-43,
respectively. These data consist of cloudiness (okta), mean sea level pressure (mb),
relative humidity (%), dry bulb temperature (ºC), wind direction (deg), wind speed
(m/s) and rainfall (mm). For meteorological parameters, such as wet bulb
temperature and solar radiation, these were calculated following Stull (2011) and
Kasten and Czepak (1980), respectively.
Figure 2-42 and Figure 2-43 show the wind roses for the northeast and southwest
monsoon periods, respectively. It appears that the prevailing wind direction during
the northeast monsoon period was from the east (Figure 2-42). Winds coming from
the north-northwest and the north with frequency of occurrences of about 9 and 5%
were also noted during this period.

During southwest monsoon season, the prevailing wind direction is from the
southwest (about 23%). Winds from the north (about 15%) also appear during this
period (Figure 2-44).
In addition, simulations were also performed for Scenarios 1, 2 and 3 with moderate
to strong southwest winds covering a period of ten (10) days (Figure 2-45). This
aimed to determine the wave heights with moderate to strong winds. These wind
data, which range from moderate (5 to 8 m/s) to strong winds (13 to 16 m/s), were
extracted from the wind rose for August at Port Area Manila (Figure 2-46).
Figure 2-41. Foreshortened screenshot atmospheric data series for February

2016

Figure 2-42. Wind rose for January 21, 2016 to March 2, 2016

Figure 2-43. Foreshortened screenshot atmospheric data series for February

2016

Figure 2-44. Wind rose for July 21, 2016 to September 2, 2016

Figure 2-45. Wind rose for an assumed persistent southwest wind July 21,
2016 to July 29, 2016

Figure 2-46. Wind rose diagram for August (Source: PAGASA)
2.2.2.3.2 Model Calibration and/or Validation
The results of the model, particularly tidal heights, were initially verified or validated
with the predicted tidal heights at one of the tidal stations of NAMRIA (Navotas
Station). This is to determine if the model is stable (particularly water levels) when
simulated for longer period as hydrodynamic models when improperly set-up tend to
be unstable or produce unrealistic results, i.e., tidal heights are not fluctuating.
Figure 2-47 shows the plots of the predicted (or hourly tidal heights based on
NAMRIA Tide Table) and the modelled tidal heights at Navotas area using the
predicted tidal heights at NAMRIA-Puerto Azul Tide Station as input data along the
mouth of Manila Bay. It appears that the predicted and modelled tidal heights follow
the same trend during the modelling period, though at the start of the simulation
(about 1 day), there appears large discrepancies of the predicted and modelled tidal
heights during the model “start-up”.
Calibration plots of the predicted and modelled tidal heights show good correlation of
the predicted and modelled tidal heights (Figure 2-48 and Figure 2-49). The r-
squared for the predicted and modelled tidal heights are 0.8106 and 0.9858,

respectively. Further, the Nash-Sutcliffe coefficients were closer to 1 for both the
modelled (0.986) and the predicted (0.811) tidal heights indicating accuracy of the
model, particularly on the tidal height simulations.

Figure 2-47. Predicted and modelled tidal heights at Navotas area

Figure 2-48. Calibration plot of the predicted tidal heights (July 20, 2016 to August 31, 2016)

Figure 2-49. Calibration plot of the modelled tidal heights (July 20, 2016 to August 31, 2016)

2.2.2.3.3 Simulated Tides, Circulation and Sedimentation Patterns
2.2.2.3.3.1 Simulated Tidal Patterns
Tidal heights were simulated at three (3) cells or locations adjacent the proposed
project site (New Manila) and between two (2) channels of the other reclamation
sites of the proponent (Figure 2-50). The cell locations were the simulated tidal
heights or water levels are as follows:
 111, 17 – between two (2) reclamation islands located southwest of the
proposed project site
 116,10 – between the proposed project and the two reclamation islands
southwest of the former
 111, 6 – between two (2) reclamation islands located southeast of the proposed
project site.
The above simulations aim to check if the reclamation projects could result to
increase or decrease of water levels between the reclamation islands.
Results of tidal height simulations for Scenarios 1, 2 and 3 (Figure 2-50 to Figure
2-55) were combined in one (1) graph for each of the northeast and southwest
monsoon periods (Figure 2-56 and Figure 2-57). It appears that the simulated water
levels at the three (3) locations or cells without and with the reclamation islands were
about the same elevations or heights throughout the simulation periods.
There were, however, slight differences during low tides for cell no. 116,10 and cell
no. 111,6 during the northeast monsoon (Figure 2-56), but differences in water
levels appear lower or insignificant during the southwest monsoon (Figure 2-57).

Figure 2-50. Simulated tidal heights during northeast monsoon (Scenario 1 - without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-51. Simulated tidal heights during southwest monsoon (Scenario 1 - without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-52. Simulated tidal heights during northeast monsoon (Scenario 2 – with project – New Manila)

Figure 2-53. Simulated tidal heights during southwest monsoon (Scenario 2 – with project – New Manila)

Figure 2-54. Simulated tidal heights during northeast monsoon (Scenario 3 – with all projects)

Figure 2-55. Simulated tidal heights during southwest monsoon (Scenario 3 – with all projects)

Figure 2-56. Simulated tidal heights during northeast monsoon (Scenarios 1, 2 and 3)

Figure 2-57. Simulated tidal heights during southwest monsoon (Scenarios 1, 2 and 3)

2.2.2.3.3.2 Simulated Currents
Current Patterns During Spring Tide
Plots of instantaneous simulated currents during spring tides on February 8, 2016

and August 2, 2016 are shown in Figure 2-58 to Figure 2-61. During flood tides on
both seasons (northeast and southwest monsoon), currents generally flow towards
the inner part of the bay (N-NE quadrant) and reverses in direction during ebb tide
(or towards the mouth of the bay).
Strong currents going out of Manila Bay were simulated during ebb tide. Current
velocities during this period (ebb tide) at the mouth of the river ranged from about 0.3
to about 0.7 m/s. During flood tide, strong currents were noted at the northern part
of the mouth of bay.
There appear, however, abrupt changes of current patterns along cells from the
proposed project to the coast of Pampanga. This could be due to large orthogonal
variations along this section, as shown in Figure 2-28, Figure 2-29, and Figure
2-30. The limitations of smoothing the curvilinear grids at the proposed reclamation
sites to match the cells with the reclamation islands resulted to irregular current
patterns along the said section.
Current Roses
Current roses show the prevailing current speeds and directions at a particular
location. For this study, total of eleven (11) locations were assigned adjacent the
proposed reclamation projects with most locations at channels or between
reclamation islands.
a) Without the Reclamation Projects

Without the reclamation projects (Scenario 1) (Figure 2-62 and Figure 2-63), currents
flows were generally tidal driven as seen on two (2) prevailing opposite current
directions. At two cells located near the mouth of the Pasig River (cell no. 119, 15
and cell no. 118, 6), dominant current flows are to the west and the southeast
directions, respectively, due to influence or effect of river discharges.
Further, simulated current velocities during the southwest monsoon were higher than
those simulated during the northeast monsoon. Increase in wind intensity contributed
to increase of current velocities at the project area and vicinities.

b) With the Reclamation Projects

With the proposed project (Scenario 2), there are changes on the directions of
current flows because currents generally flow parallel to the coast (Figure 2-64 and
Figure 2-65). Changes in current flows are apparent at areas adjacent the proposed
project site.
Furthermore, with the other reclamation islands (Scenario 3) (Figure 2-66 and
Figure 2-67), current roses are along the directions of the channels between
reclamation islands. Relatively higher current speeds were noted along narrower
channels between the other reclamation projects of the proponent.
In general, the generated current roses suggest that with the reclamation projects,
the prevailing current directions are generally parallel with the project boundaries,
and that there is substantial reduction of other current flows perpendicular (or
intersects) with the project boundaries for scenarios without the project.
Current Roses with Moderate to Strong Southwest Winds
Current roses were generated at one (1) location southwest of the project site with
moderate to strong southwest winds for Scenarios 1, 2, and 3 (Figure 2-68, Figure
2-69, and Figure 2-70). Results show higher current velocities with the moderate to
strong winds than those generated with lower wind speeds. This suggests further
that current velocities are also influenced by wind flows, particularly at shallow areas.

Figure 2-58. Simulated current patterns during flood tide on February 8, 2016 (without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-59. Simulated current patterns during ebb tide on February 8, 2016 (without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-60. Simulated current patterns during flood tide on August 2, 2016 (without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-61. Simulated current patterns during ebb tide on August 2, 20 16 (without reclamation projects)

Figure 2-62. Current roses for January 21 to February 17 (Scenario 1 - without projects)

Figure 2-63. Current roses for July 21 to August 20, 2016 (Scenario 1 - without projects)

Figure 2-64. Current roses for January 21 to February 19 (Scenario 2 – with project – New Manila)

Figure 2-65. Current roses for July 21 to August 20, 2016 (Scenario 2 – with project – New Manila)

Figure 2-66. Current roses for January 21 to February 20 (Scenario 3 – with all projects)

Figure 2-67. Current roses for July 21 to August 20, 2016 (Scenario 3 – with all projects)

Figure 2-68. Current roses southwest of the proposed project site (cell 116,15) during persistent strong southwest winds
(Scenario 1 – without project)

Figure 2-69. Current roses southwest of the proposed project site (cell 116,15) during persistent strong southwest winds
(Scenario 2 – with project – New Manila)

Figure 2-70. Current roses southwest of the proposed project (cell 116,15) during persistent strong southwest winds
(Scenario 3 – with all projects)

2.2.2.3.3.3 Simulated Wave Heights
Preliminary simulations of wave heights were performed using the internal wave
model of EFDC. The internal wave model used the SMB (Sverdrup, Munk and
Bretschneider, see Zhen-Gang Ji, 2008) model wherein the generated wave
directions are the same as wind directions, which means that effects of refraction,
diffraction and reflection are not taken into consideration (Craig, 2017).
Figure 2-71, Figure 2-72, and Figure 2-73 show the simulated wave heights for the
three (3) scenarios with moderate to strong southwest winds. In all simulations or
scenarios, wave directions are along the directions of wind flows. Simulated wave
heights were also higher at the northeaster part of Manila Bay. Cavite City, which
extends northward from the coast of Cavite, partially blocks generation of higher
waves at the three (3) reclamation islands located S-E of the proposed project.
For Scenario 1 (without the projects) the simulated wave heights at cell no. 116, 15
(southwest of project site) were higher than with the presence of the proposed
project site (Figure 2-74). The presence of the other reclamation islands (five
islands), however, resulted to substantial reduction of wave heights at the said
location. This was due to the blocking effect of the other reclamation islands
southwest of the project site.
In terms of wave-induced bed shear stress due to persistent southwest winds,

results show that high simulated bed stresses are found at shallow areas in the
coastal waters of Navotas and west of Cavite City, and relatively lower at the project
site due to its depth (Figure 2-75).
Locations of high bed stresses provide indication of areas prone to high sediment
mobilization and transport cause by longshore currents and littoral transport of non-
cohesive sediments, such as sands and silts. Due to unavailability of updated
sediment bed data at the project site and its vicinities, however, this study focused
only on simulating cohesive sediment transports.

Figure 2-71. Simulated wave heights with assumed persistent strong southwest winds (Scenario 1 – without project)

Figure 2-72. Simulated wave heights with assumed persistent strong southwest winds (Scenario 2 – with project – New
Manila)
Figure 2-73. Simulated wave heights with assumed persistent strong southwest winds (Scenario 3 – with all projects

Figure 2-74. Time series of simulated tidal heights d persistent strong southwest winds (– with all projects

Figure 2-75. Simulated wave-induced bed shear stresses for the three (3) scenarios

2.2.2.3.3.4 Simulated Sedimentation or Dispersion of Sediments
Figure 2-76 shows the estimated sedimentation patterns in August arising from
cohesive sediment transports from river inflow. Results show that without the project
scenario, sedimentations occur at areas near the mouth of Pasig River and at the
project site. With the project scenario, sedimentations are still apparent at areas
fronting the Pasig River and between the project site and the coast of Manila Bay (or
east side of the project site).
Dispersion of sediments are expected during the reclamation of the project, and if
not properly mitigation, would cause an increase of background levels of total
suspended solids (TSS) and/or at levels greater than the water quality guidelines
prescribed for marine waters.
To estimate the dispersion patterns of non-cohesive sediments during reclamation

works at the project site, concentration of a conservative dye (no decay rate) with
concentration 500 mg/l was released at the project area. After about 2 days from
released, the plume of the dye appears to move about 3 km along the northwest and
southeast directions, and extends farther to several kilometers, if no decay rate was
assumed (Figure 2-77).
This suggests that mitigation measures should be undertaken to maintain as

possible the background levels of sediments or to levels within the water quality
criteria prescribed in DAO 2016-08, particularly TSS at 80 g/l. Sand bunds or other
types of bund walls or silt curtains or other appropriate mitigation measures should
be provided to prevent dispersion of silt or sediments away from the project site
during reclamation works.
During project operation, regular dredging works should be conducted adjacent the
proposed project site, specifically in vicinities of the mouth of Pasig River where
sediment deposition from these highly-silted river inflows would constrict waterways
and current flows. Further, dredging works shall regularly be conducted adjacent and
at immediate vicinities along the eastern part of project boundaries wherein accretion
of sediments is likely due to the presence of the reclaimed project site.

Figure 2-76. Simulated concentrations of cohesive sediments arising from river inflows

Figure 2-77. Dispersion of an assumed conservative dye (or “sediments”) after released during reclamation works

2.2.2.3.4 Impacts of Storm Surge and Sea Level Rise
Secondary data and studies from PAGASA, Project NOAH, Lapidez et. al (2014) and
IPCC (2013) were used to assess the impacts of storm surges and sea level rise in
the project area.
2.2.2.3.4.1 Storm Surge
Historical storm surge data from PAGASA showed storm surge of about 0.66 m in
the coastal areas located near the project site (Figure 2-78). Storm surges of 1.65 to
2.81 were also noted along Cavite coastline with the highest storm surge at Cavite
City of 2.81 m.
Table 2-12 shows the storm surge events as compiled in Project Noah. Based on
Table 2-12, there were twelve (12) storm surge events that were recorded in Manila
Bay from 1589 to 2013 with recorded storm surge height ranging from 0.6 to 4 m.
Lapidez et al (2014) conducted storm surge simulations at selected areas in Leyte,

Iloilo and Metro Manila. Results of said study using Typhoon Haiyan with track of
Typhoon Georgia showed that storm surge heights of 3.01 to 4 m could be
generated in the coastal areas in Manila (Figure 2-79), and that these coastal areas
are susceptible to high level of flooding (Figure 2-80).
Based on the above-mentioned data and information, it appears that the project site
is also prone to storm surge with heights greater than 4 m and is susceptible to high
level of flooding.
Table 2-12. Storm Surges in Manila Bay (Source: Project Noah website)
Associated Surge
Source Date of Affected
No. Tropical Height Casualties Damage
no. Occurrence Areas
Cyclone (m)
Unnamed
1 5 June 29, 1589 Manila Bay
typhoon
Destroyed
Bagumbayan
August 29, Unnamed drive due to
2 5 Manila
1863 typhoon inundation;
several houses
were unroofed
17 ships were
tossed onto
September 20 Unnamed
3 5 Manila Bay Santa Lucia
– 26, 1867 typhoon
and Tondo
shores
October Unnamed
4 5 0.6 Cavite
25,1873 typhoon
November 10 Unnamed Western
5 5 16
– 23, 1923 typhoon Carolines, N

Associated Surge
Source Date of Affected
No. Tropical Height Casualties Damage
no. Occurrence Areas
Cyclone (m)
of Yap,
Borongan,
Samar, NE of
Romblon, E
of Manila,
Eastern coast
of Luzon,
Lingayen
Gulf,
Balintang
Channel
Destroyed
Manila Bay,
Typhoon $40M property;
November 19, southeast
6 1 Yoling 4 sank 21 fishing
1970 coast of
(Patsy) boats near the
Luzon
North Harbor
Typhoon Manila Bay
June 23 – 25, Several ships
7 9, 10 Konsing and Bicol 1
1972 washed ashore
(Ora) region
Bataan and
least 10
Typhoon
villages on
8 1 July 2, 1983 Bebeng 4 182 49,000 houses
Manila Bay’s
(Vera)
western
banks
Coastal areas
of Manila
Bay, Brgys
San Rafael 3 Damaged the
Typhoon and 4, Cavite, breakwater and
September 26
9 6, 7 Pedring 6 Brgy. 12 seawall along
– 28, 2011
(Nesat) Pasungol, Roxas
Santa, Ilocos Boulevard
Sur, and Sta
Rita Aplaya,
Batangas City
Zamboanga
del Norte,
Ternate,
Cavite, Bulan,
Typhoon
July 30 – 31, Sorsogon,
10 2 Gener 214 houses
2012 and Sitio
(Saola)
Tinago, Brgy.
Tibpuan,
Lebak Sultan
Kudarat
Brgy. Mabolo,
Typhoon
August 22, Naic, Cavite
11 3, 4 Maring 14 houses
2013 and Molo
(Trami)
District, Iloilo
October 11, Typhoon
12 8 Manila Bay
2013 Santi (Nari)

References
1- Longshore, D., 2008. Encyclopedia of Hurricanes, Typhoons, and Cyclones, New Edition. NewYork:
Facts on File, Inc., 280-346.
http://books.google.com.ph/books?id=8kXwskQHBLoC&pg=PA461&lpg=PA461&dq=typhoon+kate+stor
m+surge&source=bl&ots=qDKg_J873Q&sig=xf02S5nehRW97LYv9uRPik3OcF8&hl=en&sa=X&ei=YXj4
Uf9vy9-SBZLngNgC&ved=0CF0Q6AEwCQ#v=onepage&q=typhoon%20kate&f=false
2- NDRRMC Update: SitRep No.20 re Effects of Typhoon “GENER” (SAOLA) Enhanced by Southwest
Monsoon. August 6, 2012 National Disater Risk Reduction and Management Council
http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/attachments/article/630/SitRep%20No.%2020%20re%20Effects%20of%20Ty
%20GENER%20(SAOLA),%2006Aug2012.pdf
3- Chino Gaston. Ilang bahay,winasak ng storm surge. August 22, 2013. 24 Oras. GMA.video.
http://www.gmanetwork.com
4- Jaime Sinapit. Storm surge hurts 3, damages 8 houses in Iloilo City. August 22, 2013. Interaksyon.
http://www.interaksyon.com/
5- R. García-Herrera, P. Ribera, E. Hernández, L. Gimeno:’Typhoons in the Philippine Islands 1566-1900′.
Submitted to JGR – Atmospheres. http://pendientedemigracion.ucm.es/info/tropical/philippine.html
6- NDRRMC Update: SitRep No.26 re Effects of Typhoon”PEDRING” (NESAT). October 11, 2011.
National Disater Risk Reduction and Management Council.
http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/attachments/article/306/NDRRMC%20Update%20SitRep%20No.26%20re%2
0Effects%20of%20Typhoon%20PEDRING%20(NESAT)%20as%20of%2011OCT2011,%206AM.pdf
7- Helen Flores. ‘Pedring’ slams Metro. The Philippine Star. 28 September 2011.
http://www.philstar.com/headlines/731323/pedring-slams-metro
8- Mark Balmores. Man Against Nature. Manila Bulletin. 12 October 2013. http://www.mb.com.ph/man-
against-nature/
9- Buckmaster, Albert T. and Nishimoto, Hiroshi. 1972 Annual Typhoon Report. U.S. Fleet Weather
Central/Joint Typhoon Warning Center. 1 January 1995.
10- Kelvin S. Rodolfo. Why reclamation of nearshore Manila Bay is a very bad idea. The Philippine Star. 3
October 2013. http://www.philstar.com/science-and-technology/2013/10/03/1240670/why-reclamation-
nearshore-manila-bay-very-bad-idea

Figure 2-78. Historical Storm Surge Map in Manila Bay

Figure 2-79. Predicted storm surge heights (Source: Lapidez et al, 2014)

Figure 2-80. Hazard level map (Source: Lapidez et al, 2014)

2.2.2.3.4.2 . Sea Level Rise
Sea level rise is expected in Manila bay as noted by studies of Perez et al (199) and
MERF (2012). IPCC (2013) also published projections of sea level rise in the world
caused by warming of the ocean and loss of land-based ice.
Perez et al (1999) showed that increase of sea levels would inundate about 2090
and 5555 ha of land in the coastal areas of Manila Bay and Cavite City. Further,
MERF (2012) noted increase of sea level rise in the coasts of Manila between 0.2
and 0. 4 m in more recent years to the present, which was attributed mainly by
climate change effects and other factors, such as land reclamation and ground
subsidence.
IPCC studies have shown that sea levels are gradually rising in the 20th century and
about 70% of the coastlines in the world will experience sea change within 20% of
the sea level. Significant increase of projected sea level is projected in 21st century
relative to the 1980 to 1999 mean.
2.2.2.3.4.3 Mitigation Measures
Based on the previous studies on storm surge, flooding, and sea level rise as
discussed above in Manila Bay particularly at or in vicinities of the project, it appears
that the proposed project site is vulnerable to high storm surges and flooding,
including effects of sea level rise (if not properly addressed or included in the
reclamation design).
Mitigation measures to address impact of storm surges, i.e., provision of storm surge
barriers, due to passage of typhoon, and increasing the height of the reclamation site
considering flooding cause by storm surge, are impractical due to cost involved not
to mention the uncertainties of modelling storm surges. Ellis and Shermal (2014)
recommended adaptation measures to reduce vulnerability to climate change impact
(e.g., storm surges and sea level rise).
One of the adaptation measures is for residents to evacuate the area in the event of
incoming typhoon. Provision of early warning systems and effective dissemination
procedures could effectively avoid casualties in the event of extreme weather events.
Further, the reclamation site should be designed considering the projected sea level
rise in Manila Bay, including the heights of the highest astronomical tide and wave
effects during southwest monsoon (not storm surges). Revetments should also be
provided to prevent erosion due to waves, storm surges and currents.

2.2.3 Water Quality
This section presents the results of the marine water quality baseline study
conducted on June 28, 2018. The NAMRIA topographic map was used for initially
identifying the possible locations of water sampling stations. The assessment of
water quality focused on the marine water within the project area.
2.2.3.1 Methodology
Seven (7) marine surface water samples were taken from strategically located
sampling stations within the project area. Parameters tested were: pH, Color, Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Oil and Grease, Hexavalent Chromium (Cr 6+), Phosphate,
Nitrate as NO3—N, Sulfate (SO42-), Cyanide (CN-), Arsenic (As), Cadmium (Cd), Lead
(Pb), Mercury (Hg), and Fecal Coliform.
2.2.3.2 Results
The guidelines stipulated in DENR Administrative Order No. 2016-08 – Water Quality
Guidelines and General Effluent Standards of 2016 were used in the assessment of
the current status of surface water quality in the study area. Philippine fresh, coastal
and marine waters are classified based on their beneficial use. Based on DENR
Memorandum Circular No. 2010-08, Manila Bay is classified as Class SB with the
following intended beneficial use:
1. Fishery Water Class II - Waters suitable for commercial propagation of
shellfish, and intended spawning areas for milkfish (Chanos chanos) and
similar species
2. Tourist Zones - for ecotourism and recreational activities
3. Recreational Water Class I - Intended for primary contact recreation (bathing,
swimming, skin diving, etc.)
Table 2-13 below presents the results of the water quality sampling conducted for
the proposed project as compared to Class SB Water Quality Guideline (WQG),
while Figure 2-81 indicates the location of the sampling stations relative to the final
landform of the proposed reclamation project.
Recorded pH levels in S3, S4, S5, S6 and S7 are slightly above the pH range for
Class SB Water Quality Guideline. Parameters, total suspended solids (TSS), oil and
grease, hexavalent chromium, phosphate, nitrate and heavy metals: Arsenic,
Cadmium, Lead and mercury are all below the Class SB WQG. Sulfate readings in
all stations exceeded the Class SB WQG of 250mg/L. High levels of phosphates in
saltwater promotes algae growth and negative effects on coral growth and
development. Cyanide levels also exceeded the Class SB WQG of 0.02 mg/L in
stations S1, S2, S3 and S4. Fecal coliform reading is very high in S1 with 16 x 104
MPN/100mL result.

Table 2-13. Results of Water Quality Analyses for Marine Waters

Water
Sampling Station Quality
Parameters Guideline Unit Method
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 (Class SB)
pH 7.8 8.1 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.6 7.0-8.5 - Electrometric
Color 2 25 25 25 25 50 20 50 ACU Visual Comparison
Total Suspended Gravimetric, dried at 103-
4 3 2 3 3 4 3 50 mg/L
Solids (TSS) 105 °C
Liquid-Liquid, Partition -
Oil and Grease <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 2 mg/L
Gravimetric
Hexavalent
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 mg/L Colorimetric
Chromium (Cr6+)
Phosphate 0.23 0.11 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.5 mg/L Stannous Chloride
Nitrate as NO3—
0.08 0.05 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.09 0.09 10 mg/L Colorimetric, Brucine
N
Sulfate (S042-) 613 1275 2491 2060 1950 2612 1318 250 mg/L Turbidimetric
Cyanide - Selective
Cyanide (CN-) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.02 mg/L
Electrode (w/o distillation)
Manual Hydride Generation
Arsenic (As) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 mg/L
AAS
Cadmium (Cd) <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 0.003 mg/L Direct Air-Acetylene Flame
Lead (Pb) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 mg/L Direct Air-Acetylene Flame
Mercury (Hg) <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.001 mg/L Cold Vapor AAS
Multiple Tube Fermentation
MPN/
Fecal Coliform 16 x 04 - 23 - - 7.8 33 100 Technique-Fecal Coliform
100mL
Procedure

Figure 2-81. Water Quality Sampling Map

2.2.4 Freshwater Ecology
River ecology assessment was conducted in three sampling stations in the Pasig
River as part of the EIA baseline assessment for the proposed New Manila
Reclamation Project on 24 July 2018. The objective of the aquatic ecology baseline
study is to establish baseline parameters of the river system and to determine the
presence of important aquatic biota that can be susceptible to anthropogenic issues
that can arise during the establishment and operation of the project. The freshwater
ecology baseline assessment employed standard survey methodologies to (i)
determine fish biota and fishing practices in the river through the conduct of test
fishing and documentation of actual fishing operations by fishers, (ii) determine
diversity of benthic macro-invertebrates and soft bottom communities, (iii)
identification of plankton communities, and (iv) measurement of basic river
parameters.
The Pasig River is contiguous to the proposed reclamation area and its estuary lies
less than half a kilometer away from the southern boundary of the proposed
reclamation. The river, which connects Laguna de Bay and Manila Bay and
meanders north-westward through the cities of Taguig, Pasig, Makati, Mandaluyong,
Manila, and the municipality of Taytay. It is the main water body in Metro Manila that
bisects the Metropolis and its surrounding urban area into northern and southern
halves. Its major tributaries are the Marikina River and San Juan River. It is
approximately 27 km long with an average width of 91 meters and depth ranging
from 0.5 to 5.5 meters. The average depth is 1.3 meters. The deepest portions are
located between Guadalupe Bridge and C6 Bridge, while the shallowest portion is at
the mouth of Manila Bay. The average water volume is 6.6 million m3. During low
flow from March to May, the discharge volume is 12m3/sec, while from October to
November the discharge volume reaches 275m3/sec. It is considered as a tidal
estuary because of the interchange of water during low tide from Laguna de Bay and
during high tide from Manila Bay. (Pasig River Rehabilitation Commission, 2006).
The river has become very polluted and is considered biologically dead. Because of
this, the Pasig River Rehabilitation Commission (PRRC) was created in 1999 under
the Executive Order No. 54 with a mandate to rehabilitate the Pasig River to its
previous pristine condition, for recreation, transportation, and tourism. Several small
ferryboats use the Baseco area in the river for passenger boarding and unloading.
The position of the Pasig River, particularly its estuary, relative to the proposed
reclamation area is shown in Figure 2-82. The coordinates of the three stations
surveyed for river characteristics are summarized in Table 2-14 below.

Table 2-14. Coordinates of stations investigated for basic river parameters

(RVR) during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New
Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay in July 2018
WP Code LATITUDE LONGITUDE REMARKS
Upstream portion east of Delpan Bridge; survey
RVR1 N 14.596036° E 120.968133°
conducted on 1107H 23 July 2018
Midstream portion west of Delpan Bridge across
RVR2 N 14.595635° E 120.960036°
residences; Survey undertaken 1132H 23 July 2018
Downstream portion approaching estuary; Survey
RVR3 N 14.595486° E 120.951298°
undertaken 1155H 23 July 2018

Figure 2-82. Relative position of the Pasig River and its estuary in relation to the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
in Manila Bay;
map prepared by Jose Rene Villegas; July 2018

Figure 2-83. River parameter stations in the Pasig River (stations 4, 5 and 6; shown with marine ecology survey stations 1,
2 and 3) surveyed during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in
Manila Bay; July 2018; map prepared by Jose Rene Villegas

2.2.4.1 Sampling Methodology and Stations
Three (3) sampling stations were investigated in the Pasig River. The plankton and
benthos stations were distributed in the upstream portion of the river, in midstream
portion, and near the river’s estuary downstream. At each location, biotic sampling
included phytoplankton, zooplankton, macrobenthos and macro-invertebrates, and
fish species diversity. Sampling for freshwater fish species was generally conducted
through test fishing operations in three locations to document species diversity and
catch rates.
Plate 2-2. River parameter survey stations surveyed during freshwater ecology
baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in
Manila Bay; July 2018
2.2.4.1.1 River Parameters
Depth in the stations was measured using a HONDEX Portable Handheld Depth
Sounder (Ps-7 A423 067); salinity with a standard Atago refractometer, and width
with the use of GPS tracking. Substrate composition was collected through scuba
diving and stream flow was estimated in three replicates employing modified stream
flow measurements. Turbidity was measured with a standard sechhi disc attached to
a fiberglass meter tape.
2.2.4.1.2 Plankton
Phyto-and zooplankton were collected at seven sampling sites by filtering 1 liter

samples into a composite sample. Phytoplankton samples were filtered through a 20
µm mesh sieve; zooplankton were filtered through a 33 µm mesh sieve.
Phytoplankton samples were then fixed using Lugol’s solution; zooplankton samples
were fixed with 10% buffered formalin. Samples were then sent to a laboratory for
counting and identification. Counting and identification of organisms were conducted
using a Sedgwick-Rafter plate. For phytoplankton, a compound light microscope was
used, while for zooplankton, a dissecting microscope. Phytoplankton were counted
and identified to the lowest taxonomic level (genera) possible while zooplankton

were identified to major groups using available references. Phytoplankton and

zooplankton densities are presented as number of cells or organisms per liter.
The plankton community sampling stations are listed in Table 2-14 and the locations
are shown in Plate 2-3.

Figure 2-84. Plankton and benthos community sampling stations in the Pasig River surveyed during freshwater ecology
baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay; July 2018

2.2.4.1.3 Macrobenthos / macro-invertebrates
Benthic or bottom dwelling animals constitute a major part of the diet of many
benthic and bottom dwelling fishes and crustaceans. Many of the bivalves in riverine
and estuarine systems are also normally edible invertebrates collected for food and
sustenance trade. Epibenthic fauna (macro-invertebrates or macrobenthos), on the
other hand, serve a number of ecosystem roles at various levels of the food chain,
ranging from consumers of plant material to prey for fish. Due to their filter-feeding
nature, macro-invertebrates are good indicators of environmental conditions over
time and can be used as indicators of water quality and the degradation of the
aquatic environment.
Benthic macro-invertebrates re-collected in the same three stations where plankton

samples were collected (Table 2-14) employing a standard kick net. The net is thrust
into productive habitats and substrates (e.g., riffle areas, flooded vegetation,
submerged root mats and other woody debris) to collect specimens. Benthos
samples were sent to the UP MSI for identification. Opportunistic survey of macro-
invertebrates of significant importance for food or trade was also undertaken
randomly in order to reinforce data on aquatic animal diversity specifically for
bivalves, crustaceans and gastropods in the river. The locations of stations are
mapped (same as plankton stations; also see Plate 2-3).
Plate 2-3. Plankton, macrobenthos sampling and river parameter measurement

during the freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the Pasig River; July
2018.
2.2.4.1.4 Fish Biota
Fish species identification in the river was facilitated through the conduct of test
fishing in three (3) locations in the river employing a cast net and hook and line. Fish
and crustacean species, as well as macro-invertebrates of significant value as food,
were identified in-situ through opportunistic observations in the macrobenthos
stations. Fisheries data was supplemented by key informant interviews of fishers to
document fish catch composition and catch per unit effort.

Coordinates of the sampling sites for freshwater fish diversity are listed in Table 2-15
below and shown in a map and Plate 2-4 displays photographs of the actual fishing
activity.
Table 2-15. Coordinates of actual fishing (TSF) stations during freshwater

ecology baseline assessment in Pasig River; July 2018.
WP Code LATITUDE LONGITUDE Location/Remarks
Test Fishing with 1 fisher using cast net; catch
FSH2 N 14.588869° E 120.951266°
composition consists of 3 pcs tilapia, and 1 goby
Test Fishing with 2 fishers using drag net; catch
FSH3 N 14.594735° E 120.959307° composition of approximately 5 kilograms of
assorted fish fingerlings
Actual Fishing with 1 fisher using hook and line;
FSH4 N 14.595692° E 120.968666° catch composition consists of tilapia, big-head carp
(imelda fish), gourami, and janitor fish

Figure 2-85. Location of test fishing activities to document fish biota in the Pasig River during freshwater ecology baseline
assessment in July 2018 (note: Fish Post no. 1 in the map above is a site for actual fishing in the marine ecology survey;
freshwater fish sampling stations are Fish Post 2, 3 and 4); map prepared by Jose Rene Villegas

Plate 2-4. Test fishing in the Pasig River using a cast net (left) and fisher with
gill net and hook and line (right) during freshwater ecology baseline
assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project; July 2018.
2.2.4.2 Results and Discussions
2.2.4.2.1 River Characteristics in sampling stations
All three sampling stations were characterized by murky, turbid waters with heaps of
trash streaming through the current. Ferryboats and barges were docked on the left
bank where concrete walls were built, while shanties were dense in both flanks
(Plate 2-5). River width was widest at 580 m in station 3 near the estuary and
narrowest in the upstream station, at 6.5 m (Table 2-16). Turbidity was measured at
0.38 meters in the upstream station, 0.26 m midstream, and 0.29 m in station 3. Flow
rate was swift - between 0.6 m/s in the estuary to 1.1 m/sec in the narrower
upstream station. In all stations, substrate was comprised intense silt mixed with
garbage, mostly plastic.
Table 2-16. Basic characteristics of river stations surveyed during river

ecology baseline assessment in the Pasig River; July 2018; (Measurements
taken on 23 July 2018 at 1107 to 1155 h during ebb tide).
Relative Flow
Station Location Depth Width Salinity Substrate Color Turbidity
Position Rate
East of Delpan silt/
RVR1 Upstream 6.5m 130m 0 ppt brown 1.1m/s 0.38m
Bridge garbage
West of Delpan
silt/
RVR2 Midstream Bridge across 4.6m 170m 3 ppt brown 0.9m/s 0.26m
garbage
residences
Approaching
Down- estuary silt/
RVR3 1.6m 580m 4 ppt brown 0.6m/s 0.29m
stream connecting to garbage
Manila Bay

Plate 2-5. Images of river stations surveyed in the Pasig River during
freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the New Manila Reclamation
Project; July 2018.
Lower left photo shows diver with substrate sample collected in one of the river
stations comprised of blackish mud and silt.
2.2.4.2.2 Plankton
2.2.4.2.2.1 Phytoplankton Diversity
Phytoplankton are microscopic, free-drifting organisms that are found at the base of
the food chain. They play a key role in the primary production and global nutrient
cycles of the Earth (Daniel 2001) by making up the main producers in any given
water body (Biddanda and Benner 1997). Phytoplankton communities are among the
first group of organisms that respond to environmental changes and therefore their
total abundance, composition and diversity are used as indicators of water quality
(Reynolds et al. 2002; Brettum and Andersen 2005). However, planktons are not
known to proliferate in fast moving lotic environs and the sampling stations chosen
were areas of relatively slow current. Changes in ecological conditions in a stream
often lead to changes in the community structure of planktons and benthic animals.
The phytoplankton community diversity, abundance, and relative composition were

determined in three sampling stations (designated as PLK4, PLK5, and PLK6; along

the Pasig River as a primary impact area for the proposed site of the New Manila
Reclamation Project in Manila Bay across the BASECO compound, City of Manila on
23 July 2018. All sampling stations were set at pre-determined locations by GIS
along the waters of the target river in order to assess and compare the microscopic
biota contained within. These sampling stations are in correlation to the ones set up
along Manila Bay labelled PLK1, PLK2, and PLK3 corresponding marine ecology
baseline assessment for the same proposed project.
Results of laboratory analysis revealed a total density of 7,920 cells/L belonging to

eleven (11) genera that were identified for all sampling stations. The phytoplankton
community in the survey area is comprised of organisms from four major
phytoplankton taxa: Cyanophytes (blue-green algae) with two genera,
Bacillariophytes (diatoms) with five genera, Dinophytes (dinoflagellates) with two
genera, and Chlorophytes (green algae) with two genera as shown in Table 2-17.
Green algae were the most abundant taxonomic group with a total count of 4,760
cells/L accounting for 60% composition. This is followed by diatoms with 2,700
cells/L at 34% composition, next by blue-green algae with 240 cells/L at 3%
composition, and then by dinoflagellates with 220 cells/L also at 3% composition
(Table 2-17 and Figure 2-86).
The green algae Pediastrum spp. was the relatively abundant genera with 4,500
cells/L (57% of the total composition). It is a photoautotrophic,
nonmotile coenobial (fixed number of cells) green algae that inhabits freshwater
environments. Pediastrum colonies are disk-shaped and are characterized
by peripheral hornlike projections. The number of cells per colony varies (2–128)
depending on the species. This genera along with the other recorded green algae,
Scenedesmus spp. (at 260 cells/L – 3.28% composition) are almost exclusively
restricted to freshwater habitats and are important non-marine paleoecological
indicators of the presence of lacustrine environments.
For the diatoms, the centric-forming, Minidiscus spp. was the most abundant in this
group with a total sampling count of 900 cells/L accounting for 11.36% composition
for all recorded organisms. Another centric, chain forming diatom identified was
Chaetoceros spp. with 700 cells/L at 8.84% composition, and is the most abundant
organism in sampling station PLK5. This genera is one of the most widespread and
abundant diatom in marine and brackish habitats worldwide. These are usually found
at a higher abundance than other species due to opportunistic behaviour and a rapid
response to nutrient pulses and water turbulence (Reynolds, 2006). Some studies
suggest that colonies of Chaetoceros serve as an important food source within the
water column and major carbon contributor to the benthic environment.
Other diatoms that contribute to the amassed volume of cells are Achnantes spp.
with 260 cells/L (3.28% of total composition), Melosira spp. with 620 cells/L (7.83%
of total composition), and Skeletonema spp. with 220 cells/L (2.78% of the total

composition). None of these diatoms have been linked with being a toxin carrier.
Commonly found in warm tropical waters, these diatoms provide significant
influences in the overall primary productivity in such marine environments.
Furthermore, these are some of the major food source of filter-feeding shellfish,
which are found along the coastal waters conjoining the survey area.
For the blue-green algae, only two genera have been recorded; Microcystis spp. with
220 cells/L (2.78% of total composition), and Oscillatoria spp. with 20 cells/L (0.25%
of total composition). Microcystis spp. is a genus of freshwater cyanobacteria which
includes the harmful algal bloom Microcystis aeruginosa. The cyanobacteria can
produce neurotoxins and hepatotoxins, such as microcystin and cyanopeptolin.
Blooms of this specific organism can contaminate potable water with microcystin,
which are known to cause liver bleeding. However, identification was only at genus
level and it is not logically to be concluded that the recorded organism would be the
said species. In general, Microcystis is capable of producing large surface blooms
through a combination of rapid division and buoyancy regulation by production of
gas-filled vesicles. Their ability to regulate buoyancy is key to their dominance
of eutrophic waters, by optimally positioning themselves within the photic zone in a
stable water column; and because they can form large surface blooms, they are
capable of out-competing other phytoplankton by essentially monopolizing light in the
photic zone.
As for Oscillatoria spp., this genera is not known to be pathogenic, but some of its
species are capable of secreting anatoxins and microcystins. Anatoxins are known to
interfere with neuron signalling, while microcystins as previously described are
known to cause liver bleeding.
Cell densities that were observed during the sampling were very relatively low as
compared to areas where blooms of these organisms have been reported. However,
the presence of these organisms should not be taken for granted and ignored, as
their population be constantly monitored systematically during all project phases to
prevent negative public health impact brought about by possible blooms of these
species.
Dinoflagellates in this survey have been restricted to only two genera; Ceratium spp.
with 20 cells/L (0.25% of total composition), and Prorocentrum spp. with 200 cells/L
(2.53% of total composition). There are some species-specific organisms associated
with these genera that are also known to be toxin carriers, however as previously
stated, identification was only at the genus level and it is not conclusive to speculate
that said genera would be the harmful ones. Conversely, these dinoflagellates are of
great importance at the base of the food web, as they are sources of nutrients for
larger organisms, and act as predators on smaller organisms such as diatoms.

As described, species-level identification of the mentioned genera was not feasible

as it requires a more powerful microscope such as the Transmission Electron
Microscope (TEM); but for monitoring purposes, the presence of these organisms
should not be taken for granted and ignored, and always be considered as
potentially harmful. Their population should be systematically monitored on a regular
basis during all project phases to prevent negative public health impact brought
about by possible blooms of these species.
Photomicrographs of dominant and common phytoplankton found in the survey area

Table 2-17. Phytoplankton composition, abundance (cells/L), and diversity in

three sampling stations along the Pasig River proximal to the BASECO
Compound during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the New Manila
Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 23 July 2018.
SAMPLING STATIONS
Grand Rel
TAXA PLK4 PLK5 PLK6
Total Abund
(UPSTRM) (MDSTRM) (DNSTRM)
Blue-green Algae (2) 220 20 240 3.03
Microcystis 220 220 2.78
Oscillatoria 20 20 0.25
Diatoms (5) 300 1,700 700 2,700 34.09
Achnanthes 220 40 260 3.28
Chaetoceros 680 20 700 8.84
Melosira 100 300 220 620 7.83
Minidiscus 200 440 260 900 11.36
Skeletonema 60 160 220 2.78
Dinoflagellates (2) 180 40 220 2.78
Ceratium 20 20 0.25
Prorocentrum 180 20 200 2.53
Green Algae (2) 1,760 420 2,580 4,760 60.10
Pediastrum 1,720 300 2,480 4,500 56.82
Scenedesmus 40 120 100 260 3.28
Total Abundance (N) 2,280 2,300 3,340 7,920 100.00
Mean Abundance = 2,640
Total No. of Organisms = 11
Richness 5 8 10
Mean Richness = 8
Diversity (H’) 0.86 1.88 1.03
Evenness (I’) 0.53 0.90 0.45
Note: Genera and associated values highlighted in red characters indicate a potential bio-toxin agent

Figure 2-86. Percentage composition of major phytoplankton groups in three

sampling stations along the Pasig River proximal to the BASECO Compound
during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the New Manila
(A) (B) (C)
(D) (E) (F)
Plate 2-6. Photomicrographs of phytoplankton identified and recorded in three

as RE results for the New Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 23
July 2018.
Top: (A) Chaetoceros spp. (B) Oscillatoria spp. (C) Microcystis spp.; Bottom: (D) Prorocentrum spp.
(E) Pediastrum spp. (F) Scenedesmus spp.

The mean cell density of all phytoplankton in the three sampling stations during this
sampling period was 2,640 cells/L. In terms of spatial distribution, sampling station
PLK6 had the relatively highest abundance with 3,340 cells/L, and also with the most
taxa representation with 10 genera out of the total 11 documented. In contrast, the
relatively lowest phytoplankton density at 2,280 cells/L and the lowest taxa
representation with 5 recorded organisms was attributed to sampling station PLK4.
(Table 2-17 and Figure 2-87). The green algae, Pediastrum spp. was the dominant
organism in sampling stations PLK4 with 1,720 cells/L and PLK6 with 2,480 cells/L.
Sampling station PLK6 is located at the downstream position approaching the

estuarine area where the Pasig River and Manila Bay connects north of the
BASECO Compound, while sampling station PLK5 is at the midstream position
approximately 790m west of Delpan Bridge, and sampling station PLK4 is relatively
proximal to the said bridge at approximately 67m east of the structure along the
upstream position.
During this survey, the concentration for cell abundance as determined in sampling
station PLK6 as compared to sampling station PLK4 may be due to the proximity to
available nutrients by its distance from the compound where several organic and
inorganic matter lay floating on the water surface and/or scattered along the
shoreline, as well as the mixing of saline and brackish waters, and the possibility that
the waters along sampling station PLK4 are so polluted that only the recorded
genera have the resiliency to be tolerant to such conditions.

Figure 2-87. Total and mean phytoplankton abundance and richness recorded
in three sampling stations along the Pasig River proximal to the BASECO
Compound during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed
New Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 23 July 2018.
In reference to Table 2-17, the diversity measurement based on the Shannon-

Weiner Index is low (<2) in all sampling stations; revealing the relatively highest
value of 1.88 attributed to sampling station PLK5, and the lowest diversity value of
0.86 determined to be at sampling station PLK4. In normal conditions for aquatic
biota and the associated habitat, the diversity index value is more than 2.0. Values
above 3.0 indicate that the habitat structure is stable and balanced, while values
midway from 1.0 to 2.0 describe a threatened condition; furthermore, values lower
than 1.0 indicates pollution and degradation of habitat structure (Goncalves and
Menezes, 2011); the Diversity Index however, very rarely exceeds a 4.5 value.
In terms of evenness, the computed index among the three sampling stations was
highly variable ranging with the highest at 0.90 in sampling station PLK5 to the
lowest at 0.45 in sampling station PLK6. This indicates that the numbers of the
phytoplankton community in sampling station PLK5 are not that relatively numerous
to one another, and sampling station PLK6 is not evenly distributed with some
genera overwhelmingly dominating as relative to others, which in this case is
Pediastrum spp. as previously described. It should also be noted that sampling
station PLK6 though having the lowest evenness value had the highest density of
phytoplankton and the highest number of representative genera.
Phytoplankton abundance is highly variable and seasonal, but the diversity

measurements in the two of the three sampling stations is indicative of stressful
conditions caused by a disturbance which may possibly result from factors like high

turbidity and eutrophication within the waters of the Pasig River along with its
exposure to pollutants, which is unfavorable to the proliferation of pollution-tolerant
phytoplankton organisms.
The overall impression from the results obtained in the phytoplankton sampling along
the survey area is poor, with a low number of genera and cell densities; but should
be taken into account - as reflected by the relatively low diversity values, as well as
the inclusion of potentially harmful genera as recorded during the sampling period.
The presence of these pollution indicator organisms should be considered in a
system of periodic monitoring that should be mandatory implemented in all phases of
the project.
2.2.4.2.2.2 Zooplankton Diversity
The zooplankton community diversity, abundance, and relative composition were

determined in the same three sampling stations of phytoplankton (PLK4, PLK5, and
PLK6) along the Pasig River as a primary impact area for the proposed site of the
New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay across the BASECO compound, City
of Manila on 23 July 2018. As previously described, all sampling stations were set at
pre-determined locations by GIS along the waters of the target river in order to
assess and compare the microscopic biota contained within. These sampling
stations are again in correlation to the ones set up along Manila Bay labelled PLK1,
PLK2, and PLK3 corresponding to the same proposed project.
A total of 279,304 ind/m3 distributed among eight zooplankton groups (in adult and
larval forms) were quantified and recorded for all three sampling stations (PLK4-
PLK6) featured in Table 2-18 and as composed of the following:
 Copepods in adult forms; i.e., calanoid (2,666 ind/m3), and cyclopoid

(21,997 ind/m3) - with a collective total of 24,663 ind/m3 at 8.8% composition;
 Other adult forms such as: arcellidae = freshwater protozoans (7,999 ind/m3)
at 2.9% composition, rotifers (17,332 ind/m3) at 6.2% composition, and
ciliates, which is the most abundant group having 170,649 ind/m3 at 61.1%
composition;
 The larval forms of bivalve veligers (1,333 ind/m3) at 0.5% composition,
nauplius, which is the next most abundant group having 52,662 ind/m3 at
18.9% composition; and polychaete trocophores (4,666 ind/m3) at 1.7%
composition.
Overall, the ciliates were the most dominant followed by nauplius larvae, copepods
(collectively) rotifers, arcellidae, polychate trocophores, and other bivalve veligers
(Figure 2-88).

Ciliates are protozoans (or protists) that are characterized by the presence of hair-
like organelles called cilia. The presence of cilia as an organelle for locomotion and
feeding was used as a means to classify these organisms from other protozoans,
such as flagellates, amoeboids, and sporozoans. Although most ciliates are free-
living and aquatic, such as the Paramecium, many are ectocommensals, dwelling
harmlessly on the gills or integument of invertebrates, and some, such as the
dysentery-causing Balantidium, are parasitic. These genera are not however exactly
determined during the laboratory analysis of the water samples collected.
The nauplius larva is the first, free-swimming, planktonic larva of most marine and
some freshwater crustaceans; having no evident segmentation but with only three
pairs of appendages, the first and second antennae (used for swimming), and the
mandibles; along with a single median eye in front of the head. As the nauplius feeds
and grows, it gradually changes into the adult form -the body becomes segmented,
or jointed, and additional limbs develop.
Copepods are the dominant members of zooplankton that serve as major food
sources for fish and other aquatic life. Because of their smaller size and relatively
faster growth rates, and because they are more evenly distributed throughout more
of the world's aquatic forms, copepods almost certainly contribute far more to the
secondary productivity of the world's oceans, and to the global ocean carbon sink
than krill and perhaps more than all other groups of organisms together. As such,
copepods have a significant role in grazing pressure on the phytoplankton
community due to their very high density (Merrel and Stoeker, 1998).
Rotifers, which are found in many different types of water, including waste water,
were mostly confined in sampling stations PLK4 and PLK5. Studies have shown that
these organisms are beneficial in stabilizing organic wastes, stimulating microfloral
activity and decomposition, enhancing oxygen penetration, and recycling mineral
nutrients. Some industrial plants use rotifers and worms as an indicator as to when
to increase the waste load since it means the sludge is getting older
(http://www.environmentalleverage.com/Rotifer.htm).
Ecologically, these dominant groups serve as important links in marine food webs,
serving as major grazers of phytoplankton, as components of the microbial loop, and
as prey for ichthyoplankton and other larger pelagic carnivores (Turner, 2004).
Photomicrographs of zooplankton groups recorded in the survey area are shown in

Plate 2-7.
Table 2-18. Zooplankton composition and abundance (ind/m3) in three


July 2018.
STATIONS
Grand Rel
TAXA PLK4 PLK5 PLK6
Total Abund
(UPSTRM) (MDSTRM) (DNSTRM)
Adult forms (5) 99,989 85,325 35,329 220,643 79.00
Calanoid Copepod 2,666 2,666 0.95
Cyclopoid Copepod 2,666 16,665 2,666 21,997 7.88
Arcellidae 4,666 3,333 7,999 2.86
Ciliate 82,658 57,994 29,997 170,649 61.10
Rotifer 9,999 7,333 17,332 6.21
Larval forms (3) 21,998 36,663 58,661 21.00
Bivalve veliger 1,333 1,333 0.48
Nauplius 21,998 30,664 52,662 18.85
Polychaete trocophore 4,666 4,666 1.67
No. of Rep Groups = 8
Richness (S) 4 5 6
Mean Richness = 5
Diversity (H") 0.63 1.24 1.22
Evenness (I') 0.45 0.77 0.68
Figure 2-88. Percentage composition of major zooplankton groups in three

during freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila

(A) (B) (C)
(D) (E) (F)

Plate 2-7. Photomicrographs of zooplankton identified and recorded in three
July 2018.
Top: (A) Calanoid copepod (B) Cyclopoid copepod (C) Nauplius copepod; Bottom: (D) Ciliates (E)
Rotifer (F) Bivalve veliger
The mean estimate of abundance for the zooplankton community was 93,101 ind/m3
recorded for all three sampling stations during this survey (Figure 2-89). In terms of
spatial distribution, the most number of population counts is attributed to sampling
station PLK5 with a density of 107,323 ind/m3, as dominated by ciliates (57,994
ind/m3). In terms of species richness, sampling station PLK6 had the highest record
of six representative groups out the eight zooplankton groups identified.
In contrast, the relatively lowest zooplankton abundance at 71,992 ind/m3 is

attributed to sampling station PLK6; while the lesser representation in terms of
species richness with four groups is attributed to sampling stations PLK4. In
correlation to the results of the phytoplankton sampling, PLK4 also has the least cell
density and also the least representative genera. This may be due to the
displacement of the plankton communities caused by massive water movement by
current and waves in which conditions are influenced by run-offs due to massive
rains and floods in the past days before the sampling period, or that the waters along
sampling station PLK4 are so polluted that only the recorded genera have the
resiliency to be tolerant to such conditions as previously described.
As discussed in the phytoplankton section, sampling station PLK4 is relatively

proximal to the Delpan Bridge at approximately 67m east of the structure along the
upstream position, while sampling station PLK5 is at the midstream position
approximately 790m west of the structure, and sampling station PLK6 is located at
the downstream position approaching the estuarine area where the Pasig River and
Manila Bay connects north of the BASECO Compound.

Figure 2-89. Total and mean zooplankton abundance and richness in three
In reference to Table 2-18, diversity measurements based on the Shannon-Weiner

Index were again low (<2.0) in all sampling stations. The relatively highest value of
1.24 is attributed to sampling station PLK5, while the relatively lowest at 0.63 was
determined to be at sampling station PLK4. As previously discussed in the
phytoplankton section, diversity index values that are greater than 2.0 indicate
normal conditions for aquatic biota and the associated habitat. Values above 3.0
indicate that the habitat structure is stable and balanced, while values midway from
1.0 to 2.0 describe a threatened condition; furthermore, values lower than 1.0
indicates pollution and degradation occurring in the habitat structure (Goncalves and
In terms of evenness, the computed indices for the three sampling stations was quite
variable and low ranging with the lowest at 0.45 in sampling station PLK4 to the
highest at 0.77 in sampling station PLK5 – which indicates an uneven distribution of
the zooplankton community, due to the dominance of a particular group, which in this
case are the ciliates present with high individual counts in all sampling stations.
It should also be noted that sampling station PLK4 aside from having the lowest
diversity, also has the lowest evenness value, and the lowest number of
representative groups. This is attributed to the absence of any larval forms that may
have contributed to the amassed number of organisms.
The computed diversity and evenness indices indicate that the zooplankton
communities in the area are low based on the Wilhm criteria (1975), classifying the
diversity index <3.0 as low community stability. As an overall impression, the

zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively poor as indicated by a low

number of taxa and abundance during the time of survey.
Zooplankton are one of the most important biotic components influencing all the
functional aspects of any aquatic ecosystem, such as food chains, food webs,
energy flow and cycling of matter (Supritam pal et al.,2015). As an overall
impression, the zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively poor as
indicated by a low number of taxa and abundance for some groups during the time of
survey. There are however no rare or endangered genera or groups in the sampled
zooplankton community, and all are cosmopolitan in distribution worldwide.
The dominant plankton taxa catalogued in the freshwater ecology survey in the
Pasig River is featured in Figure 2-90.
Figure 2-90. Dominant phytoplankton and zooplankton taxa catalogued in three

Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 23 July 2018
2.2.4.2.3 Macrobenthos and Macro-invertibrates collected for food and trade
Communities of macrobenthos provide many ecosystem services that help to

maintain good water and sediment quality. Filter feeders remove particles from the
water column, which may result in enhanced water clarity. Given the importance of
light in shallow water estuarine ecosystems, filter feeding may improve shallow water
habitat for submerged aquatic plants and benthic microalgae. Accordingly, the
changes in benthic species composition and abundances could aid as an alarm

system and even allow the quantification of environmental alterations (Hutchinson,

et.al, 1993). The macrobenthos survey in the Pasig River was conducted on 23 July
2018 covering three sampling stations in the same locations as the plankton
sampling.
A total 727 individuals belonging to six (6) families/classes was identified across all
survey stations. The macrobenthos recorded in this survey was represented by only
(2) major phyla i.e Annelida and Mollusca. Phylum Annelida totally dominated the
macrobenthos community accounting for 81% while phylum Mollusca only
constituted for 19% (Figure 2-91). The polychaetes were the most family rich phyla
which constituted nine (9) families. Among the polychaete families, the family
Ciratulidae was the most abundant which accounted for 31%. Mollusks were
represented by the family Ceritthiidae and Nassaridae. Oligochaetes also contributed
significant number constituting for 25% of the total macrobenthic faunal count. They
were collected in three stations within the river with abundance ranging from 45-91
ind/m3. They usually feed on detritus, using bacteria as a source of nutrients
(Brinkhurst et al., 1972). Some species of this class are considered useful as
sediment quality indicators, owing to their high tolerance of environmental risk
factors, especially the toxic effects of metals and allochthonous pollutants (Marchese
and Ezcurra de Drago, 1999). There are no edible nor economically important taxa
recorded in this survey. The detailed composition, distribution diversity and
abundance of microbenthic community for three stations sampled are shown in
Table 2-19. Images of the most abundant representative macrobenthos taxa are
shown in Plate 2-8.
Figure 2-91. Percent composition of major benthic macroinvertebrates in three

sampling stations in the Pasig River during freshwater ecology assessment in
the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project, 23 July 2018.

Table 2-19. Macrobenthos composition, abundance and distribution in the

three sampling stations in Pasig River during freshwater ecology assessment
in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project, 23 July 2018.
TAXA STATION Grand Rel.
BN4 BN5 BN6 Total Abund.
Phylum Annelida 136 136 318 591 81
Class Oligochaeta 45 45 91 182 25
Class Polychaeta 91 91 227 409 56
Family Ciratullidae 227 227 31
Family Nereididae 91 91 13
Family Phyllocolidae 91 91 13
Phylum Mollusca 136 136 19
Class Gastropoda 136 136 19
Family Cerithiidae 45 45 6
Family Nassaridae 91 91 13
Grand Total 136 136 455 727 100
Richness 2 2 4 4 4
Evenness (I') 0.92 0.92 0.88 0.88 0.88
Diversity (H') 0.64 0.64 1.22 1.22 1.22
The mean abundance in all survey stations was 1,061 ind/m2. Spatially, the highest
benthos concentration was collected in station BN3, the most offshore station with
2,500. It is also the most taxa rich station with 13. The most depauperate stations
was collected in station BN4 and BN5, located in the river. These stations also
recorded low abundance with 136 ind/m2. Diversity based on Shannon-Wiener Index
(H’) was low (<3) with the highest computed value in the BN6 with 1.22 while the
lowest was computed in BN4 and BN5 with 0.64. The index of evenness based on
Pielou’s Index (I’) was not so variable with values ranging from 0.88 to 0.92. The low
abundance, diversity and richness in the stations collected in the river is indicative of
poor sediments and water quality. Also, there were no edible nor economically
important macrobenthos fauna sampled in the three stations during the river survey.
The highlights of dominant macrobenthos taxa catalogued in the freshwater ecology

baseline assessment in the Pasig River is displayed.

Plate 2-8. Images of some soft-bottom benthos taxa identified during the
survey
(A) Capetillidae (polychaete) (B) Glceridae (polychaete) (C) Phyllodicidae (polychaete) (D) Nemertea
(E) Cerithiidae (gastropod) (F) Oligochaete (G) Mytillidae (brown bivalve)
2.2.4.2.4 Commercially Important macro-invertebrates in Pasig River
Opportunistic survey for macro-invertebrates of commercial importance for food or

trade was undertaken to supplement data on macrobenthos survey but no edible
macro-invertebrates were encountered. In the submerged water lilies, the apple snail
(Pomacea canaliculata) – considered an invasive gastropod – was found in a heap
of trash where garbage scavengers were collecting plastic (Plate 2-9). In the rocky
revetments of the Baseco breakwater, only swamp ceriths (Tereblralia palustris) and
nerith shells (Nerita costata) were seen.

Plate 2-9. The invasive “kuhol” was the only macro-invertebrate found in a
patch of water plants mixed with heaps of garbage near one to the river
ecology stations.
Figure 2-92. Dominant macrobenthos catalogued in three sampling stations in

the Pasig River during freshwater ecology assessment in the proposed New
Manila Reclamation Project, 23-24 July 2018.
2.2.4.2.5 Fish Biota
According to key informants, fishing in not being undertaken in the Pasig River
because the strong current carrying various solid waste materials oftentimes result to
net damage and due to the presence of pest species of fish, particularly the knife fish
and janitor fish (Plate 2-10). Nevertheless, the three test fishing operations in the
Pasig River yielded six (6) species of brackishwater species dominated by the
Tilapia (Table 2-20; Plate 2-11).

The catch per unit effort is modest but included pest species. The drag net in test
fishing station 2 caught 5 kg of Tilapia fingerlings mixed with sardines (CPUE = 5
kg/hour), three (3) pcs Tilapia or Tikapia were caught in station 1 after 1 hour of
fishing (CPUE: 0.6 kg/hour) and four (4) kg of Tilapia, carp and janitor fish in station
3 in 2 hours of fishing time (CPUE=2kg/hour).
The catch diversity is tabulated in Table 2-21 and shown in Plate 2-11.
Plate 2-10. Pest fish species caught in the Pasig River – knife fish and janitor
fish. Both emanates from Laguna Lake.
Table 2-20. Diversity of finfish caught during actual fishing documentation and
key informant interviews in the three survey stations in the Pasig River during
freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
Reclamation Project; July 2018.
Common IUCN Red
Family Species Name Local Name
Name List Status
1. Gobiidae Not
Glossogobiussp Biya Goby
assessed
2. Anabantidae Data
Anabas testudineus Puyo/Bakang Gourami
deficient
3. Cichlidae Least
Oreochromisnilotica Tilapia Tilapia
concern
4. Cyprinidae Hypophthalmichthys Data
“Imelda fish” Bighead carp
nobilis deficient
5. Sardinella Blacktip Least
Sardinella melanura Lupoy
sardinella concern
6. Channidae Channa striata Dalag Snakehead Least
concern

Plate 2-11. Diversity of finfish caught during actual fishing documentation and
key informant interviews in the three survey stations in the Pasig River during
freshwater ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
Reclamation Project; July 2018
Table 2-21. Diversity and catch per unit effort (CPUE) of finfish caught during
actual fishing documentation in the Pasig River during freshwater ecology
baseline assessment; July 2018.
No.
Test Catch Species
Gear used of Yield CPUE
Fishing Composition
hours
3 pcs ≈ 500
1 Cast net 1 Tilapia; Goby .5 kg/hr
grams
Drag net Tilapia, sardines, knife 5
2 1 5 kg
(salap) fish kg/hour
Oreochromis sp, Imelda
3 Hook and line 2 4 kg. 2 kg/hr
fish”, janitor fish, guorami
2.2.4.3.1 Threat to existence and or loss of important local species and habitat
There were no rare or endemic zooplankton species recorded in the area and
majority of the zooplankton groups are generally common and cosmopolitan in
distribution. The invasive and predatory knife fish and janitor fish found in the Pasig
River most probably crossed from Laguna Lake where they first appeared. Both
species are not endemic to the Philippines but were introduced principally through
the aquarium trade. None of the fish species catalogued are reported as threatened.
In the same manner, none of the macrobenthos and fish species are listed in the
IUCN’s Red List, all of which were rated as either ‘not assessed’ or ‘least concern’.
There are no endemic plankton species catalogued in the three sampling stations.

2.2.4.3.2 Threats to abundance, frequency and distribution of species
2.2.4.3.2.1 Fish and Crustacean Species
The operation of the reclamation project poses no significant threats to the

abundance of fish and crustacean stocks in the estuary of the Pasig River. In the first
place, the current stocks are already low due to highly silted waters and almost
anaerobic condition of the benthic river environment. There are no project impacts
that would significantly alter breeding grounds and crustaceans, or impair fish
feeding as project operations will not contribute to effluents already extremely
present in the river. The anthropogenic issues that can cause a reduction in diversity
and standing stock of finfish and crustaceans in the Pasig River estuary where they
mostly occur will include wastewater contamination from many point sources, and
predation of the highly invasive knife fish. Grazing of fish in the estuary will remain
viable as sediments from reclamation activities are unlikely to add considerable silt to
the existing silted and impaired condition of the river.
2.2.4.3.2.2 Planktons and macrobenthos
There are no major threats to the existence of plankton communities in the river
arising from plant operations. Threats to the plankton community may be caused by
the intrusion of fugitive sediments along the estuary of the river during low tide which
can contribute to the already turbid conditions of the river. Immense amounts of
sediments in the water column can reduce light penetration depth, and thus
hampering photosynthetic activities of the phytoplankton and the grazing habits of
zooplankton, as well as fish juveniles. However, it is important to note that these
effects are relatively short-term once these mechanical activities has been
completed, and measures have then been set to prevent further disturbance during
regular operations. An increase in turbidity may be also caused by natural processes
such as turbulent waves during typhoons and monsoons, regardless of such said
activities in the area. In addition, most of the plankton species include toxic and
cosmopolitan species. Plankton communities are however resilient, and its
population could replenish from the relatively abundant plankton community located
offshore or in adjacent areas due to advection as facilitated by water circulation, tidal
forcing, and current systems in the water body. There may also be a replacement for
niches from displaced plankton with the proliferation of existing tolerant organisms. It
is therefore highly recommended to minimize the affected area of any turbid water
that may be caused by pollutants or displaced silt/mud and sediments once the
reclaimed land is formed. An efficient and periodic monitoring system should also be
implemented in all phases of the planned project and its underlying activities.

2.2.4.3.2.3 Macro-invertebrates
There is no threat to mussel populations in the Baseco area as sediments from

reclamation activities will be effectively controlled and is unlikely to reach mussel
colonies. Moreover, mussels are mostly collected from the hulls of barges docked in
the Baseco breakwater.
2.2.4.3.2.4 Presence of pollution indicators species
Plankton blooms are normally indicators of hyper-organic nutrient loading and have
been documented to cause harmful algal blooms (HABs) in the Philippines. In many
cases, increased nutrient loading through sediment transport has been observed to
be a more likely pathway for occurrence of HABs in coastal areas but there are no
records of river contamination from algal blooms. Currently, the densities of plankton
groups observed in the three river stations investigated for plankton community
structure do not indicate proportions that can risk the occurrence of HABs. However,
at least three plankton taxa were identified in the samples that are known to be toxin
carriers- Microcystis spp., Ceratium spp. and Prorocentrum spp. Microcystis spp. is a
genus of freshwater cyanobacteria which includes the harmful algal
bloom Microcystis aeruginosa. The cyanobacteria can
produce neurotoxins and hepatotoxins, such as microcystin and cyanopeptolin.
Blooms of this species specific organism can contaminate potable water with
microcystin, which are known to cause liver bleeding. The latter two dinoflagellate
taxa, on the other hand, include some species that are biotoxin carriers.
One pollution-tolerant genera observed in this survey is the blue-green algae

Oscillatoria spp., that were found to occur in the downstream sampling station albeit
in relatively small number. This genera is not known to be pathogenic, but some of
its species are capable of secreting anatoxins and microcystins. Cell densities that
were observed during the sampling were very relatively low as compared to areas
where blooms of these organisms have been reported. However, the presence of
these organisms should be constantly monitored
Macrobenthos makes up a large component of benthic community, and mediate the

ecosystem processes such as the sediment decomposition (Covich et al 2004).
Combined with their relatively sedentary lifestyles such as long life-cycles and poor
mobility, macrobenthos respond to environmental changes via community-related
variations including species composition, diversity, abundance, and biomass
(Koperski 2010). Thus, macrobenthos commonly serve as useful bio-indicators for
aquatic environment monitoring and assessment in river, marine and lake
ecosystem. Epibenthic fauna (macroinvertebrates or macrobenthos), on the other
hand, serve a number of ecosystem roles at various levels of the food chain, ranging
from consumers of plant material to prey for fish. Macro-invertebrates are good

integrators of environmental conditions over time and can be used as indicators of

heavy metal pollution, especially sessile, filter-feeding macro-invertebrates. Shellfish
species such as oysters and epibenthic bivalves can be utilized for biotoxin analysis,
including detection of cyanide in bivalve tissue. However, the low diversity of
epibenthic and infaunal benthos in the sampling areas already indicate a highly
polluted and stressed riverine environment. Moreover, no population of bivalves and
gastropods – except for the invasive “kuhol” - have been observed in all the river
stations.
In the macrobenthos survey, the presence of nine (9) family taxa of polychaetes
indicates an abnormal condition and these annelid worms normally suggest a highly
polluted environment.
2.2.5 Marine Ecology
The New Manila Reclamation Project is proposed to be established in a 407.42-

hectare inshore portion of Manila Bay southwest of the Baseco compound and about
1.5 kilometers southwest of the mouth of the Pasig River.
A comprehensive baseline assessment of the primary and secondary impact area of

the proposed Project was conducted as part of the overall Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) study associated with the establishment of the project. The survey
was conducted in the broader coastal impact area of the proposed reclamation
project as well as in the downstream section of the Pasig River in order to identify
and describe occurrence of benthic habitats and ecological niches that may be
present in the reclamation area, as well as associated ecosystem functions that can
be susceptible to anthropogenic disturbances arising from the project. The
characterization of susceptible benthic resources, if any are present in the impact
area, will enable informed decision-making and provide valuable data from where
mitigating measures can be drawn. Moreover, the baseline data set can provide a
comparable index from where future monitoring data can be comparatively analyzed
in order to distinguish impacts of the project and effectiveness of mitigating
measures.
Essentially, the survey aimed to validate presence or absence of coral reef habitats
or similar benthic life forms, other fragile ecological habitats and associated marine
species of fish in survey pathways distributed across the entire reclamation area in
order to identify whether such ecological components can be displaced or damaged
by potential issues arising from the project’s activities. The sampling stations and
survey pathways were guided withy GPS- referenced coordinates after preliminary
analysis of maps showing the location of the reclamation site and its approximate
boundaries.

In the last several years, various marine ecology baseline assessments have been
conducted for similar reclamation projects, including the Manila Goldcoast
reclamation project, the Manila Waterfront Reclamation project west of the proposed
New Manila Reclamation Project, and the Navotas reclamation project northwest of
the proposed site. Results from these studies, including those located in Pasay and
Parañaque revealed the absence of coral reefs in a benthic environment comprised
of thick silt, mud and fine grains of sand emanating from the metropolis and Pasig
River. Nearshore areas of the Bay, including the proposed reclamation site, has
been subjected to heavy deposition of sediments, domestic wastewaters and solid
wastes wantonly disposed into Manila Bay or carried through canals from
communities and slums in the city. In particular, coastal areas west and northwest of
the Pasig River delta are viewed as major sinks for sediments resulting to
decreasing depths in portions of near-shore seawater. Pre-survey interviews with
local residents in Baseco confirmed that the nearshore areas are largely devoid of
significant benthic communities and coastal waters are immensely turbid due to
domestic wastewater and heavy sediment loading.
Plate 2-12. The proposed reclamation area taken from its outermost boundary
(right); coastal area fronting the proposed reclamation (left).

Figure 2-93. The proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay.

2.2.5.1 Methodology
Standard scientific survey methods prescribed in the marine survey manual

formulated by English, et. al. (1997) was employed, but these modified due to the
turbid waters in Manila Bay and the absence of corals and seagrass colonies. The
scope of the assessment includes the following:
2.2.5.1.1 Validation of presence or absence of benthic life forms - corals and coral-
associated fauna and define the nature of the benthic environment.
Two methods were employed to characterize benthic habitats, characterize the

nature of the seabed and substrate, collect sample sediments and validate the
presence or absence of coral life forms and associated benthic habitats:
a. Broad area manta tows with tuck dives aided by underwater torch
Manta tow surveys enable the observation of the benthic environment and
substrate composition through systematic snorkeling over a broad swath of
coastal area. Manta tow is the most common method used in describing large
areas as it allows the observer to accurately observe and pinpoint diverse
habitats and document unique ecological attributes that can be subjected to
finer assessments along the tow pathways. Due to turbid waters, modified
manta tows with ‘tuck dives’ using a torpedo buoy and aided by underwater
torch was used to discern whether coral reef or its rugosity is present in
shallow waters. In deeper waters, validation dives using scuba was employed.
To the extent possible the entire stretch of nearshore shallow waters where
the reclamation island is proposed to be located was subjected to intensive
manta tows with tuck dives and scuba validation dives totaling twenty twenty-
five (25) contiguous tows covering a linear distance of 6.4 km (Table 2-22).
Benthic observations on the seabed during the manta tow observations also
aimed to locate seagrass beds and macro algal colonies if they occur in the
area, as well as document diversity of demersal fish aggregations if such
resources are encountered.
Table 2-22. Manta tow track lengths and total tow distance surveyed during
marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation
Project; July 2018
Track Length (m) Track Length (m)
S00-T01 210 T13-T14 248
T01-T02 223 T14-T15 271
T02-T03 223 T15-T16 294
T03-T04 245 T16-T17 255
T04-T05 259 T17-T18 257

Track Length (m) Track Length (m)

T05-T06 257 T18-T19 259
T06-T07 279 T19-T20 272
T07-T08 270 T20-T21 240
T08-T09 253 T21-T22 261
T09-T10 245 T22-T23 260
T10-T11 268 T23-T24 259
T11-T12 258 T24-T25 296
T12-T13 248
Total Length = 6,410m ~ 6.4km
b. Spot Dives
In as much as coastal waters in Manila Bay are turbid, the survey team
undertook periodic validation/spot dives in order to confirm that no benthic
fauna occur in the vicinity of the muddy substrates observed in the manta tow
pathways. A total of six (6) spot/validation dives were completed (Plate 2-13).
The spot dives involved the inspection of the benthic condition over a 10-
meter diameter radius around the spot dive points. Coordinates of the spot
dives are listed in
Table 2-23 below. In the same stations, the nature of sediment and substrate
were documented and samples were obtained.
Table 2-23. Coordinates of spot dive stations and sediment collection for
benthic substrate characterization in the proposed 407-hectare New Manila
Reclamation Project in Manila Bay; July 2018.
WP
Latitude Longitude Remarks
Code
Survey conducted in a 10m radius from
N E
SPD1 obtained coordinates. Substrate primarily
14.569322° 120.936312°
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
N E
14.579317° 120.935661°
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
N E
14.579743° 120.944152°
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
N E
14.569200° 120.947316°
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
N E
14.576875° 120.950039°
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
SPD6 N E Survey conducted in a 10m radius from

WP
Latitude Longitude Remarks
Code
14.587884° 120.951522° obtained coordinates. Substrate primarily
DARK GRAY SILT=100%
Plate 2-13. Manta tows and spot dives being undertaken during marine ecology
baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project; July 2018.
2.2.5.1.2 Fisheries and Fishing Practices
In the absence of significant demersal fish stocks in the proposed reclamation area
due to absence of coral reefs and seagrass meadows, very few fishers, mostly in
small 5-HP boats were seen operating in the area, employing small gill nets and
spear. Gleaners were also collecting mussels in the ‘north breakwater’. Unproductive
fisheries has caused fishers with larger boats to fish farther offshore in the mouth of
Manila Bay where frigate tuna, teraponids, nemipterids and sardines can still be
caught. The fishing grounds are 0.5 to 2 km from the shoreline of the Baseco area
locally called ‘Gasangan”. Fishers were also fishing with the use of handlines and
poles in the rocky revetments in ‘Gasangan” (please see Plate 2-14). Similarly, in
the absence of reef-associated fish assemblages, identification of pelagic fish
species present in the area at the time of survey was undertaken through boat-based
opportunistic observations of species of fish along the survey pathways. Catch rate
and catch composition were investigated through observation of actual catch landing
of two fishers using bottom set gill net and an actual fishing operation using simple
handlines was observed.
The details of actual fishing documentation listed in Table 2-24.

Table 2-24. Coordinates of actual fishing (AFS) catch documentation during

the marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
WP Code Fishing ground Remarks
Name of fisher: Bernardino Arogante – age 38;
Gasangan, (0.5 to 1.0 km Method of fishing: Bottom-set Gill net – no. 7 mesh x 25
AFS1
from shoreline) mm monofilament nylon; Length – (15 banata)1,200
meters long; Fishing area:
Name of fisher: Ricky Ayade - age 30, married with 4
Fishing area:
children – 15 years in fishing; method of fishing: bottom-
AFS2 Gasangan / baras (0.5 to 2.0
set gill net no. 7 mesh x 25 mm mono filament nylon;
km from shoreline)
Length – (8 Banata) or 650 meters long;
Gasangan breakwater- Name of fisher: Mario Cahulugan; Hook and line fishing
AFS3 N 14.573666°, along the break-water dike; Spends 2 -3 hours fishing
E 120.955679° per day for food consumption; bait- small tahong/ mussel
Figure 2-94. Manta tow pathways surveyed during the marine ecology baseline
assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay on
23-25 July 2018 (map by Jose Rene Villegas).

Figure 2-95. Location of spot dive stations surveyed during the marine ecology
baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in
Manila Bay; 23-25 July 2018 (map by Jose Rene Villegas).
Figure 2-96. Location of actual fishing documentation during the marine

ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
in Manila Bay; 23-25 July 2018 (map by Jose Rene Villegas).

2.2.5.1.3 Plankton Community
Composition, abundance and density of phytoplankton communities was analyzed

from water samples taken in three (3) stations spread out across the proposed
reclamation area. Three other stations were sampled in the Pasig River which
discussed separately in this report. Plankton samples were collected using a-20 μm
plankton net with a mouth diameter of 0.3m (Plate 2-14). In every station, the
plankton net was lowered at 1m and hauled at a rate of about 0.5m/sec. Duplicate
samples of zoo- and phytoplankton were collected for each station and placed in
properly labeled plastic containers. Phytoplankton samples were preserved with
Lugol’s solution, while samples of zooplankton were fixed with 10% formalin
immediately after collection. For phytoplankton samples, a 1ml aliquot subsample
was placed in a Sedgewick-Rafter cell counter and was examined under a Nikon
Alphaphot II YS2 microscope. For zooplankton samples, a 1ml aliquot subsample
was placed in a Petri dish with grids and examined under a microscope.
Phytoplankton will be counted and identified to the lowest taxonomic level (genera)
possible using standard taxonomic guide. Zooplankton will be identified to major
groups using available references. Analysis of diversity and abundance was
undertaken employing the Shannon-Weaver Diversity/Evenness Indices and bio-
assessment metrics. Identification of harmful algal bloom-causing plankton (HAB)
was undertaken in the UP MSI laboratory. The plankton station coordinates are
detailed in Table 2-25 and a map of station location.
Table 2-25. Coordinates of plankton sampling stations surveyed in the

proposed New Manila Reclamation Project during marine ecology baseline
assessment; July 2018.
WP
LATITUDE LONGITUDE Remarks
Code
Approx 160m offshore from the outermost shoreline of
the BASECO Compound. Dominant phytoplankton
PLK1 N 14.586168° E 120.954889°
Dinophysis spp. at 1,640 cells/L, while dominant
zooplankton are nauplius larvae at 140,653 indiv/m3
Approx 1.5m offshore from the outermost shoreline of
PLK2 N 14.577931° E 120.945722°
Dinophysis spp. at 6,900 cells/L, while dominant
zooplankton are nauplius larvae at 147,985 indiv/m3
Approx 2.9km offshore from the outermost shoreline of
PLK3 N 14.569033° E 120.935945°
Peridinium spp. at 600 cells/L, while dominant
zooplankton are cyclopoid copepods at 88,658 indiv/m3

Plate 2-14. Plankton sampling during marine ecology baseline assessment in

the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay
Plankton sampling conducted (left); right photo shows a female fisher in the breakwater of Baseco
compound 330 meters away from the boundary of the reclamation site.

Figure 2-97. Location of plankton sampling stations

(together with river plankton sampling stations- stations 4, 5 and 6) surveyed during marine
and river ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project;
July 2018 (map by Jose Rene Villegas).
2.2.5.1.4 Macrobenthos
Three benthos sampling station were investigated. Soft-bottom substrates are rich in
dissolved nutrients, plankton, and organic debris, and under normal conditions,
usually sustain large communities of in-faunal and benthic invertebrates. In many
coastal areas, the bivalves and gastropods that inhabit such tidal flats provide an
abundant food source (e.g. ark shells, spider shells) for the community through
gleaning during ebb tides. Soft bottom benthos supports a diverse food chain in the
demersal marine environment. Identification of benthic and epi-benthic soft bottom
benthos was undertaken through grab sampling in four stations around the proposed
project site and identification of animals was undertaken through coarse sorting in-
situ. The location of the six (6) benthos sampling stations is shown in Figure 2-98
Station coordinates are listed in Table 2-26.
Table 2-26. Coordinates of sampling stations for macrobenthos communities

surveyed in the impact area of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project;
July 2018.
WP
Code
Same location as PLK1. Total Density = 1,273
BNT1 N 14.586168° E 120.954889° individuals with F Capetillidae (polychaete worms)
dominant @ 364 individuals

WP
Code
BNT2 N 14.577931° E 120.945722° individuals with F Glyceridae (blood worms) dominant @
500 individuals
BNT3 N 14.569033° E 120.935945° individuals with P Nemertea (ribbon worms) dominant @
500 individuals
Figure 2-98. Location of benthos community sampling stations surveyed

during marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
2.2.5.1.5 Macro-Invertebrates of commercial significance
Benthic and in-faunal invertebrates are usually found in inter-tidal flats, seagrass and
coral substrates but these habitats do not exist in the nearshore area of Manila Bay
close to the proposed reclamation project. However, the survey team encountered
gleaners of mussels along the edge of rocky revetments in the western Baseco
coastline, 330 meters from the proposed reclamation area. Mussels were the only
species being collected. In the project site itself, no macro-invertebrates were
encountered.
2.2.5.1.6 Seagrass and Associated Macrobenthic Algae
Manta tows and spot dives revealed absence of seagrass meadows in the muddy
shelf in coastal waters inside the proposed reclamation site.

2.2.5.1.7 Mangroves
Two (2) mangrove reforestation areas are located in the coastline of Barangay 649,
or what is more popularly known as “Gasangan”. The older site is about 10 meters
long by 4 meters wide; the new reforested area is allegedly about 800 square
meters. Mangroves are patchy and far between; with surviving trees measuring 1 to
1.5 meters in height. The species planted included Rhizopora mucronata and
Candelia candel (Plate 2-16). Planted 2 years ago, it is noticeable that the growth of
Candelia candel is stunted as it was introduced in the area compared to Avicennia
marina that is an endemic species and used to be free-growing in the area. The
mangrove areas, littered with trash from nearby communities, were too small to
require detailed assessment. Both sites are nearly 1 km away from the boundary of
the proposed reclamation site.
The location of the mangrove reforestation areas is mapped in Figure 2-99.
Plate 2-15. Mangrove reforestation area with sparse trees and stunted Candelia
candel species in Barangay 649, Baseco, Manila.

Figure 2-99. Location of mangrove reforestation plots in the Baseco compound

near the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project; July 2018 (map by Jose
Rene Villegas).
Plate 2-16. Mangrove reforestation area with sparse trees and stunted Candelia
candel species in Barangay 649, Baseco, Manila
2.2.5.2 Results and discussion
2.2.5.2.1 Benthic resources and substrate characterization
Corals and seagrass communities, including macro-algae and similar habitats were
completely absent in the 6.5 kilometers of benthic observation pathways, spot dives,
sediment collection and systematic snorkeling across the proposed reclamation
area. The entire benthic environment is composed of thick mud and silt and fine
sand mixed with trash (Table 2-27, Plate 2-17). Other associated benthic life forms

that are normally tolerant of polluted conditions – sea pens, sponges and ascidians,
have not been encountered in the exhaustive scuba underwater observations
undertaken during the survey. Rocks, coralline boulders, or artificial reef structures
were also absent in the entire proposed reclamation site. The spot dives and
sediment collection in six stations revealed that the bottom substrate in the proposed
reclamation site is comprised of loose silt and mud deposits, occurring in all areas
investigated with scuba (Figure 2-102). Polluted and turbid waters, exacerbated by
extensive sediment loading from the Pasig River, are among the causative factors
that prevent settlement of corals and similar habitat types. Poor water quality and
extremely turbid conditions is unlikely to support coral settlement and growth. In
addition, the substrate in the sea bottom is smothered with thick silt and sediment
deposits which are not conducive to anchorage of coral planulae and macro-algal
communities, including seagrass. In a condition like this, settlement of coral recruits
and seagrass cannot possibly occur.
Plate 2-17. Extremely turbid waters blurry underwater photos of the bottom
substrate in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
Top photo shows diver with “black” sediments collected in one of the spot dives images taken on July
2018 during marine ecology baseline assessment.
Table 2-27. Tabulated results of twenty-five (25) manta tow benthic life form
and substrate investigations with spot dives and “tuck dives” undertaken
during the marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
Offshore waters of Manila Bay southwest of
Site name: Observers:
BASECO Compound, City of Manila NCR

Time / Date: 0922H-1346H / 24 July 2018 1. Ronald Pocon

Tow Speed: 4.0 kmh (ave) 2. Ernie Fontamillas
Visibility: Varying from ±30cm 3. Rene Villegas
Weather: Overcast with cloud layers
Wave: Strong rolling crests of approx. ±1.3m
Current: Varying from mild to lightly strong
Lowering (1.01m to 0.28m) as ref from
Tide: Manila, Philippines Tidal Station
(WXTIDE32)
Water Temp: Approx. ±28°C
Wind Speed: Beaufort Scale #2
Cloud Type(s): Nimbus Clouds
Tow Location
LHC SC DC DCA R S Remarks
Coverage [DecDeg]
N 14.569322°
S00 E - - - - - - Start of Tow
120.936312°
N 14.571177°
Predominantly dark gray
S00-T01 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.935902°
N 14.572998°
T01-T02 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.935021°
N 14.574975°
T02-T03 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.934540°
N 14.577185°
T03-T04 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.934660°
N 14.579317°
T04-T05 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.935661°
N 14.581216°
T05-T06 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.937023°
N 14.582650°
T06-T07 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.939145°
N 14.582999°
T07-T08 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.941629°
N 14.581914° Predominantly dark gray
T08-T09 0 0 0 0 0 100
E silt and garbage

120.943711°
N 14.579743°
T09-T10 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.944152°
N 14.577340°
T10-T11 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.944032°
N 14.575014°
T11-T12 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.943952°
N 14.572805°
T12-T13 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.944392°
Tow Location
LHC SC DC DCA R S Remarks
Coverage [DecDeg]
N 14.570790°
T13-T14 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.945394°
N 14.569200°
T14-T15 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.947316°
N 14.568968°
T15-T16 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.950039°
N 14.570363°
T16-T17 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.951922°
N 14.572650°
T17-T18 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.952282°
N 14.574859°
T18-T19 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.951481°
N 14.576875°
T19-T20 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.950039°
N 14.578852°
T20-T21 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.949118°
N 14.581178°
T21-T22 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.948718°
T22-T23 N 14.583503° 0 0 0 0 0 100 Predominantly dark gray

E silt and garbage

120.949038°
N 14.585674°
T23-T24 E 0 0 0 0 0 100
silt and garbage
120.949959°
N 14.587884° Predominantly dark gray
T24-T25 E 0 0 0 0 0 100 silt and garbage; End of
120.951522° Tow
Average Reef and
0 0 0 0 0 100
Substrate Composition
• Tow points are expressed in Decimal Degrees WCS notation with reference to WGS84 Map
Datum
• Reef and Substrate composition are expressed in (%) and described as follows:
Live Hard Coral (LHC) - coverage of stony or hard corals on the bottom or part of the bottom
Live Soft Coral (SC) - coverage of soft corals attached to the bottom
Dead Coral (DC) - recently dead coral still attached and recognizable at the bottom in original upright position, color usually
white with no living tissue
Dead Coral with Algae (DCA) - corallites still visible, skeletal structure can still be seen but algae dominate the structure (often
appears greenish to brownish)
Coral Rubble/Rock (CR) - loose broken fragments of stony corals, consolidated hard bottom or large blocks of hard reef
materials not attached or easily moved around sand/silt (s)
Figure 2-100. Results of twenty five benthic observation tows revealed

complete absence of corals or other benthic habitats of similar nature in the
proposed New Manila Reclamation Project.

Figure 2-101. Results of spot dives for benthic observations in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila
Bay surveyed during the marine ecology baseline assessment in July 2018 revealed silt and mud across the entire
reclamation project site; (map prepared by Jose Rene Villegas).

Figure 2-102. Results of spot dives and sediment collection in six stations in
the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay surveyed during
the marine ecology baseline assessment on July 2018 show silt and muddy
substrate in all stations
The same results were recorded in similar reclamation projects. Mud and silt were
catalogued in all survey stations in the proposed New Manila Waterfront
Reclamation Project south of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
surveyed in September 2017) and in the proposed Navotas Reclamation Project
surveyed in October 2017 where all manta tow stations exhibited mud and silt in the
benthic environment.

Figure 2-103. Results of spot dives surveys in the proposed Manila Waterfront
City Reclamation Project in Manila Bay surveyed during the EIA baseline
assessment in September 2017.
Figure 2-104. Results of manta tow surveys in the proposed Navotas

Reclamation Project in Manila Bay surveyed during the EIA baseline
assessment on October 2017.

2.2.5.2.2 Fish Communities and Species Richness
In the absence of coral reefs, fish visual census was no longer undertaken as no
significant stocks of demersal fish species were encountered in the manta tows and
spot dives. The absence of demersal fish species in the reclamation area and
contiguous environs is an offshoot of the absence of ecologically important benthic
habitats and ecosystem functions that can support a viable level of demersal fish
population. However, observations of actual fishing catch landings indicate the
presence of resilient target species of at least twelve (12) species of fish such as
small trevally (Carangidae), teraponids (e.g., Terapon jarbua), mojarras (Gerres
filamentous), and mullet (Mugil spp) which are normally found in brackishwater and
feeds on detritus, small fish and zoobenthos. Sustenance fishing is also being
undertaken in piled rocks in the Gasangan breakwater, 330 meters away from the
reclamation site. Boat-based observations also point to the presence of small
aggregations of pelagic fish, including sardines (Sardinella spp) and gizzard shad
(Anodontostoma chacunda). Anecdotal accounts of fishers interviewed during the
survey claiming declining catch rates are supported by fish production statistics
reported by the Bureau of Agricultural Statistics on municipal fisheries production of
top species caught in Manila Bay. In the six year period from 2008 to 2013, eight (8)
out of fourteen (14) species of fish traditionally caught in the greater Manila Bay
exhibit continuous regression. These include demersal species of breams, snappers
and goatfish. Production of sardines however, shows a steady increase (Philippine
Statistics Authority (PSA); Fisheries Statistics of the Philippines, Volume 24, 2016).
The list of species commonly caught in fishing grounds allegedly 0.5 to 2 km from
the shoreline of Baseco is presented in Table 2-28 (also please see Plate 2-18). All
of the species caught are listed as either “not evaluated” or “least concern” in CITES.
Table 2-28. Common fish species caught in Bacoor Bay as observed during
marine ecology baseline assessment on 03 August 2017.
English name Local name Scientific name
Nile Tilapia Tilapia Oreochromis nilotica
Milkfish Bangus Chanos chanos
Flathead mullet Banak Mugil cephalos
Long-arm mullet Aligasin Valamugil cunnessius
Gizzard shad Kabansi Anodontostoma chacunda
Spotted mojarras Latab Gerres filamentosus
Rabbitfish Danngit Siganus sp.
Trevally Talakitok Carangoides sp
Spadefish Kitang Scatophagus argus
Sardines Tamban Sardinella aurita
Ponyfish Sap-sap Leiognathus spp
Common whiting Asohos Sillago sihama
Four (4) gear types are operated in the area, the most common are the spear fishing
(Pana), single handline (Bingwit), bottom set encircling gillnet (Pante palubog’) and

fishing with the use of compressor for the collection of mussel (Boso – an illegal
method). The small pelagic species sardinella (Sardinella aurita) or Tamban and
Flathead mullet (Mugil cephalos) or Banak, as well as the dominant fish Nile tilapia
(Oreochromis nilotica) is the most common species occurring near the breakwater
of Baseco. Catch rates of three groups of fishers documented as they were landing
their catch in the Gasangan area indicate a modest level, shown in Table 2-29.
Table 2-29. Catch composition and catch per unit effort of fishers documented
during catch landing in the Baseco area; July 2018
Average
WP Catch
Fishing gear/fishing ground Catch rate CPUE
Code Composition
fishing time
Fisher KI: Bernardino Arogante – mojarras, tilapia, 0.833 kg/fishing
age 38; Method of fishing: 5 to 10 kg mullet, milkfish, hour/boat
Bottom-set Gill net length – 15 In 12 hours; ponyfish, snapper, (lean season)
AFS1
banata/1,200 meters long; Up to 25kg in rabbitfish, 1.6 kg/fishing
Fishing area: Gasangan, (0.5 to peak season theraponid, flying hour/boat (peak
1.0 km from shoreline) fish season)
Name of fisher: Ricky Ayade -
age 30, married with 4 children –
0.66kg/fishing
15 years in fishing; method of 3to 5 kg (lean);
hour/boat
fishing: bottom-set gill net no. 7 8 to 20 Kg tilapia, mullet,
(lean season)
AFS2 mesh x 25 mm mono filament peak/”jackpot” snapper, rabbitfish,
2.33
nylon; Length – (8 Banata) or 650 6 hours fishing theraponid, shark
kg/hour/boat
meters long; time
(peak season)
Fishing area: Gasangan / baras
(0.5 to 2.0 km from shoreline)
Name of fisher: Mario Cahulugan;
0.33 kg/fishing
Hook and line fishing along the
mojarras, tilapia, time in the
breakwater dike; Spends 2 -3 1 to 3 kg/3
AFS3 mullet, rabbitfish, Gasangan
hours fishing per day for food hours
theraponid, asohos breakwater (no
consumption; bait-small
fishing boat)
tahong/mussel

Plate 2-18. Catch composition of small-scale fishers in the vicinity of the

proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
TOP ROW , MULLET, MOJARRAS, PNYFISH; BOTTOM: CAVALLA, THERAPON, COMMON WHITING
2.2.5.2.3 Plankton Diversity
2.2.5.2.3.1 Phytoplankton Diversity
The phytoplankton community diversity, abundance, and relative composition were

determined in three sampling stations (PLK1, PLK2, and PLK3) along the proposed
site of the New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay across the BASECO
compound, City of Manila on 24 July 2018. All sampling stations were set at pre-
determined locations by GIS along the marine waters in the said survey area in order
to assess and compare the microscopic biota contained within.
Results of laboratory analysis revealed a total density of 20,740 cells/L belonging to

16 genera that were identified for all sampling stations. The phytoplankton
community in the survey area is comprised of organisms from two major
phytoplankton taxa: Bacillariophytes (diatoms) with 10 genera, and Dinophytes
(dinoflagellates) with six genera as shown in Table 2-30. Dinoflagellates were the
most abundant taxonomic group with a total count of 17,080 cells/L accounting for
82% composition; while the diatoms had 3,660 cells/L at 18% composition (Table
2-30 and Figure 2-105).
The cosmopolitan dinoflagellate, Dinophysis spp., was the relatively abundant

genera with 9,100 cells/L (44% of the total composition). Species of this genera are
known to produce toxins that cause DSP - Diarrheic Shellfish Poisoning (FAO,
2004). It is thus associated with “red tide” phenomena that results to mass mortality
of fish in the Gulf of Thailand and Seto Inland Sea in Japan (Okaichi, 1967). In this
survey, it was recorded with a relatively high abundance particularly in sampling

station PLK2, which determines that its presence is permanently in the area since
there were episodes of red tides that have occurred according to narratives from the
residents. Fortunately, the highly toxic dinoflagellate, Pyrodinium bahamense var.
comppressum, which is historically associated with Parasitic Shellfish Poisoning
(PSP) responsible for cases of human mortality along the coastal area of Manila Bay
was not recorded during the time of this survey.
Other dinoflagellates that contributed to the amassed volume of cell densities of this
group are: Ceratium spp. (3,500 cells/L – 17% composition), Peridinium spp. (600
cells/L – 3% composition), Prorocentrum spp. (2,100 cells/L – 10% composition),
Protoperidinium spp. (1,660 cells/L – 8% composition), and Scrippsiella spp. with
120 cells/L, having a 0.58% composition from the total population sample (Table
2-30). These dinoflagellates are of great importance at the base of the food web, as
they are sources of nutrients for larger organisms, and act as predators on smaller
organisms such as diatoms.
For the diatoms, the relatively abundant genera was Pseudonitzschia spp. with 1,100
cells/L (5.3% of the total composition). This chain-forming organism has some
species that are known to produce domoic acid (DA) – a toxin associated with
Amnesic Shellfish Poisoning (ASP). Currently, 51 species are known, 26 of which
have been shown to produce DA. The direct impacts of species identification on
public health make this a serious concern. Toxogenic and nontoxogenic species
commonly co-occur; therefore, discrimination between various Pseudonitzschia spp.
is imperative to determine the potential toxicity of an algal bloom. Optical microscopy
identification techniques are inadequate when a large number of samples must be
routinely examined, such as is required for a monitoring program for public health.
Unlike certain dinoflagellate blooms, domoic acid-producing Pseudonitzschia spp.
must be present in high concentrations (greater than 100,000 cells L −1) to
contaminate shellfish at a level that would cease harvesting. Sediment cores indicate
a link between increasing coastal nutrient levels and an increase
in Pseudonitzschia spp. blooms (ref: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudo-nitzschia).
Another significant diatom identified is another chain-forming genera, Rhizosolenia

spp. This organism can also be found in marine and brackish water, while some
species are also found in sediments. Rhizosolenia plays a significant role in the
carbon, silica and nitrogen cycles in the oligotrophic seas. The increases of some
species of Rhizosolenia are responsible for lowering the numbers of good
phytoplankton in certain seas due to competition of nutrients. Rhizosolenia can also
cause fish kills by clogging the gills with their hard silica exterior and from post-bloom
anoxia. At the same time, live and dead cells of Rhizosolenia are used by bacteria
and benthic animals for nutrients. Invertebrates cannot use them directly for nutrients
because of the morphological structure of the cells.

Other diatoms that contributed to the amassed volume of cell densities of this group
are: Chaetoceros spp. (80 cells/L – 0.4% composition), Coscinodiscus spp. (300
cells/L – 1.45% composition), Guinardia spp. (40 cells/L – 0.2% composition),
Leptocylindrus spp. (240 cells/L – 1.2% composition), Melosira spp. (360 cells/L –
1.8% composition), Navicula spp. (300 cells/L – 1.45% composition), Skeletonema
spp. (760 cells/L – 3.7% composition), and Thallasionema spp. with 180 cells/L,
having a 0.9% composition from the total population sample (Table 2-30).
Commonly found in warm tropical waters, these diatoms provide significant
influences in the overall primary productivity in such marine environments.
Furthermore, these are some of the major food source of filter-feeding shellfish,
which are found along the coastal waters of Paranaque and Cavite, as well as in the
‘North breakwater’.
For this survey, species-level identification of the mentioned genera was not feasible
as it requires a more powerful microscope such as the Transmission Electron
Microscope (TEM); but for monitoring purposes, the presence of these organisms
should not be taken for granted and ignored, and always be considered as
potentially harmful. Their population should be systematically monitored on a regular
basis during all project phases to prevent negative public health impact brought
about by possible blooms of these species.
Photomicrographs of dominant and common phytoplankton found in the survey area

Table 2-30. Phytoplankton composition, abundance (cells/L), and diversity in

three sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO Compound as
MEBA results for the New Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 24
July 2018.
SAMPLING STATIONS Grand Rel.
TAXA
PLK1 PLK2 PLK3 Total Abund.
Diatoms (10) 1,760 1,420 480 3,660 17.65
Chaetoceros 40 40 80 0.39
Coscinodiscus 80 80 140 300 1.45
Guinardia 20 20 40 0.19
Leptocylindrus 120 120 240 1.16
Melosira 180 180 360 1.74
Navicula 260 40 300 1.45
Pseudonitzschia 440 660 1,100 5.30
Rhizosolenia 260 20 20 300 1.45
Skeletonema 260 180 320 760 3.66
Thallasionema 100 80 180 0.87
Dinoflagellates (6) 4,820 10,360 1,900 17,080 82.35
Ceratium 1,740 1,200 560 3,500 16.88
Dinophysis 1,640 6,900 560 9,100 43.88
Peridinium 600 600 2.89
Prorocentrum 420 1,500 180 2,100 10.13
Protoperidinium 900 760 1,660 8.00

SAMPLING STATIONS Grand Rel.

TAXA
PLK1 PLK2 PLK3 Total Abund.
Scrippsiella 120 120 0.58
Total No. of Organisms = 16
Richness 15 14 7
Mean Richness = 12
Diversity (H’) 2.12 1.45 1.70
Evenness (I’) 0.78 0.55 0.87
Note: Genera and associated values highlighted in red characters indicate a potential bio-toxin agent.
Figure 2-105. Percentage composition of major phytoplankton groups in three

sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO Compound as MEBA
results for the New Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 24 July
2018.

(A) (B) (C)
(D) (E) (F)
Plate 2-19. Photomicrographs of phytoplankton identified and recorded in

three sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO Compound as
MEBA results for the New Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 24
July 2018.
Top: (A) Chaetoceros spp. (B) Pseudonitzschia spp. (C) Dinophysis spp.; Bottom: (D) Coscinodiscus spp. (E) Protoperidinium
spp. (F) Thalassionema spp.
The mean cell density of all phytoplankton in the three sampling stations during this
sampling period was 6,913 cells/L. In terms of spatial distribution, sampling station
PLK2 had the relatively highest abundance with 11,780 cells/L, while the relatively
most taxa representation was in sampling station PLK1 with 15 genera out of the
total 16 documented. In contrast, the relatively lowest phytoplankton density at 2,380
cells/L and the lowest taxa representation with seven (7) recorded organisms was
attributed to sampling station PLK3 (Table 2-30 and Figure 2-106). The
dinoflagellate, Dinophysis spp. was the dominant organism in sampling stations
PLK1 with 1,640 cells/L and PLK2 with 6,900 cells/L.
Sampling station PLK2 is approximately 1.5 km from the outermost shoreline of the
BASECO Compound while sampling station PLK1 is more proximal at 160 meters,
and sampling station PLK3 is the relatively most offshore at approximately 2.9 km
from the same reference point.

During this survey, the concentration for cell abundance as determined in sampling
station PLK2 as compared to sampling station PLK3 may be due to the depth of the
water and proximity to available nutrients by its distance from the compound where
several organic and inorganic matter lay floating on the water surface and/or
scattered along the shoreline.
Figure 2-106. Total and mean phytoplankton abundance and richness recorded
in three sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO Compound
during marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New Manila
In reference to Table 2-30, the diversity measurement based on the Shannon-

Weiner Index is impressive (>2) in one sampling station; revealing the relatively
highest value of 2.12 attributed to sampling station PLK1, and the lowest diversity
value of 1.45 determined to be at sampling station PLK2. In normal conditions for
aquatic biota and the associated habitat, the diversity index value is more than 2.0.
Values above 3.0 indicate that the habitat structure is stable and balanced, while
values midway from 1.0 to 2.0 describe a threatened condition; furthermore, values
lower than 1.0 indicates pollution and degradation of habitat structure (Goncalves
and Menezes, 2011); the Diversity Index however, very rarely exceeds a 4.5 value.
In terms of evenness, the computed index among the three sampling stations was
variable ranging with the highest at 0.87 in sampling station PLK3 to the lowest at
0.55 in sampling station PLK2. This indicates that the numbers of the phytoplankton
community in sampling station PLK3 are not that numerous to one another, and
sampling station PLK2 is not evenly distributed with some genera overwhelmingly
dominating as relative to others, which in this case is Dinophysis spp. as previously
described. It should also be noted that sampling station PLK3 had the lowest density
of phytoplankton and the lowest number of representative genera.
Phytoplankton are microscopic, free-drifting organisms that are found at the base of
the food chain. They play a key role in the primary production and global nutrient
cycles of the Earth (Daniel 2001) by making up the main producers in any given
water body (Biddanda and Benner 1997). Phytoplankton communities are among the
first group of organisms that respond to environmental changes and therefore their
total abundance, composition and diversity are used as indicators of water quality
(Reynolds et al. 2002; Brettum and Andersen 2005).
Phytoplankton abundance is highly variable and seasonal, but the diversity

measurements in the two of the three sampling stations is indicative of stressful
conditions caused by a disturbance which may possibly result from factors like high
turbidity and eutrophication within the waters fronting the BASECO Compound,
which is inversely favorable to the proliferation of pollution-tolerant phytoplankton
organisms.
The overall impression from the results obtained in the phytoplankton sampling along
the survey area is poor, with a low number of genera and cell densities; but should
be taken into account - as reflected by the relatively low diversity values, as well as
the inclusion of potentially harmful genera as recorded during the sampling period.
The presence of these indicator organisms should be considered in a system of
periodic monitoring that should be mandatory implemented in all phases of the
project.
2.2.5.2.3.2 Zooplankton Diversity
The zooplankton community diversity, abundance, and relative composition were

determined in the same three sampling stations of phytoplankton (PLK1, PKK2, and
PLK3) along the proposed site of the New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay
across the BASECO compound, City of Manila on 24 July 2018. As previously
described, all sampling stations were set at pre-determined locations by GIS along
the marine waters in the said survey area in order to assess and compare the
microscopic biota contained within.
A total of 729,926 ind/m3 distributed among 13 zooplankton groups (in adult and
larval forms) were quantified and recorded for all three sampling stations (PLK1-
PLK3) featured in Table 2-31 and as composed of the following:
 Copepods in adult forms; i.e., calanoid (117,988 ind/m3), and cyclopoid

(177,982 ind/m3) - with a collective total of 295,970 ind/m3 at 40.5%
composition;

 Other adult forms such as: chaetognaths = arrow worms (2,666 ind/m3) at
0.37% composition, larvacean tunicates (2,667 ind/m3) at 0.37% composition,
and polychaetes = marine worms (667 ind/m3) at 0.09% composition - with a
collective total of 6,000 ind/m3 at 0.8% composition;
 The larval forms of bivalve veligers (15,998 ind/m3) at 2.2% composition,
copepod eggs (8,666 ind/m3) at 1.2% composition, gastropod veligers
(17,331 ind/m3) at 2.4% composition, medusae (9,332 ind/m3) at 1.3%
composition, and nauplius, which is the most abundant group having 368,630
ind/m3 at 50.5% composition;
 Other larval forms such as: Balanus sp. (nauplius stage) (3,333 ind/m3) at
0.46% composition, flatworm larvae (3,333 ind/m3) at 0.46% composition,
and polychaete trocophores (1,333 ind/m3) at 0.18% composition - with a
collective total of 7,999 ind/m3 at 1.1% composition.
Overall, the larval forms of nauplius were the most dominant followed by copepods
(collectively) followed by gastropod veligers, bivalve veligers, medusae, copepod
eggs, other larval forms, and other adult forms (Figure 2-107). No fish larvae were
catalogued.
The nauplius larva is the first, free-swimming, planktonic larva of most marine and
some freshwater crustaceans; having no evident segmentation but with only three
pairs of appendages, the first and second antennae (used for swimming), and the
mandibles; along with a single median eye in front of the head. As the nauplius feeds
and grows, it gradually changes into the adult form -the body becomes segmented,
or jointed, and additional limbs develop.
Copepods are the dominant members of zooplankton that serve as major food
sources for fish and other aquatic life. Because of their smaller size and relatively
faster growth rates, and because they are more evenly distributed throughout more
of the world's aquatic forms, copepods almost certainly contribute far more to the
secondary productivity of the world's oceans, and to the global ocean carbon sink
than krill and perhaps more than all other groups of organisms together. As such,
copepods have a significant role in grazing pressure on the phytoplankton
community due to their very high density (Merrel and Stoeker, 1998).
The presence of gastropod and bivalve veligers correlate to the findings of the
macrobenthos survey where samples of these mollusks have been recorded.
Ecologically, these dominant groups serve as important links in marine food webs,
serving as major grazers of phytoplankton, as components of the microbial loop, and
as prey for ichthyoplankton and other larger pelagic carnivores (Turner, 2004).

There were no rare or endemic zooplankton species in the area, and majority of the
zooplankton groups are generally common and cosmopolitan in distribution.
Likewise, no fish eggs and larvae have been recorded during the sampling period;
however, the gastropod and bivalve veligers may be edible genera based on the
results of the macroinvertebrate sampling.
Photomicrographs of zooplankton groups recorded in the survey area are shown in

Plate 2-20.
Table 2-31. Zooplankton composition and abundance (ind/m3) in three

2018.
STATIONS Grand Rel
TAXA
PLK1 PLK2 PLK3 Total Abund
Adult forms (5) 102,656 75,993 123,321 301,970 41.37
Calanoid Copepod 57,994 29,997 29,997 117,988 16.16
Cyclopoid Copepod 44,662 44,662 88,658 177,982 24.38
Chaetognath 2,666 2,666 0.37
Larvacean tunicates 667 2,000 2,667 0.37
Polychaete 667 667 0.09
Larval forms (8) 161,983 167,317 98,656 427,956 58.63
Balanus nauplius 2,666 667 3,333 0.46
Bivalve veliger 5,999 4,666 5,333 15,998 2.19
Copepod egg 8,666 8,666 1.19
Flatworm larvae 3,333 3,333 0.46
Gastropod Veliger 7,999 3,333 5,999 17,331 2.37
Medusae 4,666 2,000 2,666 9,332 1.28
Nauplius 140,653 147,985 79,992 368,630 50.50
Polychaete trocophore 1,333 1,333 0.18
No. of Rep Groups = 13
Richness (S) 7 10 10
Mean Richness = 9
Diversity (H") 1.28 1.21 1.43
Evenness (I') 0.66 0.53 0.62

Figure 2-107. Percentage composition of major zooplankton groups

catalogued in three sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO
Compound during marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New
Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 24 July 2018.
(A) (B) (C)
(D) (E) (F)
Plate 2-20. Photomicrographs of zooplankton identified and recorded in three

2018.
Top: (A) Calanoid copepod (B) Cyclopoid copepod (C) Nauplius copepod; Bottom: (D) Larvacean (E) Gastropod veliger (F)
Bivalve veliger
The mean estimate of abundance for the zooplankton community was 243,639
ind/m3 recorded for all three sampling stations during this survey (Figure 2-108). In
terms of spatial distribution, the most number of population counts is attributed to

sampling station PLK1 with a density of 264,639 ind/m3, as dominated by nauplius

larvae (140,653 ind/m3). In terms of species richness, sampling stations PLK2 and
PLK3 both had the relatively highest record of 10 representative groups each out the
13 zooplankton groups identified.
In contrast, the relatively lowest zooplankton abundance at 221,977 ind/m3 is

attributed to sampling station PLK3; while the lesser representation in terms of
species richness with seven groups is attributed to sampling stations PLK1. In
correlation to the results of the phytoplankton sampling, PLK3 also has the least cell
density and also the least representative genera. This may be due to the
displacement of the plankton communities caused by massive water movement by
current and waves in which sea conditions are influenced by winds from a forming
low pressure weather disturbance during the sampling period, or that natural
concentrations of abundant densities are present in the waters more proximal to the
shoreline.
As previously described in the phytoplankton section, sampling station PLK1 is

approximately 160 meters from the outermost shoreline of the BASECO Compound,
while sampling stations PLK2 and PLK3 are more distal at distances of 1.5 km and
2.9km respectively from the same reference point.
Figure 2-108. Total and mean phytoplankton abundance and richness

catalogued in three sampling stations in Manila Bay across the BASECO
Compound during marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New
Manila Reclamation Project, City of Manila, NCR; 24 July 2018.
In reference to Table 2-31, diversity measurements based on the Shannon-Weiner

Index were low (<2.0) in all sampling stations. The relatively highest value of 1.43 is

attributed to sampling station PLK3, while the relatively lowest at 1.21 was
determined to be at sampling station PLK2. As previously discussed in the
phytoplankton section, diversity index values that are greater than 2.0 indicate
normal conditions for aquatic biota and the associated habitat. Values above 3.0
indicate that the habitat structure is stable and balanced, while values midway from
1.0 to 2.0 describe a threatened condition; furthermore, values lower than 1.0
indicates pollution and degradation occurring in the habitat structure (Goncalves and
In terms of evenness, the computed indices for the three sampling stations was not
so variable and low ranging with the lowest at 0.53 in sampling station PLK2 to the
highest at 0.66 in sampling station PLK1 – which indicates an uneven distribution of
the zooplankton community, due to the dominance of a particular group, which in this
case are the nauplius larvae and the copepods present with high individual counts in
all sampling stations.
It should also be noted that sampling station PLK2 aside from having the lowest
diversity, also has the lowest evenness value, but with a high number of
representative groups. This is attributed to the inclusion of the density of copepod
eggs and polychaetes that contributed to the amassed number of organisms which is
enhanced by nauplius larvae and the two forms of copepods as previously
described.
The computed diversity and evenness indices indicate that the zooplankton
communities in the area are low based on the Wilhm criteria (1975), classifying the
diversity index <3.0 as low community stability. As an overall impression, the
zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively poor as indicated by a low
number of taxa and abundance during the time of survey.
Zooplankton are one of the most important biotic components influencing all the
functional aspects of any aquatic ecosystem, such as food chains, food webs,
energy flow and cycling of matter (Supritam pal et al., 2015). As an overall
impression, the zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively poor as
indicated by a low number of taxa and abundance for some groups during the time of
survey. There are however no rare or endangered genera or groups in the sampled
zooplankton community, and all are cosmopolitan in distribution worldwide.
The highlights of the plankton community sampling is also featured in a map in

Figure 2-109.

Figure 2-109. Dominant phytoplankton (P) and zooplankton (Z) composition in

three sampling stations investigated during marine ecology baseline
assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay,
Manila, NCR; July 2018.
2.2.5.2.4 Macrobenthos Diversity
The soft-bottom benthic community or macrobenthos mediate the ecosystem

processes such as the sediment decomposition (Covich et al 2004). Combined with
their relatively sedentary lifestyles such as long life-cycles and poor mobility,
macrobenthos respond to environmental changes via community-related variations
including species composition, diversity, abundance, and biomass (Koperski 2010).
Thus, macrobenthos commonly serve as useful bioindicators for aquatic environment
monitoring and assessment in river, marine and lake ecosystem. Communities of
macrobenthos provide many ecosystem services that help to maintain good water
and sediment quality. Filter feeders remove particles from the water column, which
may result in enhanced water clarity. Accordingly, the changes in benthic species
composition and abundances could aid as an alarm system and even allow the
quantification of environmental alterations (Hutchinson, et.al, 1993).
A macrobenthos sampling was conducted in three stations (BN1-BN3) within and

near the proposed reclamation site on July 24, 2018. A total 5,636 individuals
belonging to 16 families/phyla was identified in all survey stations. The
macrobenthos recorded in this survey was represented by five major phyla i.e
Annelida, Mollusca, Nematoda, Nemertea and Sipunculida. Phylum Annelida was

the most abundant phyla accounting for 60%, followed by phylum Mollusca
constituting for 15%, phylum Nemertea with 9%, phylum Sipunculida with 9% and
phylum Nematoda with 7% (Figure 2-110). The polychaetes (≈worms) were the most
family rich phyla which constituted for nine (9) families. Among the top three most
abundant macrobenthos belongs to polychaete families i.e Capetillidae, Glyceridae
and Phyllocolidae. Polychaetes are usually the most abundant taxon in benthic
communities and have been most often utilized as indicator species of environmental
conditions. They are used as sensitive monitors of water quality especially in terms
of the effects of pollutants on life history characteristics. They may also be utilized as
general indicators of community diversity but those species indicative of lower
diversity may differ geographically and temporally. Their occurrence at high density
and wide distribution in the sampling sites during this survey is indicative of poor
sediment and water quality in the site. Mollusks were represented by two gastropod
families (Ceritthiidae and Nassaridae) and one bivalve family (Mytillidae). The
identified molluscs, including the brown mussel belonging to family Mytillidae, are not
preferred edible species as compared to the more common edible green mussel.
The detailed composition, distribution diversity and abundance of macrobenthic
community for three stations sampled are shown in Table 2-32. Images of the most
abundant representative macrobenthos taxa are shown in Plate 2-21.
Figure 2-110. Percent composition of major benthic macroinvertebrates in the

three sampling stations during the July 24, 2018 marine ecology baseline
assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project.

Table 2-32. Macrobenthos composition, abundance and distribution in the

three sampling stations during the July 24, 2018 marine ecology baseline
assessment in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project.
STATIONS Grand Rel.
TAXA
BN1 BN2 BN3 Total Abund.
Phylum Annelida 727 1,227 1,409 3,364 59.68
Class Polychaeta 727 1,227 1,409 3,364 59.68
Family Capetillidae 364 364 727 12.90
Family Cirratullidae 91 0 182 273 4.84
Family Cossuridae 91 91 182 364 6.45
Family Glyceridae 500 91 591 10.48
Family Lumbrineridae 91 136 91 318 5.65
Family Nereididae 0 0.00
Family Ophellidae 318 318 5.65
Family Orbiidae 45 91 136 273 4.84
Family Phyllodocidae 45 91 364 500 8.87
Phylum Mollusca 227 227 364 818 14.52
Class Bivalvia 45 0 182 227 4.03
Family Veneridae 45 0 182 227 4.03
Class Gastropoda 182 227 182 591 10.48
Family Cerithiidae 91 91 91 273 4.84
Family Nassaridae 91 136 91 318 5.65
Phylum Nematoda 182 136 136 455 8.06
Phylum Nemertea 500 500 8.87
Phylum Sipunculida 136 273 91 500 8.87
Grand Total 1,273 1,864 2,500 5,636 100
Richness 11 10 13
Evenness (I') 0.91 0.91 0.93
Diversity (H') 2.17 2.10 2.37
The mean abundance in all survey stations was 242 ind/m2. This is relatively lower to
what was quantified in the Pasig river stations. Spatially, the highest benthos
concentration was collected in station BN6, which is located in the mouth of the river
with 455. It is also the most taxa rich station with four (4). The most depauperate
station was collected in station BN1 with six (6) taxa (Figure 2-111). This station also
had lowest benthos abundance both with 136 ind/m2. Diversity based on Shannon-
Wiener Index (H’) was generally low (<2) with the highest computed value in the BN3
with 2.37 while the lowest was computed in BN2 with 2.10. The index of evenness
based on Pielou’s Index (I’) was not so variable with low values ranging from 0.91 to
0.93.

Figure 2-111. Total macrobenthos density and richness in the three sampling
stations catalogued during the July 2018 marine ecology baseline assessment
in the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project
Figure 2-112. Dominant macrobenthos species catalogued in three sampling

stations during the marine ecology baseline assessment in the proposed New

Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay, Manila, NCR; 09 and 13 September

2017
Plate 2-21. Images of some soft-bottom benthos taxa identified in three

sampling stations during the marine ecology baseline assessment in the
proposed New Manila Reclamation Project in Manila Bay
Top row - (A) Capetillidae (polychaete) (B) Glceridae (polychaete) (C) Phyllodicidae
(polychaete) Bottom row - (D) Nemertea (E) Cerithiidae (gastropod) F. Oligochaete G.
Mytillidae (brown bivalve)
2.2.5.2.5 Macro-invertebrates significant to livelihoods
In the proposed reclamation area itself, no macroinvertebrates collected for food

were encountered. Collection of oysters and mussels is being undertaken in the
“North Breakwater” about 100 meters north of the project site and in the rocky rip-rap
in the Gasangan breakwater where barges are docked. Both breakwaters, as well as
the hulls of the barges, are the only firm structure in this particular portion of Manila
Bay that has evolved as habitat for shellfish, algae and some demersal species of
fish. Gleaning for edible bivalves of the Asian green mussel (Mytillus), and various
species of the zigzag venus (Manila Clam or Halaan; Venerupis philippinarum) is
being undertaken regularly (Plate 2-22). Only one gleaner was observed in the
breakwater during the survey. The oyster and mussels comprises 80% of the harvest
followed by ‘halaan’ or venus clams. About twenty (20) kilograms of the Philippine
leaf oyster (Dendostrea folium) was collected by three gleaners in three (3) hours of

gleaning observed during the survey (Plate 2-22). The gleaning area in the
breakwater is about 500 meters away from the boundary of the proposed
reclamation site.
Plate 2-22. The Baseco breakwater is a favored shellfish gleaning area by

fishers harvesting stocks of mostly bivalves in the hulls of barges and rocks.
2.2.5.3 Impacts
2.2.5.3.1 Threat to existence and/or loss of important local species and habitat
There are no corals, seagrass and macro-algae, as well as significant stocks of

demersal marine fishes, macro-invertebrates or crustaceans encountered in the
survey. Polluted and turbid waters, exacerbated by extensive sediment loading, are
among the factors that deter settlement and growth of corals and other benthic life
forms. Turbid waters reduce sunlight penetration and depress oxygen production
which are essential for survival of corals and associated demersal reef fish species.
Spot dives in six points within the proposed reclamation area revealed that the
bottom substrate in the proposed reclamation site is comprised of thick silt deposits
mixed with trash, occurring in all expanses of the area, with clouds of disturbed silt
reducing visibility to less than thirty (30) centimeters. Survey team divers reported
that the silt carpet could be as deep as 0.75 meters. The sea bottom is bleak and
grimy with thrash and wastes embedded in black mud, exacerbated by largely
eutrophic conditions brought about by decaying sediments and constant invasion of
silt.
2.2.5.3.2 Threat to abundance, frequency and distribution of local species and

habitats
Substrate disturbance will be minimized by the use of steel sheet pile wall and
sloping revetment during reclamation filling and compacting. Silt plumes arising from
reclamation area filling are expected to have short term impacts on ecosystem
modification in an area where the coastal environment is already heavily impaired by

pollution, eutrophic episodes, and absence of benthic ecological structures and

functions.
Possible Threats to the Plankton Community and their Adaptability

Threats to the plankton community may be caused by the displacement of the water
column resulting from the settling and piling of earth materials along with the
structural enhancements from the bottom to the surface of the marine waters. This
movement of the said materials would result to sand, silt, mud, and various loads of
sediments and suspended solids infiltrating into seawater column that can contribute
to turbidity and subsequently reduce light penetration depth, thus hampering
photosynthetic activities of the phytoplankton, the grazing habits of zooplankton and
the entire primary productivity of the area.
Another would be unforeseen spillage of petroleum-oil-lubricants (POLs) and

ballasts, aside from liquid and solid biological and chemical waste materials from sea
vessels that are involved in the reclamation process that would pollute the immediate
waters and may spread to adjacent areas. These wastes may increase the loads of
oil-contaminated suspended solids that will be absorbed by seawater, reducing light
penetration depth, which again in turn, affect photosynthetic activity by the
phytoplankton and reduce the grazing success of zooplankton as previously
described.
However, it is important to note that these effects are relatively short-term once
structural and mechanical reclamation reinforcements are completed, and measures
have then been set to prevent further disturbance during compacting – such as
immediate planting of vegetation. An increase in turbidity may be also caused by
natural processes such as turbulent waves during typhoons and monsoons,
regardless of such said activities in the area. In addition, most of the plankton
species include toxic and cosmopolitan species. Plankton communities are however
resilient, and its population could replenish from the relatively abundant plankton
community located offshore or in adjacent areas due to advection as facilitated by
water circulation, tidal forcing, and current systems in the water body. There may
also be a replacement for niches from displaced plankton with the proliferation of
existing tolerant organisms. It is therefore highly recommended to minimize the
affected area of any turbid water that may be caused by pollutants or displaced
silt/mud and sediments once the reclaimed land is formed. Furthermore, ships and
boats that are involved in the reclamation process should be aware not do dispose of
any waste water, ballasts, or POL-based liquids in to the seawater. An efficient and
periodic monitoring system should also be implemented in all phases of the planned
project and its underlying activities.
Threats to abundance of fish species

Reclamation activities will further contribute to turbidity and dispersal of silt plumes
will further impair photosynthesis in the water column but this will be temporary and

would not have far reaching impacts on benthic life forms or fishing practices in
areas further from the reclamation site. The negative impacts will have little effect on
fish reproductive functions as there are no significant fish populations of maturing
size in the area owing to the absence of suitable settlement and habitats for
reproduction and recruitment. Pelagic fish species, including Tilapia mostly
proliferate in the Pasig River estuary while trevallies and ponyfishes occur farther
offshore and reclamation activities will have little impact on standing stocks as the
constant flow of seawater and currents that carry nutrients for fish feeding will not be
disrupted significantly. Since there are no significant fisheries resources and
resource use practices present in the project site itself, the project will have very
insignificant effects on capture fisheries as fishers will simply move farther past the
boundary of the reclamation project. There will be no significant impact on catch
rates and fisheries operation in fishing grounds offshore of the reclamation as fishers
will move to new fishing grounds past the reclaimed area where seawater will
probably be less polluted in the long term. In other nearshore areas, the provision of
seawater channels should ensure that plankton communities will continue to enrich
inshore fishing grounds where sardines and other small pelagic fishes graze, as well
as sustain the few macro-invertebrate species. Pelagic species of sardines will
continue to move to areas close to the shore and their seasonal movement into the
coastal seas surrounding the reclamation project will be sustained.
Finally, it is noted that there are no permanent or stationary fishing gears within the
proposed reclamation site; mussel farms and stationary lift nets (“sapra”) are absent.
It is also unlikely that coral reefs in Cavite and Bataan, more than 32 kilometers
away, will be affected.
Potential enhancement of harmful algal blooms

Episodes of HAB-causing phytoplankton blooms are already a periodic consequence
of hyper-nutrient loading in the area and the project operation will not have an
incremental effect to this phenomenon. The reclamation project therefore, would not
be a primary enhancement trigger for HAB episodes that are already occurring in the
area due to uncontrolled contributing factors.
Threats to macrobenthos
The poor diversity of macrobenthos as revealed in the survey indicates that there will
be no significant population of macroinvertebrates that can be dislocated in the
reclamation site itself. Populations of oysters and mussels are too far from the
project site and no alteration of their habitats is anticipated.
Oil and Grease Contamination

The risk of oil and grease contamination in seawater around the reclamation site can
occur if disposal of marine vessel bilge water and if accidental spillage from refueling
at sea is experienced. While the issue is not anticipated to be severe, oil slicks from
inadvertent spillage may remain sequestered in the water column or carried to the

shoreline in blotches. Areas with inter-tidal corals in Bataan and mussel colonies in
Cavite can be considered at risk from exposure to such slicks, leading to immediate
coral and shellfish mortality. In open waters of Manila Bay, the chain reaction can be
far-reaching, affecting not only benthic communities but stocks of fish that are
dependent on plankton and zooplankton as their primary diet.
Increase in domestic waste water around the reclamation site

Compacting, configuring and development structuring of the reclaimed area will
result to increased human activity in the project site due to the influx of workers and
this is expected to generate a significant amount of solid wastes and domestic
wastewater that could find its way to the coastal and marine environment if waste
disposal and management systems are not sufficient. However, the risk of waste
contamination of benthic resources is insignificant due to the absence of significant
benthic habitats. The predicted impact of this threat to epi-benthic soft bottom
communities in the seabed could be more pronounced. The outflow of domestic
wastewaters from project facilities if such waste streams are not properly treated and
managed can lead to hyper-nutrient loading which in turn can cause algal blooms. In
the project area where seawater flushing is moderate and water turbidity is already
intense, such phenomenon can lead to problems on paralytic shellfish poisoning
(PSP).
2.2.5.4 Mitigating Measures
2.2.5.4.1 Potential Impacts arising from Climate Change scenarios
The reclamation will not contribute to enhancement of impacts arising from climate
change, notably rise in surface sea water temperature. However, if hyper-nutrient
loading in warm waters become intensified – either from domestic wastewaters or
from point sources in the project, the risk of oxygen depletion and fish kills over a
broad area can be possible. Immediate extensive vegetation planting around the
reclaimed site will in fact contribute to sequestration of greenhouse gasses in the
future.
2.2.5.4.2 Mitigation of potential sediment fluxes
Minimizing sediment influx from the project site to the coastal waters is a critical and
underpinning strategy. Sedimentation is predicted to be high while sheet piles are
being installed as well as during reclamation area filling and compacting. Impacts on
turbidity are predicted to range from moderate to high depending on the
implementation of mitigating measures during project operations. Best practices and
modern sediment-sequestration structures – such as use of steel sheet piles
installation of a series of silt curtains and sediment recovery weirs will be
implemented around the reclamation site. The main intention is to prevent the
possibility of sediment fluxes reaching fishing grounds offshore, areas with set nets

and bivalve farms. During soil compacting, a series of diverse sediment mitigation
measures and facilities will be established in strategic locations, with silt and
sediment diversion canals placed inside reclaimed area to ensure loose soil are
captured in weirs and screens before seawater-laden sludge flows out to sea. An
additional measure is the early planting of extensive vegetative cover in order to
increase sediment amalgamation capacity and soil compacting aided by stabilization
of areas where earth moving has been completed.
2.2.5.4.3 Wastewater management
Modern and sufficient sanitation facilities and disposal systems will be installed.
Modern latrines with chambered septic tanks will be installed and sludge will be
periodically collected. The objective is to ensure that pollution-causing effluents that
can be potentially carried into the sea are controlled and collected at the source.
2.2.5.4.4 Solid Waste Management
Waste minimization, retrieval and recycling will be practiced in all aspects of

reclamation activities. A rigid waste management and retrieval system will be
enforced in all aspects of reclamation activity. There will no disposal of wastes at
sea.
2.2.5.4.5 Oil and Grease
Potential risks of small oil spills will be controlled through strict fuel and oil dispersal
protocols backed-up by an oil/fuel spill contingency plan. An oil and grease recovery
system will be adopted employing the best facilities. The project will enforce strict
policies against indiscriminate disposal of oily waste and marine vessel bilge into the
sea.
2.2.5.4.6 Fisheries and Fishing gears
Any set fishing gear that will be dislocated by reclamation filling and operations will
be compensated through the provision of new fishing gear paraphernalia and
technical assistance. Supplemental livelihood projects, through mariculture of full
cycle aquaculture species will be promoted through collaboration with the Bureau of
Fisheries and Aquatic Resources.
2.2.5.5 Presence of Pollution Indicator Gears
Plankton – Some plankton and macrobenthos species identified in the samples

collected during the marine ecology baseline assessment are pollution indicator
species and normally imply eutrophic and polluted environments. The cosmopolitan
dinoflagellate, Dinophysis spp., was the relatively abundant genera with 9,100 cells/L
(44% of the total composition). Species of this genera are known to produce toxins

that cause DSP - Diarrheic Shellfish Poisoning (FAO, 2004). It is thus associated
with the one of the “red tide” phenomena. The relatively abundant diatom found in
the survey - Pseudonitzschia genera - with 1,100 cells/L (5.3% of the total
composition sampled) is a chain-forming organism known to produce domoic acid
(DA) – a toxin associated with Amnesic Shellfish Poisoning (ASP). The direct
impacts of this species identification on public health make this a serious concern.
Toxogenic and nontoxogenic species commonly co-occur; therefore, discrimination
between various Pseudonitzschia spp. is imperative to determine the potential
toxicity of an algal bloom. Another significant diatom identified is a similar chain-
forming genera, Rhizosolenia spp which are known to cause fish kills during
blooming of the species.
On the other hand, the polychaetes (≈worms -i.e Capetillidae, Glyceridae and
Phyllocolidae.) catalogued in the macrobenthos survey – in fact dominant in the
station near the Pasig River - are used as sensitive monitors of degraded water
quality especially in terms of the effects of high pollution level and poor sediment and
water quality in the site.
Filter-feeding bivalves – Algal blooms are natural phenomenon and can be

influenced by a number of factors. These include cultural eutrophication, unusual
climatological conditions and transport of dinoflagellates through ballast waters, and
transfer of shellfish stocks. Mussels and oysters are standard biotoxin monitoring
medium and the BFAR implements a periodic monitoring system of plankton levels
and toxicity analysis through bioassay in mussel and oysters in Manila Bay. While
the reclamation project would not be a primary trigger for HAB episode
enhancement, bivalves gathered by gleaners near the project area should be placed
under a strict biotoxin level monitoring system through engagement of BFAR
personnel. Moreover, the Project will support the conduct information, education and
communication (IEC) campaigns to promote red tide awareness and to pinpoint
sources of nutrient loading into the sea.

2.3 Air and Noise

2.3.1 Meteorology / Climatology
This section presents the climatological normal and extreme values of rainfall,
temperature, and prevailing winds recorded at PAGASA’s synoptic stations in the
vicinity of the New Manila Reclamation Project, the potential impact of the Project in
local climate and the impact of medium to long term climate change projects in the
region. The projected greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions of the project and
corresponding mitigation and/or sequestration measures were also discussed in this
section.
2.3.1.1 Methodology
2.3.1.1.1 Assessment of Baseline Condition
The climate at the proposed Project site was described using the Climate Map of the
Philippines while the meteorological condition at the Project site was described using
the meteorological data from Port Area (MCO), Manila located approximately at
14°35’13.10” N and 121°58’43.33” E in Manila City, Metro Manila, approximately 3
km away from the Project site.
2.3.1.1.2 Impact Assessment
Climate Change
The projected changes in rainfall, air temperature, and extreme weather events from
2006 to 2035 (centered in 2020) and from 2036 to 2065 (centered in 2050) was
determined using projected climate data in NCR (PAGASA, 2011).
Greenhouse Gas Emissions (GHG).
Majority of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions that may be generated by the

proposed Project are expected to come from activities associated with the
construction (fuel/electricity use for the operation of construction vehicles and
equipment). The GHGs that are typically generated from fuel/electricity use for the
operation of construction vehicles and equipment are carbon dioxide (CO2), methane
(CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O). Of these gases, the major gas emitted is CO 2.
Methane and nitrous oxide emissions have a very low share in terms of emissions.
Hence, this report only focused on CO2 emissions.
The CO2 were calculated using emission factor-based estimation method. The
methodology estimates the CO2 emissions by multiplying a level of activity data (AD)

by an emission factor (EF). Activity data is a quantified measure of activity resulting

in emissions during a given period of time (e.g. data on fuel consumption (liters/km)
and purchased electricity (kWh) while the emission factor is the average emission
rate of a given GHG for a given source, relative to units of activity. The general
equation is shown below. This is based on The Greenhouse Gas Protocol, A
Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard, Revised Edition, World Business
Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and the World Resources Institute
(WRI), 2006 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Guidelines for
National GHG Inventories and 2014 IPCC Assessment Report.
Equation: GHG Emissions = AD x EF
2.3.1.2 Baseline Condition
2.3.1.2.1 Climatology and Meteorology
2.3.1.2.1.1 Local Climate
Based on the Modified Coronas Climate Classification System, the proposed Project
site falls under Type 1 climate classification as shown in the Climate Map of the
Philippines in Figure 2-113. This type of climate is characterized by two (2)
pronounced seasons, which are dry from November to April and wet during the rest
of the year (PAGASA 2015). High rainfall is expected during the southwest monsoon
season that normally occurs in the Philippines from June to September.

Figure 2-113. Climate map of the Philippines showing the Project Location

2.3.1.2.1.2 Rainfall
The proposed project area falls under Type 1 climate classification wherein high
rainfall is expected during wet season or southwest monsoon season, which
occurred from June to September. Based on the climatological normal values (1981-
2010) recorded at Port Area Synoptic Station of PAGASA, August has the highest
monthly average rainfall at 432.4 mm followed by July and September at 420.5 mm
and 355.1 mm, respectively. During these months (i.e. July, August and September),
there are more number of rainy days. During the months of July and August, the
average number of rainy days 21 and 20 rainy days during the month of September.
Months with less rainfall are January, February and March with recorded rainfall of
less than 20 mm. During these months, lesser number of rainy days (i.e. 3 - 4 rainy
days) is experienced. These months are within the northeast monsoon season which
is characterized by colder and less humid air. Table 2-33 presents the climatological
normal values at recorded at PAGASA Port Area Synoptic Station. The rainfall
pattern at the Project area is shown in (Figure 2-114).
500
450 420.5 432.4
400 355.1
350
Rainfall (mm)
300
253.5
234.8
250
200
147.2
150 121.7
100 67.4
50 17.3 14.2 15.8 23.7
0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Amount of Rainfall (mm)
Figure 2-114. Monthly average rainfall at PAGASA Port Area Synoptic Station
(1981-2010)
Extreme Recorded Rainfall Events
As of 2016, the highest recorded daily rainfall at Port Area Synoptic Station of
PAGASA was 403.1 mm on September 1, 1970. Table 2-34 and Figure 2-115 show
highest recorded daily rainfall at PAGASA Port Area Synoptic Station.

450
403.1
400 371.4
358.0
350
293.6
300 278.4
Rainfall (mm)
252.8
250
194.3
200
143.0 146.8
150
100
37.8 46.4 47.0
50
0
Extreme Recorded Daily Rainfall (As of 2016)
Figure 2-115. Plot of Extreme Recorded Daily Rainfall in Each Month (As of
2016)

Table 2-33. Climatological Normals of PAGASA-Port Area, Manila (1981-2010)

NO. OF DAYS
RAINFALL TEMPERATURE WIND
W/
VAPOR CLOUD
RH MSLP
MONTH NO. DRY WET DEW PRESS. AMT.
AMOUNT MAX MIN MEAN (%) (mbs) DIR SPD
OF BULB BULB POINT (mbs) (okta) TSTM LTNG
(mm) (°C) (°C) (°C) (16pt) (mps)
RD (°C) (°C) (°C)
JAN 17.3 4 29.6 23.8 26.7 26.7 22.9 21.4 25.3 72 1013 N 2 7 0 0
FEB 14.2 3 30.6 24.2 27.4 27.3 22.9 21.2 24.9 69 1012 E 3 6 0 0
MAR 15.8 3 32.1 25.3 28.7 28.5 23.7 21.9 26 67 1012 SE 3 6 0 1
APR 23.7 4 33.5 26.6 30.1 30 24.9 23.1 28 66 1010 SE 3 6 2 2
MAY 147.2 10 33.2 26.9 30 30 25.7 24.3 30 71 1009 SW 3 6 9 9
JUN 253.5 17 32.2 26.4 29.3 29.3 25.8 24.6 30.8 76 1008 SW 3 7 11 9
JUL 420.5 21 31.2 25.9 28.5 28.5 25.6 24.6 30.8 79 1008 SW 3 7 12 9
AUG 432.4 21 30.8 25.8 28.3 28.2 25.6 24.7 31 81 1007 SW 4 7 11 7
SEP 355.1 20 31 25.7 28.4 28.3 25.5 24.6 30.7 80 1008 SW 3 7 12 8
OCT 234.8 17 31.1 25.7 28.4 28.3 25.2 24.1 29.9 78 1009 SW 3 7 7 6
NOV 121.7 12 30.9 25.1 28 28 24.5 23.2 28.3 75 1010 N 3 7 3 1
DEC 67.4 7 29.8 24.2 27 27 23.4 22 26.3 74 1012 N 2 7 1 0
ANNUAL 2103.6 139 31.3 25.5 28.4 28.4 24.6 23.3 28.5 74 1010 SW 3 7 68 52
Source: Climate and Agrometeorology Division, PAGASA
Latitude: 14°35’13.10” N
Longitude: 120°58’43.44” E
Elevation: 15.0 m
Notes:
VP – Vapor Pressure
mbs – millibar
MSLP – mean sea level pressure
Dir – direction
TSTM – thunderstorm
LTNG – lightning

Table 2-34. Climatological Extremes of PAGASA-Port Area, Manila (As of 2016)
GREATEST DAILY STRONGEST WINDS

TEMPERATURE (oC) SEA LEVEL PRESSURES (mbs)
MONTH RAINFALL (mm) (mps)
HIGH DATE LOW DATE AMOUNT DATE SPD DIR DATE HIGH DATE LOW DATE
JAN 36.5 01-30-1984 14.5 01-11-1914 37.8 01-08-1955 18 E 01-15-1987 1022.4 01-09-1914 1003.3 01-05-1999
FEB 35.6 02-25-1906 15.6 02-18-1920 46.4 02-03-1986 25 SE 02-26-1962 1021.4 12-01-1962 1002.7 02-18-1998
MAR 36.8 03-23-1966 16.2 03-10-1911 47.0 03-25-2009 27 SSE 03-16-1962 1020.5 03-30-1958 997.3 03-27-1991
APR 38.0 04-30-1915 17.2 04-02-1923 143.0 04-29-1905 24 WSW 04-18-1962 1018.8 04-01-1958 998.1 04-29-1905
MAY 38.6 05-17-1915 20.0 05-01-1921 371.4 05-19-1976 35 E 05-17-1989 1015.9 05-09-1937 987.4 05-23-1922
JUNE 37.6 06-04-1912 20.1 06-04-1973 252.8 06-27-1985 47 SW 06-29-1964 1021.6 06-28-1993 974.6 06-29-1964
JULY 36.5 07-02-1973 19.4 07-14-1970 293.6 07-29-1919 31 WSW 07-24-1968 1014.9 07-29-1987 990.7 07-16-2014
AUG 35.6 08-09-1964 18.0 08-14-1974 358.0 08-07-2012 34 S 08-04-1989 1015.2 08-12-1958 990.8 08-31-1920
SEP 35.3 09-18-1903 20.2 09-02-1970 403.1 09-01-1970 34 SW 09-13-1961 1015.2 09-20-1965 986.7 09-27-1906
OCT 35.8 10-01-1968 19.5 10-26-1913 194.3 10-15-1918 41 W 10-26-1978 1017.0 10-28-1960 977.9 10-14-1970
NOV 35.6 11-04-1966 16.8 11-03-1911 278.4 11-18-1923 56 WNW 11-19-1970 1019.0 11-29-1985 966.5 11-19-1970
DEC 34.6 12-14-1947 15.7 12-03-1992 146.8 12-15-2015 41 W 12-14-1964 1020.9 12-08-1960 971.1 12-26-1947
ANNUAL 38.6 05-17-1915 14.5 01-11-1914 403.1 09-01-1970 56 WNW 11-19-1970 1022.4 01-09-1914 966.5 11-19-1970
Period of
1885-2016 1865-2016 1948-2016 1885-2016
Record
Source: Climate and Agrometeorology Division, PAGASA

2.3.1.2.1.3 Ambient Air Temperature
High temperatures are expected in dry season in April and May. The highest monthly
mean temperature recorded at PAGASA Port Area is 30.1 °C during the month of
April and this was followed by 30.0 °C during the month of May. On the contrary,
December and January are the coldest months when northeast winds brought colder
and less humid air from higher latitudes. The lowest monthly mean temperature is
26.7 °C during the month of January and 27.0 °C during the month of December.
The monthly average maximum temperature was recorded during the month of May
at 33.2 °C while the monthly average minimum temperature was recorded during the
month of January at at 23.8 °C. Figure 2-116 shows the plot of the monthly average
maximum and minimum and mean temperatures at PAGASA-Port Area Stations.
40
35
Temperature,ºC
30
25
20
15
10
0
Monthly Ave Max Temp. 29.6 30.6 32.1 33.5 33.2 32.2 31.2 30.8 31 31.1 30.9 29.8
Monthly Ave MinTemp. 23.8 24.2 25.3 26.6 26.9 26.4 25.9 25.8 25.7 25.7 25.1 24.2
Monthly Mean Temperature 26.7 27.4 28.7 30.1 30 29.3 28.5 28.3 28.4 28.4 28 27
Figure 2-116. Maximum, Minimum and Mean Ambient Temperatures at

PAGASA-Port Area, Manila (1981-2010)
Extreme Temperature Events
As of 2016, the highest recorded temperature at PAGASA Port Area was 38.6 ºC on
May 17, 1915 followed by 38 ºC on April 30, 1915. In terms of lowest recorded
ambient air temperatures, PAGASA-Port Area Station recorded the lowest at 14.5 ºC
on January 11, 1914 (Table 2-34). Figure 2-117 shows the monthly highest and
lowest recorded temperature at PAGASA Port Area.

45
40 38.0 38.6
37.6
Temperature, ºC
36.5 36.8 36.5
35.6 35.6 35.3 35.8 35.6
34.6
35
30
25
20.0 20.1 19.4 20.2 19.5
20 17.2 18.0
16.2 16.8
15.6 15.7
14.5
15
10
0
TEMPERATURE HIGH TEMPERATURE LOW
Figure 2-117. Monthly Highest and Lowest Recorded Temperatures at PAGASA

Port Area, Manila (As of 2016)
2.3.1.2.1.4 Wind Speeds and Wind Directions
The meteorological data recorded at PAGASA Port Area, Manila from 1981 to 2010
show that the prevailing wind at the Project site is from southwest and east
directions, each comprise 15% of the events. The average annual wind speed is 2.9
meters per second (m/s). Figure 2-118 shows the annual wind rose for PAGASA
Port Area (1981-2010).
Figure 2-118 Annual Windrose Diagram (PAGASA Port Area, Manila, 1981-
2010)

The monthly wind roses when monsoon winds are its peak; that is, January and
February for the northeast monsoon and August to September for the southwest
monsoon are also shown in Figure 2-119. It can be noted that during January and
February, when the northeast monsoon is usually at its peak, prevailing winds at
PAGASA Port Area Station are from the north, east and west directions. On the
other hand, during the southwest monsoon, winds coming from the southwest and
west directions prevail. During transition from southwest to northeast monsoon in
November, the prevailing winds are from the north direction.
Figure 2-119. January, February, August, September and November Wind

Roses (PAGASA Port Area, Manila)
Extreme Recorded Winds:

The highest monthly recorded wind speeds at PAGASA-Port vary from 18 to 56 m/s
and 15 to 56 m/s, respectively. The greatest wind speed was recorded at 56 m/s
(201.6 km/h) on November 19, 1970. The greatest recorded wind speed was due to
passage Typhoon Yoling in November 19, 1970. Based on the new tropical cyclone
category of PAGASA, the foregoing greatest recorded wind speeds are within
category, Typhoon, with maximum wind speed of 188 to 220 km/h. Maximum wind
speeds exceeding 220 km/h are categorized under Super Typhoon.

2.3.1.2.1.5 Cyclone Frequency
The proposed project site is located in a zone wherein about five (5) tropical
cyclones pass over the area in 3 years (Figure 2-120). From 1948-2016 (period of
68 years) PAGASA determined an annual average of 20 tropical cyclones in the
Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR) with nine of these passing through the
Philippine landmasses. Overall, PAGASA tracked 17 tropical cyclones that crossed
in Metro Manila from 1948 to 2016 (Figure 2-121).

Figure 2-120. Typhoon frequency map

Figure 2-121. Tracks of Tropical Cyclones which Crossed the Province of

Metro Manila and from 1948 to 2016
2.3.1.2.2 Greenhouse Gases
Greenhouse gases (GHGs) are gaseous constituents of the atmosphere, either

natural or anthropogenic (as a result of human activity), that absorb and emit
radiation at specific wavelengths within the spectrum of thermal infrared radiation
emitted by the Earth’s surface, the atmosphere itself, and by clouds. These gases
surround the planet preventing the loss of heat into outer space. By trapping the
heat, they contribute to the warming of the earth’s surface causing changes in
weather condition, sea levels, and land use patterns, commonly referred to as
“climate change” (IPCC, 2007).
As early as 1991, the Philippines has been proactive in responding to the impact of
climate change, which include the reduction of GHG emissions in the atmosphere.
As of 2000, the Philippine GHG emission is approximately 32,936.45 Gg of CO2,
1,968.56 Gg of CH4 and 43.11 Gg of N2O as shown in Table 2-35.
Table 2-35. Philippine GHG Emissions in Gg (2000)

Sector CO2, Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg *CO2 Emission, Gg
Energy 62,499.10 304.14 2.52 69,667.24
Industrial 8,604.74 0.24 - 8,609.78

Sector CO2, Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg *CO2 Emission, Gg

Processes
Agriculture - 1,209.79 37.41 37,002.69
LUFC (104,040.29) (46.28) (0.32) (105,111.37)
Waste - 500.67 3.50 11,599.07
Totals (32,936.45) 1,968.56 43.11 21,767.41
Note: CH4 GW Potential – 21; N2O GW Potential-310; * - CO2 + (CH4*21) + (N2O*310)
2.3.1.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
2.3.1.3.1 Change in Local Climate
PAGASA projected the medium and long term effect of climate change on the rainfall
and temperature of the country. Changes in rainfall pattern and significant changes
in local temperature, if not properly incorporated in design, may significantly affect
the project such flooding due to under designed drainages. The projected changes
in rainfall and temperature pattern in the Project area are discussed below.
2.3.1.3.2 Projected rainfall in 2020 to 2050
The projected decrease and increase of rainfall in the National Capital Region
(NCR), during dry and wet seasons, respectively, resembled with the projected
trends in the Philippines in 2020 and 2050. In 2020 projection, rainfall appears to
decrease during the dry months by 12.8% for months of December to February and
33.3% for months of March to May, but tend to 8.5% increase during the southwest
monsoon (June to August). Similarly, the 2050 projection shows a decrease in
rainfall by 17.3% to 38.5% for the months of December to May and an increase of
3.7% to 21.3% for the months of July to November and. Figure 2-122 shows the
projected amount of rainfall in the NCR in 2020 and 2050.

Figure 2-122. Projected change of rainfall in the National Capital Region (NCR)
in 2020 and 2050
Projected Extreme Rainfall Events
The projected extreme weather events in 2020 and 2050 were simulated by
PAGASA (2011) based on a) increase or decrease of the number of dry days, which
is defined as days with rainfall equal or less than 2.5 mm/day, and b) increase or
decrease of days with rainfall greater than 200 mm.
In NCR, where the proposed project site is located, there would be decreased of dry
days from the baseline years (1971 to 2000) of 7380 days to 6455 days (2006 to
2036) and 6382 days (2036 to 2065) in 2020 and 2050, respectively. In terms of
rainfall greater than 200 mm, there would be slight increased of rainfall from 2036 to
2065 (centered at 2050). From 2006 to 2035 (centered in 2020), it appears that there
would be no increased on days with rainfall greater than 200 m as compared to the
baseline year (1971 to 2000).

Figure 2-123. Projected number of dry days with rainfall greater than 200 mm
in the NCR
Projected Temperature in 2020 and 2050
The climate change scenario for the Philippines published by PAGASA in February
2011 indicated that NCR will have an increase in temperature in 2020 and 2050. The
highest increase on ambient air temperature would be during the dry season (about
1 to 1.1 ºC) and from 0.9 to 1.0 ºC in the wet season. PAGASA (2011) noted that
increase of ambient air temperature in 2020 and 2050 in the Philippines was
generally due to increase of GHG emissions as modelled using increase of GHG at
medium-case scenario. Figure 2-124 shows the projected air temperatures in the
NCR in 2020 and 2050.

Figure 2-124. Projected change in temperatures in 2020 and 2050 in the NCR
Projected Extreme Temperature Events
It is projected that in NCR, days with air temperatures greater than 35 ºC are will
increase by 1,176 and 2,118 days from 2006 to 2035 (centered in 2020) and from
2036 to 2065 (centered in 2050) as compared to the baseline years (1971 to 2000).
The projected increase of extreme temperature events was associated with the
increase of air temperatures due to increase in GHG emissions under medium-case
scenario. Figure 2-125 shows the projected number of days in NCR with
temperature of >35 °C.

2500
2118
2000
Days 1500
1176
1000
500
299
0
1971-2000 2020 2050
Days with Tmax >35°C
Figure 2-125. Projected Number of Days > 35 ºC in NCR
To mitigate the impacts of climate change in the project, changes in rainfall pattern
and significant local temperature changes shall be included in the design criteria of
the Project. Material selection and technologies to be used in the Project will take
into consideration the effects of micro-climate variations and the effects of extreme
temperature changes to the project components.
2.3.1.4 Contribution in Terms of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The sources of carbon dioxide emission in the project are the fuels used in the
operation of heavy machinery and equipment such as dredgers, pile drivers and the
barges during its construction. The table below presents the CO2 emission by
source:

Table 2-36. CO2 Emission by Sources

Total Calculated
Emission Total Calculated
No of Fuel Fuel Consumption per Capacity Duration of Operation CO2 Emission (MT
Equipment Factor CO2 Emission (MT
Units Type Unit per Unit per Unit, (hr) CO2) for 100
(kg CO2/L)2 CO2/yr)3
Million m3 Fill
Cutter Suction 2 Diesel 68,000 L/100 running 7,000 m3/hr 7,143 2.7 26,229.1 7,494
Dredger (CSD) at hours
Borrow Area1
Cutter Suction 2 Diesel 68,000 L/100 running 7,000 m3/hr 7,143 2.7 26,229.1 7,494
Dredger (CSD) at hours
Reclamation Site1
Split Hopper Barge 14 Diesel 19,987 L/ 46,000 m3 46,000 m3 with 622 2.7 117,481.6 33,566
(SHB) with tugboat2 cycle time of 4
hrs
Equipment No of Fuel Fuel Consumption Assumed Fuel Consumption (L/yr) Emission Total Calculated CO2 Emission (MT
Units Type (L/100 km) Distance Factor CO2/yr)
Travelled (kg CO2/L)2
(km/yr)
Excavator 4 Diesel 31.6 5,000 1580 2.7 17
Bulldozer 4 Diesel 31.6 5,000 1580 2.7 17
Wheel Loader (as 4 Diesel 31.6 5,000 1580 2.7 17
front end loader)
Vibratory Roller (as 4 Diesel 31.6 5,000 1580 2.7 17
roller)
Total Calculated CO2 Emission (MT CO2/yr) 48,622
Notes: 1 Specification were taken from Damen Cutter Suction Dredger

2 Specification used were adopted from EIS Report for the 360 Hectares Reclamation Project in City of Pasay
3 Total calculated CO2 emission/year = (total calculated CO2 Emission for 1000 Million m 3 fill) / (3.5 years construction period) (Baseco Feasibility Study
Report)
4 Source: Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories (last modified: 9 March 2018), US EPA

The construction of the Project is expected to contribute an approximately 0.14 % of

the total CO2 emission based on the 2000 GHG emission data of the Philippines,
which is a small contribution to the total anthropogenic CO 2 load. Moreover, this will
only be temporary since the construction project will only be 3.5 years. In order to
minimize unnecessary CO2 generation from construction activities, the following
measures will be implemented:
 Implement regular inspection and preventive maintenance of heavy

equipment, machineries and service vehicles to meet the DENR standards on
vehicular emissions; and
 Use electric or fuel-efficient equipment, machineries and vehicles and
maximize its operation, if possible.
2.3.2 Ambient Air and Noise Quality
2.3.2.1 Ambient Air Quality
This section presents the methodology and results of baseline ambient air quality
monitoring conducted in the vicinities of the proposed project, the assessment of the
anticipated impacts arising from the construction of the project, and the proposed
mitigation measures and monitoring program.
2.3.2.1.1 Methodology
2.3.2.1.1.1 Sampling and Analysis
RHR Consult Services, Inc. (RHR) commissioned the services of Aces Distribution &
Consulting Services Inc. (ACES-DCSI) to conduct baseline ambient air quality
monitoring within the vicinity of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project. The
ambient air quality monitoring was conducted on August 2, 2018 to measure the 1-
hour ambient concentrations of Total Suspended Particulates (TSP), Particulate
Matter less than 10 µm (PM10), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), and Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) at
five (5) pre-established sampling stations. The table below presents the location and
coordinates of the air sampling stations including the date and time of the monitoring.
Figure 2-126 shows location of the air sampling stations with reference to the
Project site.
Table 2-37. Location of Air Sampling Stations and Date and Time of Monitoring
Date and Time of
Station ID Location Coordinates*
Sampling
14°36’30.25” N; August 2, 2018
AQ1 MICT, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila
120°57’0.69” E 1002H – 1102H
MICT Access Road, Brgy. 20, 14°35’46.16” N; August 2, 2018
AQ2
Tondo, Manila 120°57’13.65” E 1133H – 1233H
14°35’58.34” N; August 2, 2018
AQ3 Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila
120°57’51.69” E 1304H – 1404H
AQ4 Baseco Brgy Hall, Brgy. 649, 14°35’28.49” N; August 2, 2018

Date and Time of

Station ID Location Coordinates*
Sampling
Tondo, Manila 120°57’40.23” E 1440H – 1540H
14°34’49.12” N; August 2, 2018
AQ5 Luneta Park, Brgy. 653, Manila
120°58’27.94” E 1603H – 1703H
The ambient air quality monitoring was conducted in accordance to the standard
methods of the DENR as prescribed in its AO No. 2000-81, the Implementing Rules
and Regulations (IRR) of the Philippine Clean Act of 1999 and the Presidential
Decree No. 984 (National Pollution Control Decree of 1976), as amended by NPCC
MC No. 1980-002. The collected samples were brought to CRL Environmental
Corporation., a DENR recognized laboratory. Table 2-38 presents the air pollutants
and the corresponding methods of sampling and analysis.
Table 2-38. Sampling and analytical procedures used on baseline ambient air
sampling
Pollutant Method of Sampling and Analysis
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) High Volume-Gravimetric Method
Suspended Particulates less than 10 µm (PM10) High Volume-Gravimetric Method
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Impinger-Pararosaniline Method
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Impinger -Griess Saltzman Reaction
Wind speed and direction, cloud cover, rainfall and other relevant parameters which
describe the weather condition in the area were also recorded at each station during
sampling. The wind direction was reported in cardinal directions while wind speed
was described using the Beaufort Wind Scale. The system used to describe the sky
condition and rainfall was adopted from the Philippine Atmospheric Geophysical and
Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA).

Figure 2-126. Location Map of Ambient Air Sampling Stations

Criteria for Assessment of Ambient Air Quality:
The results of ambient air quality monitoring for the proposed Project were compared
to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) set forth in the Philippine
Clean Air Act of 1999. The NAAQS for TSP, PM10, SO2, and NO2 are presented in
Table 2-39.
Table 2-39. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for SO 2, NO2,
TSP, and PM10
Averaging Time NAAQS(1)
Pollutant
(min) (µg/Nm3)
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) 60 340
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) 60 260
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) 60 300
Particulate Matter less than 10 microns (PM10) 60 200
Notes: µg/Nm3 – microgram per normal cubic meter
Source: (1) National Ambient Air Quality Guideline for Criteria Pollutants of the Philippine Clean Air
Act of 1999 (DAO 2000-81)
2.3.2.1.1.2 Impact Assessment
As this proposed project will mainly involve reclamation works and that there is no
significant stationary source of emissions (e.g., such as power plants), impact
assessment involved qualitative description of the expected impacts to the air
environment. To mitigate or lessen the anticipated impacts related to air quality,
proposed mitigation measures including proposed air monitoring are presented in the
succeeding section.
2.3.2.1.2 Baseline Air Quality
The results of sampling for ambient air quality showed that ambient concentration
levels of TSP, PM10, SO2, and NO2, except for the ambient concentration level of
TSP measured at 1,274.6 µg/Nm3 in Station AQ3 (Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo,
Manila), were within the ambient standards of 300, 200, 340, and 260 µg/Nm3,
respectively. Table 2-40 shows the results of baseline ambient air quality monitoring.
The highest concentration level of TSP was recorded in Station AQ3 at 1,274.6
µg/Nm3 while the lowest concentration was recorded at Station AQ5 (Luneta Park,
Brgy. 653, Manila) at 25.5 µg/Nm3. The highest concentration of PM10 was also
recorded at Station AQ3 at 2.0 µg/Nm3 while the lowest concentration was recorded
at Station AQ5 at 0.9 µg/Nm3. ACES-DCSI noted that high level of particulates at
Station AQ3 was due to the fugitive emissions from the continuous vehicular traffic at
the intersection MICT access road. Figure 2-127 shows the graphical presentation of
the ambient TSP and PM10 concentration levels recorded at each sampling station.

The highest concentration of SO2 and NO2 was recorded at Station AQ3 at 15.42
µg/Nm3 and 19.1 µg/Nm3, respectively. SO2 was not detected (i.e. <8.58 µg/Nm3) at
Stations AQ1 (MICT, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila), Station AQ2 (MICT Access Road,
Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila) and Station AQ5 (Luneta Park, Brgy. 653, Manila).
Meanwhile the lowest concentration level of NO2 was recorded at Station AQ5 at 6.4
µg/Nm3. Figure 2-128 shows the graphical presentation of the ambient SO 2 and NO2
concentration levels recorded at each sampling station.
During the sampling, it was noted that the prevailing wind was observed to be from
the Southwest with a Beaufort Force of 2 to 3 or equivalent speed of 3 m/s to 4.5
m/s. The ambient temperature ranged from 31.1 ºC to 35.8 ºC. The sky was partly
cloudy and no rainfall was recorded.
The ambient air quality monitoring report of ACES-DSCI is presented in Annex H.

Table 2-40. Results of Baseline Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (in µg/Nm 3)
Ambient Concentration
Observed Meteorological Conditions
Station Date /Time of (µg/Nm3)
Location Observations
ID Sampling Wind Wind Cloud
TSP PM10 SO2 NO2 Rainfall
Direction Speed(1) Cover
MICT, Brgy. 20, August 2, 2018 Partly Passing heavy vehicles were observed during the
AQ1 56.0 1.4 <8.58 8.4 SW BF2 None
Tondo, Manila 1002H – 1102H Cloudy sampling period
MICT Access
August 2, 2018 Partly Passing light and heavy vehicles were observed
AQ2 Road, Brgy. 20, 80.8 1.3 <8.72 10.6 SW BF2 None
1133H – 1233H Cloudy during the monitoring
Tondo, Manila
The sampling station is located at the middle of
Brgy. Hall, Brgy. August 2, 2018 Partly MICT access road intersection. Continuous passing
AQ3 1,274.6 2.0 15.42 19.1 SW BF2 None
20, Tondo, Manila 1304H – 1404H Cloudy of light and heavy vehicles were noted during the
monitoring
Baseco Brgy Hall,
August 2, 2018 Partly Light vehicles and motorcycles were noted to have
AQ4 Brgy. 649, Tondo, 130.1 1.3 12.88 10.6 SW BF2 None
1440H – 1540H Cloudy passed by near the station
Manila
The sampling station is located at the Quirino
Luneta Park, Brgy. August 2, 2018
AQ5 25.5 0.9 <8.66 6.4 SW BF3 Cloudy None Grandstand open field. Light vehicles were noted to
653, Manila 1603H – 1703H
have passed by from a distant
NAAQS for Specific Air Poutants
300 200 340 260
(60min averaging time) (2)
Note:
(1) Buaufort Wind Scale
BF2 – Equivalent speed is 3 m/s; Light Breeze; Wind felt on exposed skin. Leaves rustle, vanes begin to move.
BF3 – Equivalent speed is 4.5 m/s; Gentle Breeze; Leaves and small twigs constantly moving, light flags extend.
Source:
(2) National Ambient Air Quality Guideline for Criteria Pollutants of the Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999 (DAO 2000-81)

1400 1,274.60
1200
Concentration Level, ug/Ncm
1000
800
600
400
300
200 130.1 200
56 80.8
1.4 1.3 2 1.3 25.5 0.9
0
MICT, Brgy. 20, MICT Access Road, Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Baseco Brgy Hall, Luneta Park, Brgy.
Tondo, Manila Brgy. 20, Tondo, Tondo, Manila Brgy. 649, Tondo, 653, Manila
Manila Manila
AQ1 AQ2 AQ3 AQ4 AQ5
TSP PM10 NAAQS for TSP NAAQS for PM10
Figure 2-127. TSP and PM10 Concentration Levels Recorded at Each Sampling
Station
400
Concentration Level, ug/Ncm
350 340
300
250 260
200
150
100
50 8.4 10.6 19.1 15.42 10.6 12.88
0 0 6.4 0
0
MICT, Brgy. 20, MICT Access Road, Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Baseco Brgy Hall, Luneta Park, Brgy.
Tondo, Manila Brgy. 20, Tondo, Tondo, Manila Brgy. 649, Tondo, 653, Manila
Manila Manila
AQ1 AQ2 AQ3 AQ4 AQ5
NO2 SO2 NAAQS for SO2 NAAQS for NO2
Figure 2-128. SO2 and NO2 Concentration Levels Recorded at Each Sampling
Station

2.3.2.1.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
2.3.2.1.3.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase
The construction of the proposed Project will involve dredging of fill materials from
the proposed borrow area in San Nicholas Shoal, located within 30 km radius from
the project site, filling of the reclamation site, soil improvement and civil works. Such
as activities will utilize marine and heavy equipment such as Trailing Suction Hopper
Dredger, Backhoe Dredger, Hopper Barge, Tugboat which are expected to generate
air pollutants such particulate matter, nitrogen dioxide and carbon monoxide.
Vehicles extensively used at construction site will also generate air pollutants,
primarily nitrogen dioxide. Air pollutants from these equipment and vehicles can
potentially reduce the air quality of the surrounding areas of active construction site.
In order to reduce the volume of the air pollutant that will be generated, the use of
electrically-powered equipment will be maximized. Also, regular preventive
maintenance of heavy equipment, machineries and service vehicles shall be
undertaken to keep these equipment, machineries and service vehicles in good
working condition for lower emission rate of air pollutants.
Earth works, soil improvement and civil works, and vehicular traffic at the Project
area will generate dust which can cause deterioration of air quality at the surrounding
areas of active construction sites, especially during windy and dry periods. This
impact, however, will only be temporary (i.e. during construction phase only) and can
be minimized by the implementation of the following mitigation measures.
a) Frequent water spraying at dry and unpaved reclaimed sites near ASRs,
especially during dry periods where fugitive dusts are potentially dispersed by
winds;
b) Reduction of wind speeds by installing temporary wind barriers at the area, if

necessary. These wind barriers could be strategically located at areas close
to the ASRs;
c) Provide wheel washing facilities for vehicles leaving the project site. This
wheel washing facility is intended to remove muds from the tires of the heavy
equipment and other vehicles, which are potential sources of dust if detached
from vehicles traveling outside the project site (e.g., paved or unpaved roads);
d) Impose speed limits within the project site and along access roads.
Reduction of vehicular speed will significantly reduce generation of fugitive
emissions;
e) If possible, re-route vehicles at considerable distances from the ASRs. This
measure (re-routing) is effective means of decreasing release of fugitive
emissions to nearby ASRs, especially during very dry conditions where
wetting of dry surfaces would be effective for short duration; and

f) Conduct regular visual inspection at the project site (including monthly

sampling of TSP, PM10, SO2, and NO2) to determine areas with high fugitive
emissions, and to implement mitigation measures as necessary.
2.3.2.1.3.2 Operation Phase
During operation phase, it is expected that various locators will invest in the Project.
Buildings and other infrastructures will be constructed by different locators within the
Project site. Potential pollution at construction sites is typically associated with
engine exhausts and dust generation. To avoid adverse environmental impacts,
potential locators will be required with ECC and other necessary permits prior to
construction and compliance with the conditions of its ECC and permits will be also
monitored.
2.3.2.2 Ambient Noise Quality
This section presents a) applicable noise standards and methodology utilized in this
study, b) characterization of ambient noise level using DENR standard methods and
procedures for sampling and measurement; and c) identification and assessment of
the expected impact of the project to existing or background noise levels.
2.3.2.2.1 Methodology
2.3.2.2.1.1 Assessment of Existing Conditions
Sampling and Analysis
RHR Consult Services, Inc. (RHR) commissioned the services of Aces Distribution &
Consulting Services Inc. (ACES-DCSI) to conduct baseline noise level monitoring
within the vicinity of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project. The noise level
monitoring was conducted on August 2, 2018 to measure the noise levels during
daytime at five (5) sampling stations established for ambient air quality monitoring.
Table 2-41 presents the location and coordinates of the noise level monitoring
stations including the date and time of the monitoring. Figure 2-129 shows location
of the noise level monitoring stations with reference to the Project site.
Table 2-41. Location of Noise Sampling Stations and Date and Time of
Monitoring
Station Date and Time of
Location Coordinates*
ID Sampling
14°36’30.25” N; August 2, 2018
N1 MICT, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila
120°57’0.69” E 1002H – 1102H
MICT Access Road, Brgy. 20, 14°35’46.16” N; August 2, 2018
N2
Tondo, Manila 120°57’13.65” E 1133H – 1233H
N3 Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, 14°35’58.34” N; August 2, 2018

Station Date and Time of

Location Coordinates*
ID Sampling
Manila 120°57’51.69” E 1304H – 1404H
Baseco Brgy Hall, Brgy. 649, 14°35’28.49” N; August 2, 2018
N4
Tondo, Manila 120°57’40.23” E 1440H – 1540H
14°34’49.12” N; August 2, 2018
N5 Luneta Park, Brgy. 653, Manila
120°58’27.94” E 1603H – 1703H
Noise levels were measured using a direct-reading sound level meter (in A-weighing
mode). A total of at least fifty (50) readings were recorded in each monitoring station.
The arithmetic median of seven (7) maximum-recorded noise levels were determined
and compared with the standard.

Figure 2-129. Locations Map of Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Stations

Criteria for Assessment of Ambient Noise:
The results of the noise level monitoring were compared with the ambient noise
standards established by the then National Pollution Control Commission (NPCC)
(now DENR) in 1978 and 1980. Table 2-42 presents the Environmental Quality
Standards for Noise in General Areas as specified in Table 1 of NPCC Memorandum
Circular No. 002 series of 1980 (NPCC MC 1980-002).
For the purpose of establishing ambient noise quality standards, areas within any
city, region or center of urban living were classified as Class AA, A, B, C and D
which are defined below.
Table 2-42. Environmental Quality Standards for Noise in General Areas (NPCC
MC 1980-002)
Maximum Allowable Noise (dBA) by time periods
Category Daytime Morning/Evening Nighttime
of Area (9:00 A.M. to 6:00 (5:00 A.M. to 9:00 AM/ (10:00 P.M. to 5:00
P.M). 6:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. A.M).
AA 50 45 40
A 55 50 45
B 65 60 55
C 70 65 60
D 75 70 65
 Class AA- a section of contiguous area which requires quietness, such as areas within 100 meters from
school site, nursery schools, hospitals and special house for the aged
 Class A - a section of contiguous area which is primarily used for residential area
 Class B - a section of contiguous area which is primarily a commercial area
 Class C - a section of contiguous area reserved as light industrial area
 Class D-a section which is primarily reserved as heavy industrial area
For areas directly facing a public transportation route or an urban traffic artery, the
foregoing standards plus a correction factor equivalent to the following were applied:
i – Areas directly fronting or facing a two-lane road …………………….. + 5

dBA
ii – Areas directly fronting or facing a four-lane or wider road ………….. + 10
dBA
Applicable noise standards for construction activities were also specified in NPCC
MC 1980-002. These standards specify a maximum noise level that shall be allowed
from specific construction activities at a distance of 30 m, as shown in Table 2-43.

Table 2-43. Noise Standards for Construction Activities

Maximum Noise
Classification Particulars Level at 30
meters*
Work which requires pile drivers (excluding manual type), pile
extractors, reveting hammers or combination thereof. The
Class 1 90
classification does not include work in which pile drivers are used
in combination with earth auger
Work which requires rock drills, or similar equipment like jack
Class 2 85
hammers or pavement breakers
Work which requires air compressor (limited to those
compressors which use power other than electric motors with
Class 3 rated with rated output of 15 kW or more). Air compressors power 75
rock drills, jack hammers, pavement breakers are excluded
Operation involving batching plant (limited to those with a mixer
capacity of 0.5 or more cubic meters) and /or asphalt plants
Class 4 75
(limited to those with mixer capacity of 200 kg or more). Batching
plants for the making of mortar are excluded
Source: NPCC MC 1980-002
2.3.2.2.1.2 Impact Assessment
A CUSTIC v3.2 noise pollution modeling software was used to assess the expected
noise emissions from reclamation and other heavy equipment to be used during
reclamation works. Noise input data were estimated based on a) the type and
number of equipment to be utilized during reclamation works, b) sound power level
of each of the equipment, and c) assumed locations of the equipment in the
proposed site. Sound power levels were estimated from the Road Construction
Noise Model (RCNM of the U.S. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) and from
related EIA reports that utilized the same type of reclamation equipment.
2.3.2.2.2 Baseline Ambient Noise Levels
The result of ambient noise level monitoring showed that noise level (median of 7
highest readings) in Station N1 (MICT, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila) was lower than the
NPCC maximum allowable noise level of 75 dBA set for heavy industrial areas
during daytime period. Similarly, the noise level at Station N2 (MICT Access Road,
Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila) was lower than the NPCC maximum allowable noise level
of 70 dBA set for light industrial areas during daytime period. However, noise level at
Station N3 (Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila), an area classified as light industrial,
exceeded the NPCC maximum allowable noise level by 12 dBA. The noted sources
of noise in this station were the continuous passing of light and heavy vehicles at the
nearby access road and the pedestrians passing nearby.

The noise levels at Station N4 (Baseco Brgy Hall, Brgy. 649, Tondo, Manila) and
Station N5 (Luneta Park, Brgy. 653, Manila) exceeded the NPCC maximum
allowable noise level of 55 dBA and 50 dBA, respectively, during daytime period.
Station was located in a residential area (Class A) while Station N5 was located in an
area which requires quietness (Class AA). The noted sources of noise in these
stations were the vehicles passing nearby. Table 2-44 shows the results of baseline
noise level monitoring.
The highest noise level was recorded at Station N3 at 82 dBA. This was followed by
followed by Station N1 at 75 dBA. The lowest noise level was recorded at Station N5
at 62 dBA. Figure 2-130 shows the observed noise levels in each monitoring station.
Table 2-44. Results of Noise Level Monitoring

Date & Time Noise NPCC Standard
Station
Location of Level* Category Monitoring NPCC Sources of Noise
ID
Measurement (dBA) of Area Period Standard
MICT, Brgy. August 2, 2018 Operational Rubber Time
N1 20, Tondo, 1002H – 71 D Daytime 75 Gantry (RTG) and heavy
Manila 1102H vehicles passing
MICT August 2, 2018 Passing light and heavy
Access 1133H – vehicles; pedestrians
N2 Road, Brgy. 1233H 65 C Daytime 70 passing by
20, Tondo,
Manila
Brgy. Hall, August 2, 2018 Continuous passing of
Brgy. 20, 1304H – light and heavy vehicles;
N3 82 C Daytime 70
Tondo, 1404H pedestrians passing by
Manila
Baseco August 2, 2018 Frequent passing of light
Brgy Hall, 1440H – vehicles and moorcycles;
N4 Brgy. 649, 1540H 68 A Daytime 55 children playing near the
Tondo, monitoring station
Manila
Luneta August 2, 2018 Passing light vehicles
Park, Brgy. 1603H – from a distance;
653, Manila 1703H passing/jogging
N5 62 AA Daytime 50
pedestrians; rustling of
leaves and grass due to
wind
Note: Median of 7 Highest Readings (dBA)

90 82
80 71 68
70 65 62
Noise Level, dBA
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
MICT, Brgy. 20, Tondo, MICT Access Road, Brgy. Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Baseco Brgy Hall, Brgy. Luneta Park, Brgy. 653,
Manila 20, Tondo, Manila Tondo, Manila 649, Tondo, Manila Manila
Class D Class C Class C Class A Class AA
Noise Level (dBA) NPCC Standard for Class AA (50 dBA)

NPCC Standard for Class A (55 dBA) NPCC Standard for Class C (70 dBA)
NPCC Standard for Class D (75 dBA)
Figure 2-130. Plot of Noise Levels at the Monitoring Stations
2.3.2.2.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
Noise from the operation of heavy equipment at the reclamation area may cause
disturbance to the local community. To assess the impact significance of noise on
the adjoining population, a noise modeling using CUSTIC v3.2 was conducted. The
evaluation of impacts based on the noise modeling is presented below.
Input Parameters
The input data used and the assumptions made to execute the simulation of noise
propagation during the construction phase of the proposed Project are as follows:
a) Type, number and sound power level of equipment to be utilized during reclamation
works
The reclamation equipment to be used during construction phase of the proposed

Project and the estimated sound power level and sound level at 50 ft (or 15.24 m)
are shown in Table 2-45. Sound level data from U.S. FHWA (2006) (Table 2-45)
were used to compute the sound power level using the following formula.
𝐿𝑤 = 𝐿𝑝 + 10𝑙𝑜𝑔(4𝜋𝑟 2 )
where:
Lw = sound power level (in re dBA re 1 PW);
Lp = sound level at distance, r, from the equipment; and
r = distance from the noise source (or 15.24 m)

As there is no available sound level data at various octave band center frequencies
(e.g., 16 Hz to 8000 Hz), sound power data were assumed at frequency centered at
1000 Hz. Annex H-3 shows the noise modeling input data.
Table 2-45. Reclamation equipment and estimated sound pressure and/or

power levels
Spec Lmax
Equipment No of Units Source of Information
(dBA)
Cutter Suction 2 EIA Tai) Sheltered Boat
Dredger (CSD) at (103) Anchorage (2000)
Reclamation Site
Split Hopper Barge 7 (104) EIA Tai) Sheltered Boat
(SHB) with tugboat 110 Anchorage (2000)
Backhoe Dredger 2 80.0 U.S. FHWA (2006)
Excavator 4 85.0 U.S. FHWA (2006)
Bulldozer 4 85.0 U.S. FHWA (2006)
Wheel Loader (as 4 80.0 U.S. FHWA (2006)
front end loader)
Vibratory Roller (as 4 85.0 U.S. FHWA (2006)
roller) (108)
Notes:
1) Sound level (in dBA) at 50 feet (or 15.24 m) unless otherwise specified.
2) Values in parenthesis under column Spec Lmax are sound power level (in dBA re 1PW)
b) Barriers and Foliage
Noise attenuation or reduction due to barriers and foliage such as the existing
houses or structures were not included as this case assumed screening modeling.
More detailed noise assessment using numerous barriers and foliage may be
including later depending on the preliminary noise screening results. Thus, modeling
results in this case are expected higher than those considering existing structures as
barriers.
Modeling Results and Discussion
Figure 2-131 shows results of the simulation of the propagation of noise from the
operation of reclamation equipment. The predicted noise level from equipment was
added to the background noise levels to determine the cumulative noise level at the
two (2) closest receptors or noise stations (MICT Access Road, Brgy. 20, Tondo,
Manila and Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila) (Table 2-46). The results showed a
<5 dBA increase in the baseline noise levels. According to the impact categories by
Wilson (1986) shown in Table 2-47, an increase of <5 dBA in the noise level data
have none to minor effects.

Table 2-46. Cumulative noise impact (Predicted plus Background and Median
Noise Levels)
Predicted Noise Level
Baseline Noise Level, Cumulative Noise
from the Operation of
Location Median of 7 Highest Level
Reclamation
Readings (dBA) (dBA)
Equipment (dBA)
MICT Access Road,
65 30.83 65.001
Brgy. 20, Tondo, Manila
Brgy. Hall, Brgy. 20,
82 20.55 82.000
Tondo, Manila
Table 2-47. Noise Level Increases and Corresponding Impact Categories

(Source: Wilson, 1986)
Category Increase (dBA) Effect
I <5 None to Minor
II 5 to 10 Moderate
III > 10 Significant to Severe
Figure 2-131. Predicted Noise Levels (in dBA)
Mitigation measures in the form of good site practices will be taken to reduce noise
levels generated by the construction activities, such as:
 All machinery will be maintained in accordance with the original

manufacturer’s specifications and manuals to avoid excessive noise, vibration
and vehicle exhaust pollution. Regular maintenance of equipment and
engines as per manufacturers requirements will be carried out
 Conduct reclamation works during nighttime at the project area relatively far
from the Barangay Baseco.
 Reduce the number of equipment to be operated at nighttime and inform the

residents and barangay officials prior to the conduct of reclamation works,
especially if equipment need to be operated near residential areas.
Monitor noise levels especially at nighttime periods (10:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M) at
residences closest reclamation works

2.4 People
The study focuses on the impact areas of the proposed project. Manila City is
considered the indirect impact area based on the social impacts the project may
induce. On the other hand, Barangay 649 is deemed as direct impact areas where
the project components are to be located near. The following sections present the
demographic and socio-economic profile of the impact areas as well as the
issues/concerns/possible impacts regarding the project and corresponding proposed
mitigation/enhancement measures.
2.4.1 Methods
Various methods were employed in gathering information on the socio-economic

conditions and perceptions of the impact community. The summary and details of
these activities/methods presented in the following table and sections, respectively:
Table 2-48. Public Participation Activities conducted for the Project

Activity Date Location / Venue Participants
1. Requirements Prior to the Public Scoping:
a. Focus Group May 9-11 Barangay 286 23
Discussion Barangay 649
b. IEC Activity May 9-11, City of Manila: 1. Barangay 20, 275,
June 1, 4, 1. Brgy 20 286, 653, 649 LGUs;
& 6, 2018 2. Brgy 275 2. Intramuros
3. Brgy 286 Administration
4. Brgy 653 3. National Parks
5. Brgy 649 Development
6. Government Committee (NPDC) –
Agencies Luneta Admin
7. Business 4. Philippine Coast
Establishments Guard HQ
8. Religious 5. Philippine Coast
Institutions Guard NCR
9. Educational 6. Philippine Coast
Institutions Guard Marine
Environmental
Protection Unit
7. Pasig River
Rehabilitation
Commission – Baseco
Field Office
8. Samahang
Magkakapitbahay ng

Activity Date Location / Venue Participants

Valderama– Brgy 286
10. Hotel H20
11. Pres. Corazon C.
Aquino High School
12. Herminigildo J.
Atienza Elementary
School
c. Initial May 10-11, City of Manila:
Perception 2018 1. Barangay 286 33
Survey 2. Barangay 653 12
3. Barangay 649 55
2. Public July 2, Tamayo Restaurant, 80 participants
Scoping 2018 General Luna cor. 27 stakeholder groups /
Anda St., Intramuros, sectors
Manila
3. Perception
Survey
4. Public
Hearing
2.4.1.1 Requirements Prior to the Public Scoping
In compliance with DAO 2017-15 or the Guidelines on Public Participation under the
Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System, Focus Group Discussion (FGD),
Information and Education Campaign (IEC) and Initial Perception Survey were
conducted as part of the requirements for the Public Scoping.
2.4.1.1.1 Focus Group Discussion
Focus Group Discussion (FGD) Activities on the New Manila Reclamation Project
were conducted on May 9-11, 2018 (Wednesday-Friday) in several Impact
Barangays that were initially identified.
The participants for the FGDs were from the Informal Settlers sector, who, as per
initial data gathering are the foremost sector in the Impact Areas in terms of number.
Two barangays were selected for the FGD. These are Barangays 286 and 649 which
were initially identified as being among the nearest to the proposed project’s site.
The number of participants were 15 and 8, respectively, totaling to 23 overall. Four

(4) Personnel were engaged in conducting the FGD proper.

Figure 2-132. Photo documentation during FGD
Comments, Issues and Concerns, and Suggestions Raised during the IEC are
presented in this EIA Report.
2.4.1.1.2 IEC Activity
Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System, Information and Education
Campaign (IEC) Activities on the New Manila Reclamation Project were conducted
on May 9-11, 2018 (Wednesday-Friday), and June 1, 4, and 6, 2018 (Friday,
Monday, Wednesday) in several Impact Barangays that were initially identified, as
well as concerned Government Agencies, Business Establishments, and Institutions
that were initially identified.
The IEC Activities conducted were the following:

1. Courtesy Calls and Consultations;
2. Discussions with Key Stakeholders and Stakeholder Representatives;
3. Distribution of Brochures; and
4. Placements of Posters in Strategic Areas
These were held in barangay halls, residences, stores and work areas in the
following five (5) Barangays:
1. Barangay 20
2. Barangay 275
3. Barangay 286
4. Barangay 653
5. Barangay 649
as well as with the following concerned Government Agencies and Interest Groups,
Business Establishments, and Institutions and Interest Groups within and near the
Impact Areas:
1. Intramuros Administration
2. National Parks Development Committee (NPDC) – Luneta Admin
3. Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) HQ
4. Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) NCR
5. Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) Marine Environmental Protection Unit (MEPU)

6. Pasig River Rehabilitation Commission (PRRC) – Baseco Field Office

7. Samahang Magkakapitbahay ng Valderama (SMV) – Brgy 286
9. Hotel H20
10. Pres. Corazon C. Aquino High School
11. Herminigildo J. Atienza Elementary School
The content of the IEC Discussions and material were on the following:
1. Project Information
2. Information on the EIA Process
There were eight (8) Personnel involved in conducting the IEC activities.
As these were just the initial IEC Activities held, more in-depth and broad activities
are lined up in the following days and months up to until, during, and even following
the completion of the project.
Alongside and prior to the aforementioned activities, a series of consultations,

meetings, and communications with regards to the project were conducted with
several concerned Government Agencies by the proponent which yielded a
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with and Letter of No Objections from the
following:
1. Philippine Reclamation Authority (PRA)

2. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA)
3. Department of Tourism (DoT)
4. Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (BFAR)
5. Department of Health (DoH)
6. Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH)
presented in this Chapter.
2.4.1.1.3 Initial Perception Survey
An Initial Perception Survey on the New Manila Reclamation Project was conducted
in Compliance to DAO 2017-15 or the Guidelines on Public Participation under the
Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System.
This activity was conducted on May 10-11, 2018, Thursday to Friday, for a duration
of 2 Days.
The venues of the Survey are in the barangay hall and residences, stores and work
areas in the impact Barangays in the Project. There were three (3) Barangays over-

all selected for Sampling of the Perception Survey, namely Brgy. 286, Brgy. 653, and
Brgy. 649.
The number of enumerators who facilitated the Perception Survey were five (5)
personnel.
The Survey Methodology used was Purposive Sampling, wherein the selection of the
respondents was based on their representation of the different Sectors in their
community. The other respondents randomly selected are residents, albeit ensuring
that only one per household is selected, of different genders, and that ages, although
limited to adults (18 years old and up) are not of a narrow range.
In case of Brgy. 649, seven (7) sections were sampled, namely: 1. Seawall, 2. Block
1 Aplaya, 3. Block 1 Gasangan, 4. Block 1 Dubai, 5. Block 15, 6. Gawad Kalinga
Site, 7. Habitat/Site.
An assigned number of 100 Total Number of Persons (Pax) was designated to serve
as the 100% of the Respondents. The assigned Distribution are as follows:
The Distribution of Pax per Barangay is different per barangay depending on the
household density based on ocular inspection
• Brgy. 286 = 33 Pax
• Brgy. 653 = 12 Pax
• Brgy. 649 = 55 Pax
 Seawall = 13 Pax
 Block 1 Aplaya = 16 Pax
 Block 1 Gasangan = 7 Pax
 Block 1 Dubai = 5 Pax
 Block 15 = 4 Pax
 Gawad Kalinga Site = 4 Pax
 Habitat Site = 6 Pax
presented in his Chapter.
2.4.1.2 Public Scoping
The Public Scoping of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project was held on
the 2nd of July 2018 (Monday) Tamayo Restaurant, General Luna cor. Anda St.,
Intramuros, Manila. The program proper started at 9:00 am and finished at 10:50 am.
In attendance were at least 80 representatives of 27 stakeholder organizations
and/or sectors.

The issues and concerns during public scoping were summarized in this Report.
2.4.1.3 Review of Secondary Data
Socio-demographic and economic data were procured from pertinent documents

from respective government institutions such as City and Provincial LGUs, as well as
online sources for background information. All sources were exhausted in the study.
The latest available documents provided by LGUs and agencies are listed in Table
2-49.
Table 2-49. List of References Used in the Study

Impact Area Covered
Document Date Source Barangay
Manila City
649
Manila Comprehensive
Land Use Plan and
2005-2020 Manila City 
Zoning Ordinance (2005-
2020)
Barangay 649 State of
Barangay
Barangay Governance 2016  
649
(2016)
Census of Population and National
Housing (2015) 2015 Statistics 
Office
Marine Vessel Traffic January- Philippine
Report of Manila Bay July 2018 Ports 
Authority

Figure 2-133. Letter request for CLUP, Socio Economix Profile and other
Pertinent Documents to the City Planning and Development Office of Manila
City

Figure 2-134. Document covers / pages obtained from LGUs for the review of
secondary data: Left – Comprehensive Land Use Plan of Manila City (2005-
2020), Right – Barangay Profile of Barangay 649 (2016)
2.4.1.4 Perception Survey
Section 2.4.2.4 presents the summary of Perception Survey conducted for the proposed
project.
The venues of the Survey are in the barangay hall and residences, stores and work
areas in the impact Barangays in the Project. Barangay 649 in Baseco, Manila the

impact barangay of the Project, was selected for the sampling of the Perception
Survey.
The number of enumerators who facilitated the Perception Survey were 5 personnel.
The Survey Methodology used was Purposive Sampling, wherein the selection of the
respondents was based on their representation of the different Sectors in their
community. The other respondents randomly selected are residents, albeit ensuring
that only one per household is selected, of different genders, and that ages, although
limited to adults (18 years old and up) are not of a narrow range.
Seven (7) sections were sampled in Barangay 649, namely: 1. Seawall, 2. Block 1
Aplaya, 3. Block 1 Gasangan, 4. Block 1 Dubai, 5. Block 15, 6. Gawad Kalinga Site,
7. Habitat/Site.
An assigned number of 119 Total Number of Persons (Pax) was designated to serve
as the 100% of the Respondents. The assigned Distribution are as follows:
o Brgy. 649 = 119 Pax
o Seawall = 28 Pax
o Block 1 Aplaya = 35 Pax
o Block 1 Gasangan = 15 Pax
o Block 1 Dubai = 11 Pax
o Block 15 = 9 Pax
o Gawad Kalinga Site = 9 Pax
o Habitat Site = 13 Pax
Figure 2-135. Photo Documentation of Perception Survey

2.4.1.5 Focus Group Discussion
The participants for the FGDs were from the Informal Settlers sector, who, as per
initial data gathering are the foremost sector in the Impact Areas in terms of number.
Two barangays were selected for the FGD. These are Barangay 649 which were
initially identified as being among the nearest to the proposed project’s site.
Figure 2-136. Photo Documentation of Focus Group Discussion
2.4.1.6 Key Informant Interviews
Key Informant Interview (KII) was also used primarily to provide an in-depth
discussion on the condition of the community and to determine the perceptions and
interests of several groups in the host barangays. This was administered to the
knowledgeable and influential people in the locale. Among those interviewed were
Barangay Officials of the Direct Impact Barangay.
2.4.2 Results
2.4.2.1 Requirements Prior to the Public Scoping
Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System, Focus Group Discussion (FGD),
Information and Education Campaign (IEC) and Initial Perception Survey were
conducted as part of the requirements for the Public Scoping. The following table
summarizes the results of the FGD, IEC and Initial Perception Survey:

Table 2-50 Results of the FGD, IEC and Initial Perception Survey
FGD IEC Initial Perception Survey
Biggest Problem the - - 1. Cleanliness / Sanitation
Barangay is currently facing 2. Peace and Order
3. Livelihood
4. Health
5. Education
6. Water supply
7. Corruption
8. Vices of youth
Respondents fear in the - - 1. Displacement of residents
establishment/ running of the 2. Loss of livelihood
project 3. Accidents/disasters
Perceived Positive Impacts of 1. Housing projects - -
the Project 2. Livelihood
3. Development of
Surroundings
Perceived Negative Impacts 1. Environmental 1. Dislocation of residences -
of the Project degradation 2. Lack of prospect for
2. Water pollution concrete and meaningful
3. Soil erosion benefits to community
4. Dislocation/Demolition residents as Stakeholders
5. Traffic 3. Lack of Information on the
6. Change in lifestyle project
7. Increase of crime 4. Access to channels and
routes

FGD IEC Initial Perception Survey

5. Resource Access and
Preservation
6. Provision of Facilities
7. Compliance with Law and
other Requirements
Suggestions about the Project 1. Provide employment 1. Public Consultation
2. Provide Relocation 2. Information Dissemination on
3. Stop the project Activities regarding the Project
4. Choose another location 3. Do not continue the project
for the project 4. Develop/ improve the
5. Do not construct on the surroundings
sea
6. Consultation with the
community
7. Develop the barangay

2.4.2.2 Public Scoping
The Public Scoping of the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project was held on
the 2nd of July 2018 (Monday) Tamayo Restaurant, General Luna cor. Anda St.,
Intramuros, Manila. The program proper started at 9:00 am and finished at 10:50 am.
In attendance were at least 80 representatives of 27 stakeholder organizations
and/or sectors.
At 9:00 am, the program commenced with an announcement from the facilitator Carl
Louie Santiago, followed by a prayer and the singing of the Philippine National
Anthem. After which, Diana Espinosa, Chairwoman of Brgy. 649, gave her welcome
remarks and was followed by a brief introduction of participants. Engr. Carlo Vic
Arida of DENR-EMB then provided the Overview, Objectives and Procedures of the
Public Scoping, and also presented the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Process to the body.
EIA Preparer, Jess Addawe, presented and discussed the proposed New Manila
Reclamation Project on behalf of the Proponent. After the project presentation, the
floor was opened for the Open Forum, during which a total of 36 issues and
concerns were raised by 15 participants, with Manuel Quijada of the Proponent’s
Design Consultant, Jess Addawe of the Proponent’s EIA Preparer, Engr. Cristina L.
Echon of Manila City’s LGU and Engr. Arida of DENR-EMB taking turns in
responding to each of the raised issues and concerns.
Engr. Arida closed the Open Forum acknowledging the body’s participation and
summarizing the issues and concerns raised. Engr. Echon addressed the same with
a closing remark which formally ended the activity.
Filipino was the primary language used during the activity, and complementing this
was English as the secondary language used. Visual presentations were utilized,
and pamphlets detailing the project were distributed to the participants during the
registration, to aid in the presentations and discussions. Snacks and Drinks were
distributed to the participants. There were no negative incidences and the general
atmosphere throughout the course of the activity was cordial and warm.
The table below summarizes the issues and concerns raised during the Open
Forum:
Table 2-51. Issues and Concerns Raised during Public Scoping

Name Issues raised Response
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Edgardo B. Alvinez  Timeline of ECC; Start of  Application (timeline) depended
(The Manila Hotel) reclamation? on the proponent


 Impact on power supply  Have individual source of
power supply
 Project will have its own
substation
Mark Evidente  Vertical development to  Another ECC application for
(Heritage be included in the EIA the vertical development
Conservation  Systemic problems from  5 reclamation presently
Society) the projects considered before the ECC
application
Joven Pajora (Bgy  Access road; projects  3 access points for exit and
275) not indicated that could entrance to prevent traffic
affect Farola? congestion
 only one egress and
ingress based on the
presentation
Baseco PO -  Manila Mandamus  Will be included in the study

Kabalikat -
Jeorgue Tenolete
Captain Rogelio P.  Source of filling  One of the potential sources is
Taruc - Manila materials? San Nicolas Shoal; borrow fill is
Pilot through barge directly into the
reclamation site
Mirna Rodriguez,  3 proposals for the  Noted.
DPWH-NCR accessibility of the area?
Where?
Mirna Rodriguez,  Why is Manila Bay  Manila Bay Coordinating
DPWH-NCR Coordinating Council Council was not able to attend.
and the representative of  Representative of the Senate is
the Senate not invited? present.
LAND
Edgardo B. Alvinez  No impact on traffic  All logistics will come/be
(The Manila Hotel) along Roxas Blvd.? transported on the seawater
 Impact on flooding, near  Open ditch; catchment and
Manila Hotel drainage; sewage treatment
plant
Baseco PO -  Include in the study the  Will be included in the study
Kabalikat - earthquake
Jeorgue Tenolete 
Atty Levy Ordonez,  Is the reclaimed area  Joint venture with the city of


Director III Rep. of Alienable and Disposal? manila. Still in discussion
Senate between the two.
Brgy. 649 –  Waste disposal impacts  Most of the establishment

Kagawad on Manila Bay (aquatic have no permit
Markdolph J. life) and the community  The project has centralized
Navalta sewage treatment plant;
guaranteed discharge within
the standards
Mirna Rodriguez,  Reclamation will block  Not knowledgeable of the

DPWH-NCR all drainage that could opposition of Sen. Villar on the
cause flooding in Las project
Pinas  MBCO as resource person of
DENR
WATER
Edgardo B. Alvinez  Waste impact on aquatic  Wastes from sewerage harm
(The Manila Hotel) life the environment; the project
will discharge water within the
standards of DENR
Mark Evidente of  Impacts upstream of the
the Heritage rivers
Conservation
Society
Atty Levy Ordonez,  Effect on the navigable  100% guaranteed no effect on
Director III Rep. of waters? navigation and channel based
Senate on hydraulic study
Jane Galleto –  Existing breakwater to  Considered
PPA PMO NCR be part of the project?
South  Consider international
ports
 Hazardous equipment  Will replicate what’s done in
impacts on the water Singapore where water is clean
quality and historic / and maintained.
aesthetic value of the
area
Chairman of  Is project size part of the  Considered in the hydraulic
Barangay 286 study on water study modeling EIA Study
Alberto B. Loresto displacement as the  Under hydrogeology module
project is near the mouth which includes modeling; will
of Pasig River be the basis of EMB in the
issuance of ECC


Mark Evidente of  Flow analysis of bay /  Direct and indirect impact
the Heritage study on impact of areas (Laguna Bay and Pasig
Conservation drainage to the River)
Society community to be
included in the EIA
 Laguna Bay and Pasig
river
PEOPLE
Chairwoman Diana  Job opportunity  More than 2000 employees
Espinosa (Brgy.  Displacement of needed for the project
649) barangay residents  No effect on the barangay,
operations on the seawater; all
equipment will pass through
the seawater
Kagawad Rey  Threat of hazards in the  Included in the EIA Study,
Campanera (brgy. community including hazards
649 Baseco)  Mitigation measures to
be conducted?
Mark Evidente of  Improvement of the  Historic – under People

the Heritage Baseco Community Module of the EIA Study
Conservation  Cleared and open
Society Manila bay to preserve
historical value of the
area
Baseco PO -  Social preparation for  Noted

Kabalikat - the community;
Jeorgue Tenolete  Include in the
development of the
community
AAM GM Henry P.  Fishing grounds  Part of the EIA Study
Guntinos affected by the
equipment, ex.
Compactor
 Aid for the fisherfolk?
Elmen Garcia –  Plan for aplaya  No effect on aplaya
Baseco resident residents

2.4.2.3 Review of Secondary Data
2.4.2.3.1 Demographic Profile
2.4.2.3.1.1 Manila City2
Based on the 2015 Census of Population and Housing (CPH), the City of Manila, a
highly urbanized city in the National Capital Region, posted a total population of
1,780,148 persons as of August 1, 2015. This is larger by 127,977 persons
compared to its total population of 1,652,171 persons counted in the 2010 CPH. The
increase in the population count from 2015 to 2000 translated to an average annual
population growth rate (PGR) of 0.78%.
The total population of the City of Manila from 1903 to 2015 is shown in Figure
2-137.
Table 2-52. Total Population of Manila City, 2000-2015

Total Population 2000 2010 2015
Philippines 76,506,928 92,337,852 100,981,437
National Capital Region 9,932,560 11,855,975 12,877,253
Manila City 1,581,082 1,652,171 1,780,148
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, 2015 Census of Population
Population Growth 2000-2010 2010-2015 2000-2015
Philippines 1.90 1.72 1.84

National Capital Region 1.78 1.58 1.72
Manila City 0.44 1.43 0.78
2
Philippine Statistics Office (2010)

Populationof Manila City

(1903-2015)
2,000,000
1,800,000
1,600,000
1,400,000
1,200,000
1,000,000
800,000
600,000
400,000
200,000
0
Total Population (in thousands)

1,800
1,600
Total Population (in Thousands)
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
-
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
YEAR
Figure 2-137. Total Population of City of Manila, 1903-2015

Source: NSO, 2015
Out of the 1,780,148 total population of Manila City, females accounted for 50.75%
while males comprise 49.45% as shown in the table below. While the young
dependents (0 to 14) comprised 28.55% of the total population, the working-age
population (15 to 64 years) accounted for 67.43% and the old dependents (65 years
and over) posted a share of 4.02%.
Table 2-53. Population by Age Group of the City of Manila, 2015

Age Both Sexes Male Female
Under 1 36,266 18,697 17,569
1-4 150,390 77,165 73,225

Age Both Sexes Male Female

5-9 164,283 84,888 79,395
10-14 157,333 80,534 76,799
15 - 19 177,571 85,167 92,404
20 - 24 191,512 93,206 98,306
25 - 29 170,895 84,763 86,132
30 - 34 144,641 73,118 71,523
35 - 39 123,318 62,401 60,917
40 - 44 106,882 52,770 54,112
45 - 49 94,891 46,460 48,431
50 - 54 80,114 38,341 41,773
55 - 59 63,388 30,062 33,326
60 - 64 47,169 21,581 25,588
65 - 69 31,013 13,574 17,439
70 - 74 17,942 6,851 11,091
75 - 79 11,890 4,079 7,811
80 years & over 10,650 3,030 7,620
All Ages 1,780,148 876,687 903,461
Source: 2015 NSO Census of Population and Housing
The literacy of the City of Manila household population of 1,412,632 (10 years and
over) is 99.83% or 1,410,170, 51.54% of literate were female while 48.46% are male.
Table 2-54. Literacy of Household Population 10 yrs. and Over

10 yrs. and Older LITERATE
Household
Age Group
Population Both Both Sexes Male Female
Sexes
10 - 14 157,333 156,784 80,208 76,576
15 - 19 177,571 174,514 83,892 90,622
20 - 24 191,512 186,751 90,331 96,420
25 - 29 170,895 168,242 82,781 85,461
30 - 34 144,641 142,522 71,400 71,122
35 - 39 123,318 121,506 60,899 60,607
40 - 44 106,882 105,585 51,743 53,842
45 – 49 94,891 93,912 45,700 48,212
50 - 54 80,114 79,516 37,921 41,595
55 - 59 63,388 62,983 29,778 33,205
60 - 64 47,169 46,871 21,405 25,466
65 and over 71,495 70,984 7,369 43,615
TOTAL 1,412,632 1,410,170 683,427 726,743

2.4.2.3.1.2 Barangay 6493
As of 2013, the total population of Barangay 649 is 56,380. On the other hand Table
2-55 presents the total population of Barangay 649. Majority of the population belong
to 12 and below age bracket (21%) followed by 15-17 age bracket (18%).
Table 2-55. Total Population of Barangay 649 by Age, 2013

Age Population
Below 12 11,780
13 – 14 8,710
15 – 17 10,088
18 – 24 8,316
25 – 39 6,448
40 – 49 4,982
50 – 59 4,714
60 and above 1,342
Source: Barangay 649 State of Barangay Governance (2016)
2.4.2.3.2 In-migration
2.4.2.3.2.1 Manila City
The City of Manila number of households in 2015 was 435,237 with an average
household size of 4.1 persons. Tondo has the biggest household population and
total number of 148,152 household with 4.3 average household size, Intramuros has
the smallest household population with only 1,509 and average household size of
3.7 as presented in Table 2-56.
Table 2-56. Household Profile of City of Manila, 2015

Geographic District Population No. of Households Ave. Household Size
Binondo 18,040 5,167 3.5
Ermita 10,523 3,338 3.0
Intramuros 5,935 1,509 3.7
Malate 86,196 22,189 3.9
Paco 82,466 20,038 4.1
Pandacan 87,405 21,948 4.0
Port Area 66,742 15,903 4.2
Quiapo 28,478 7,210 3.8
Sampaloc 375,119 94,912 3.9
San Miguel 17,464 4,330 4.0
San Nicolas 43,069 10,912 3.9
Santa Ana 195,155 46,932 4.2
3
Barangay 649 State of Barangay Governance (2016)

Geographic District Population No. of Households Ave. Household Size

Santa Cruz 132,193 32,697 3.8
Tondo 631,363 148,152 4.3
TOTAL 1,780,148 435,237 4.1
A total of 409,987 occupied housing units were recorded in the City of Manila in
2015. This translates to a ratio of 106 households for every 100 occupied housing
units, with 4.3 persons per occupied housing unit. In 2000, there were 109
households per 100 occupied housing units and 5.1 persons per occupied housing
unit.
Table 2-57. Number of Occupied Housing Units, Number of Households,

Household Population, and Ratio of Households and Household Population to
Occupied, 2015
Ratio of Ratio of
Occupied Household Average Households Household
City of Number of
Housing Population Househol to Occupied Population to
Manila Households*
Units* * d Size Housing Occupied
Units Housing Units
Single house 108,277 118,203 538,084 4.55 1.09 4.97
Duplex 57,101 60,966 248,820 4.08 1.07 4.36
Multi-unit
residential 238,997 250,012 953,978 3.82 1.05 3.99
Commercial/
industrial/ 2,427 2,668 9,526 3.57 1.10 3.93
agricultural
Institutional
living quarter 95 104 367 3.53 1.09 3.86
Others 1,632 1,651 6,200 3.76 1.01 3.80

Not Reported 1,458 1,550 6,034 3.89 1.06 4.14
Total 409,987 435,154 1,763,009 4.05 1.06 4.30
*excludes households in relocation area
In 2015, about 51% of the total occupied housing units have galvanized
iron/aluminum for roof and 84% have concrete/brick/stone for outer walls as
presented in Table 2-58. On the other hand, the 43% of the total occupied housing
units are rented house/room including lot while 57% have multi-unit residential as the
type of building (Table 2-59).

Table 2-58. Occupied Housing Units by Construction Materials of the Roof and Outer Walls: City of Manila, 2015
Construction Materials of the Roof
Total
Construction Materials of the Outer Occupied Half Bamboo/ Makeshift/
Galvanized Tile/
Walls and City/Municipality Housing galvanized cogon/ salvaged/ Not
iron concrete Asbestos Trapal Others
Units* iron and half nipa/ improvised Reported
/aluminum /clay tile
concrete anahaw materials
Concrete/brick/stone 210,893 186,250 21,164 3,284 4 55 19 42 75 -

Wood 63,024 55,117 1,168 5,510 66 62 222 682 197 -
Half concrete/brick/stone and half wood 129,409 101,680 2,239 25,298 4 26 34 60 68 -
Galvanized iron/aluminum 1,343 1,065 62 199 - - 9 6 2 -
Bamboo/sawali/cogon/nipa 197 61 - 1 10 - 16 108 1 -
Asbestos 355 355 - - - - - - - -
Glass 25 25 - - - - - - - -
Makeshift/salvaged/improvised materials 2,144 206 - 20 3 - 1,391 512 12 -
Trapal 1,749 84 - - 5 - 101 1,555 4 -
Others 128 61 - - - - 2 7 58 -
No walls 233 25 1 - - - 63 108 36 -
Not Reported 487 357 6 103 5 3 1 4 - 8
Total 409,987 345,286 24,640 34,415 97 146 1,858 3,084 453 8
Table 2-59. Number of Households by Tenure Status of the Lot: City of Manila, 2015
Type of Building
Tenure Status of the Housing Unit and Lot Commercial/ Institutional
Number of Single Multi-unit Not
and City/Municipality Duplex industrial/ living Others
Households* house residential Reported
agricultural quarter
Own or owner like possession of house and lot 164,404 57,658 27,215 78,569 426 24 158 354
Rent house/room including lot 188,052 34,840 21,217 130,042 1,625 34 57 237

Type of Building
Tenure Status of the Housing Unit and Lot Commercial/ Institutional
Number of Single Multi-unit Not
and City/Municipality Duplex industrial/ living Others
Households* house residential Reported
agricultural quarter
Own house rent lot 7,319 2,818 1,328 3,145 24 - - 4
Own house rent-free lot with consent of owner 26,930 7,907 3,831 14,951 47 2 29 163
Own house rent-free lot without consent of owner 14,555 6,205 2,498 5,455 15 3 131 248
Rent-free house and lot with consent of owner 26,324 6,531 3,836 15,044 482 36 113 282
Rent-free house and lot without consent of owner 6,553 2,189 1,027 2,609 48 5 413 262
Not Applicable 750 - - - - - 750 -
Not Reported 267 55 14 197 1 - - -
Total 435,154 118,203 60,966 250,012 2,668 104 1,651 1,550

2.4.2.3.2.2 Barangay 649
The total number of families in the barangay as of 2013 is 13,276.
The Barangay 649 State of Barangay Governance (2016) reported the number of
formal and informal housing units constructed in the barangay (Table 2-60). A total
of 8,983 families reside in the shanties.
Table 2-60. Formal and Informal Housing Units constructed in the Barangay
Housing Project Villages / Blocks per Number of Units /
Housing Project Structures Constructed
Formal Housing Project
Gawad Kalinga Housing 20 Villages 1,000 units
Habitat Housing 8 Blocks 1,000 units
New site Housing 18 Blocks Not reported
Informal Housing Project
Shanties 16 blocks 7,011
Source: Barangay 649 State of Barangay Governance (2016)
2.4.2.3.3 Culture and Lifestyle
2.4.2.3.3.1 History4
Manila began as a small tribal settlement on the banks of the Pasig River near the
mouth of Manila Bay. It took its name from a white-flowered mangrove plant, known
as the Nilad, that grew in abundance in the area. Maynilad, "where the nilad grows",
was a fairly prosperous Islamic community ruled by Rajah Sulayman, a descendant
of a royal Malay family. On May 24, 1570, almost 50 years after Ferdinand Magellan,
a Portuguese explorer under the service of the King of Spain, first set foot on these
islands, a Spanish expedition under Marshal Martin de Goiti reached Sulayman's
settlement. Encountering resistance from the Muslim king, de Goiti retaliated by
burning down villages and capturing the artillery. The following year, Spanish
conquistador Miguel Lopez de Legazpi arrived at the mouth of the Pasig River and
claimed the islands in the name of the King of Spain. He established the
"distinguished and ever loyal city" of Manila, proclaiming it as the capital. Thus began
the Spanish colonization of the Philippines of almost 333 years.
The new city was encircled by double walls, the Intramuros, and guarded by a fort,
the Fort Santiago. The Spanish kept to their enclave and sent out their missionaries
and armies to conquer the countryside. In the suburbs or arabales like Tondo, Santa
Cruz, Quiapo, Sampaloc and Malate, the indios, as the natives were called, lived and
worked together with the mestizos (of mixed Filipino and foreign descent). The
4
Comprehensive Land Use Plan (2005-2020)

sangleys or Chinese merchants lived in the parian, a district which became part of
the present Binondo.
In the 19th century, Spain's colonies were racked by corrupt administration and
internal disorder. Liberal ideologies fired the spirits of enlightened Manilenos like
Philippine national hero Jose Rizal who studied abroad and Filipino rebel leader
Andres Bonifacio who read books on revolutionaries and philosophers. The seeds of
revolution were thus sown in Philippine soil, and insurrection sprouted all over the
countryside. By the late 1800s, Spain had lost control over the Philippines, and with
her major defeat by the American fleet in the Battle of Manila Bay, totally
relinquished her hold on the colony.
But freedom would not come so easily, for the Filipinos eventually found themselves
under their erstwhile ally, the Americans. Under the new conquerors, Manila spread
outwards, roads and bridges were built, and schools taught the Filipinos Western
culture and proficiency in a new language, English. Democratic processes were
introduced; and neo-classical government edifices rose around the old city. The
outbreak of World War II soon halted all that.
For three years, the country chafed under the Japanese occupation. The end of the
Pacific War left Manila in ruins but it also brought liberation and independence. In
July of 1946, the Commonwealth government under Manuel L. Quezon declared
independence.
The post-war years saw the reconstruction of Manila and its growth in area and
population. Land was developed in areas now covered by the Municipality of San
Juan. Subdivisions and residential villages flourished as well in Quezon City, Pasig,
Pasay and Parañaque. Factories and industrial areas burgeoned in Caloocan,
Malabon and Valenzuela. Adjoining municipalities of Las Piñas, Muntinlupa, Taguig,
Pateros and Marikina were developed and annexed. In 1976, a conglomeration of
four cities - Manila, Pasay, Caloocan and Quezon City - and 13 municipalities was
officially designated as "Metro Manila".
Today, Metro Manila is also known as the National Capital Region, a thriving, ever
enlarging urban sprawl covering about 630 square kilometers and harboring a
population of approximately ten million.
On the other hand, Barangay 649 is situated along the reclaimed area, Port Area,
Manila under the jurisdiction of Philippine Ports Authority, classified as URBAN
POOR. It was during the incumbency of Fortner President Ferdinand Marcos that the
place was known as ENGINEERING ISLAND OF NASCO. Former First Lady Imelda
Marcos, then Governor of Metro Manila, ordered the dredging an island thus formed
adjacent to NASCO Compound and employees of it where the first inhabitants of the
island.

In 1998, the former Congressman Amado S. Bagatsing donated to the barangay,

materials and financial assistance for the construction of public faucets, which was
then managed by the Barangay Water Association of barangay 649 and
electrification program thru Depressed Area Electrification Program (DAEP) was also
realized in 1988, followed by the constriction of school building.
Important events came in the area, last August 21, 2001, the community was
declared as one of the KALAHI area - (Kapit-Bisig Laban sa Kahirapan) by the
Department of Social Welfare and Development. Hence, census survey was
conducted last September 2001 thru the creation of Task Force Baseco with four
departments involved, the MDSW, USO, City Planning Office, and Engineering
Office of City of Manila. The survey was successfully undertaken January 2002.
Furthermore, Barangay 649 was proclaimed by President Gloria Macapagal Arroyo.
Presidential Proclamation 145, declaring BASECO open for disposition to actual
residents of the community of January 18. 2002, Ordinance 7931 declaring 52
hectares land be awarded to actual BASECO residents.
2.4.2.3.3.2 Culture
Based on the map showing the differentiation and distribution based on linguistic,
cultural and racial criteria provided by the National Commission for Culture and Arts
(Figure 2-138), Manila City is Spanish-influenced contact languages or Chabakano;
Caviteño, Ermiteño, and Ternateño in Luzon. The same map also indicated the City
as composed of Christian groups.

Figure 2-138. Differentiation and Distribution based on Linguistic, Cultural and Racial Criteria
Source: National Commission for Culture and Arts

2.4.2.3.4 Physical Cultural Resources
2.4.2.3.4.1 Archaeological Finds
The following information on archaeological finds in Manila City are lifted from The
Philippine Journal of Science, Outline Review of Philippine Archaeology by Islands
and Provinces, 1947:
North of the Pasig (12 separate individual sites or areas explored)
Site 1: A Chinese building at corner of Pinpin and Dasmariñas

Site 2: Cosmopolitan building site, near Sta. Cruz Bridge
Site 3: Great Eastern Hotel Site, Calle Echague
Site 4: Heacock building, corner David and Escolta
Site 5: Insular Life Building, Plaza Cervantes
Site 6: Reyes (now Soriano) building site, Plaza Cervantes
Site 7: Uy Yet building (China Bank Area), Calle Dasmariñas
Site 8: Cu Unjieng building site, Escolta and Pinpin
Site 9: Ideal Theater building site, Rizal Avenue
Site 10: Trade and Commerce building, Calle Juan Luna
Site 11: (Miscellaneous street excavations)
Site 12: Santo Tomas University Campus (“Bill’s Site”), España
Excavations for building sites proved very interesting and informative regarding the
history of Manila. Accurate chronology worked out for downtown area, showing
regular subsistence of around 14 inches per century. Good series of datable Chinese
and European porcelains obtained in great quantity; also contemporary native and
southeastern Asia wares. Some whole pieces found as well as fragments and
shreds.)
South of Pasig (14 individual sites or areas explored to some degree, and a
few of them excavated extensively):
Site 1: Ermita School Garden (Agriculture and Commerce Building), Wallace

Field
Site 2: Laong Laan Tennis Court Area, Wallace Field
Site 3: “Luis Dato” area, east of Tennis Court, Wallace Field
Site 4: Wallace Field, in general
Site 5: Calle Isaac Peral area (Taft to M. H. del Pillar)
Site 6: University of the Philippines Campus; especially area near Florida
Site 7: Weather Bureau and Ateneo Grounds
Site 8: Bureau of Science grounds (and fishpond area)
Site 9: Manila Walls and Moat area
Site 10: Various excavations inside Walled City

Site 11: Post-office building site

Site 12: Metropolitan Theater Building site
Site 13: Colgante Bridge Area (south approach, Quezon Bridge)
Site 14: New City Hall site
Sites 12-14 were very deeply excavated, and produced enormous collections of
interesting ceramic and other material from the old Chinese Parian of the late 16 th
and early 17th centuries. Little modern material, except in upper soil layers.
The Ermita School Garden and most of the various Wallace Field areas lie on the
site of old Bagumbayan – the “New Town” built in the last third of the 16th century by
the Manila natives ejected from the pre-Spanish town by Goiti and Legaspi. Many
interesting types of native pottery, “Manila-ware” clay-pipes, coins, beads, native
jewelry, and other articles have been found.
The Ermita area was probably made up largely of sand dunes of various sizes, in
pre-Spanish and early Spanish times. Some excavations show the remains of such
dunes, and occasionally they contain interesting old objects, particularly on Isaac
Peral, Florida, near the Weather Bureau (Ateneo), and the Bureau of Science. Deep
borings for setting up telephone and electric-light poles have also often brought up
interesting objects – along several streets in this area.
Results of the exploration indicate that downtown Manila was inhabited only from
about 1,480 to 1,500 onwards.
2.4.2.3.4.2 Tourism
Based on the Manila City CLUP (2005-2023), Manila has the densest concentration
of old buildings and heritage sites in the country. These include the Cathedral and
various colonial churches, government buildings, commercial buildings, office
buildings, theaters and cinema houses, educational establishments, fortifications of
Intramuros and San Antonio Abad, and residential districts such as San Miguel,
Quiapo, San Nicolas and Sta Ana. It hosts the seat of government, and contains
some of the most impressive civic architecture in the country. Major pilgrimage
centers are located here, among them are the churches of Quiapo, Sta. Cruz,
Binondo, Tondo, Pandacan, Sta Ana, Ermita, Malate, San Miguel, Sampaloc, St.
Jude, the Chinese temples in Binondo, and the mosque in Quiapo. The City of
Manila also has the longest waterfront along Manila Bay and the Pasig River. And as
already mentioned, Manila is also the largest retail and wholesale center for Metro
Manila. Data from the Department of Tourism show that twelve (12) out of sixteen
(16) museums and seven (7) out often (10) performing arts theaters are located in
the City of Manila.

Manila therefore has the potential for multiple-focus tourism, such as heritage,
shopping, leisure, pilgrimage and education. These will attract a large number of
foreign and local tourists. Because of the variety of available tourism activities and
the fact that these attract large numbers of locals (specially shopping, pilgrimage and
leisure), tourism is effectively a stable and major industry of the City that has yet to
be fully utilized.
Moreover, these tourism activities are concentrated in the same areas of

agglomeration for shopping and small- and medium-scale light industry and of
transport nodes. Many of these activities are therefore accessible even to pedestrian
traffic.
Manila has twenty-five (25) hotels (out of 36 in Metro Manila) classified as De Luxe,
First Class, Standard and Economy. These tend to cater to high-income foreign
tourists and high-income local families for short weekend stays. Available data show
occupancy rates to range from 32% to 80% in 2001 with wide variation and growth
rates.
The rate is somewhat mixed. Attention might also need to be focused on the budget
and mid-range accommodations, such as pensionnes, small hotels, and lodging
places for a clearer picture of the City's tourism potential. The Tourism Development
Plan also needs to encourage more locals to come to Manila for shopping and
enjoyment of the city's landmarks, districts with distinct character (e.g., Chinatown,
Quiapo, San Nicolas), pilgrimage sites, parks, government structures and the like.
Thus, more investment in inexpensive restaurants and eating places, pensionnes
and lodging houses, and souvenir shops might need to be encouraged.

Figure 2-139. Historical Sites/Structures in Manila City

Source: Manila Comprehensive Land Use Plan and Zoning Ordinance 2005-2020
2.4.2.3.5 Delivery of Basic Services / Resources
2.4.2.3.5.1 Water Supply
Forty-three percent (43%) of the total number of households in Manila as of 2015

use own faucet community water system and 41% use bottled water for drinking. On
the other hand, 80% of the total number of households also use own faucet
community water system for cooking.

Table 2-61. Number of Households by Main Source of Water Supply for Drinking and Cooking, Manila City: 2015
Source of Water Supply for Drinking
Own use Shared
Number of Own use Shared Lake,
faucet faucet Tubed/pipe Unprotec Not
Purpose Household tubed/pipe tubed/pipe Dug Protecte river, rain Bottled
community community d shallow ted Peddler Others Report
s* d deep d deep well d spring and water
water water well spring ed
well well others
system system
Drinking 188,513 52,760 883 834 91 50 622 6 29 11,449 179,153 764 -
435,154
Cooking 347,935 69,597 1,181 1,488 100 48 233 9 13 9,313 5,068 169 -
Table 2-62. Number and Percentage Distribution of Households with Access to Improved Safe Water Supply by Level in
Manila City, 2016
HH' with access to improved Safe Water Supply Level I Level II Level III
Total Household (HH)
No. % No. % No. % No. %
337,324 300,218 89 0 0 0 0 300,218 100
Source: DOH Field Health Service Information System: 2016 Annual Report

As a result of the privatization of the Metro Manila Waterworks & Sewerage System
(MWSS, the City of Manila is being served by two concessionaires in the distribution
of its water supply namely: Maynilad Water Services, Inc. (MWSI) and Manila Water
Company (MWC) The coverage service areas of MWSI are Tondo, Sta. Cruz,
Quiapo, Sampaloc, Sta. Mesa, Pandacan, Binondo, San Miguel, Ermita, Malate,
Intramuros and part of Singalong, while MWC serves Sta. Ana and part of Singalong.
Listed in the table below are the reservoir and pump facilites located in the City of
Manila. At present, updated information is being sourced from the Maynilad Water
Services, Inc.
Table 2-63. Operating Conditions of Reservoirs and Pump Stations, 1998

Reservoir Pump
Motor
District Capacity Number (Ml/D Remarks
3 Number (HP)
M /D) x M)
Tondo 19,000 (22 x42) 3 (225) Not Operating Repair
District 1 2 (34 x 30) works needed for
reservoir to pump
station
Ermita 19,000 3(23 x 46) 3 (225) Operating Pump
station and reservoir
require
District 5 2 (34 x 30) 2 (200) rehabilitation works
2.4.2.3.5.2 Power Supply
As of 2015, the total number of households that uses electricity for lighting is
428,934 (99% of the total number of households in Manila. Other source of fuel for
lighting are kerosene, LPG, Oil, solar panel, solar lamp and other.
Table 2-64. Number of Households by Kind of Fuel for Lighting, Manila City:
2015
Fuel for Lighting
Liquefied Oil
City/ Number of Not
Kerosene Petroleu (vegetable Solar Solar
Municipality Households* Electricity Others None Reporte
(Gas) m Gas animal and panel lamp
d
(LPG) others)
City of Manila 435,154 428,934 2,365 1,369 34 66 98 1,018 1,012 258
2.4.2.3.5.3 Peace and Order

Theft and robbery are the two most common crimes in the City of Manila which both
accountable for 39 percent each of the recorded cases of crime. This is followed by
physical injury (10 percent).
Murder cases almost doubled in number from 65 cases in 2000 to 124 cases in
2001. Index crimes increased from 47 percent in 1999 to 56 percent in 2001. In
2001, there were slightly more index crimes (56 percent) than non-index crimes (44
percent). Crime is often an outcome of contributing factors such as poverty and drug
addiction, and hence these factors need to be addressed as well while enforcing
protective regulations.
Table 2-65. Crime Statistics, 1999-2001

Offense / Percent share for
1999 2000 2001
Category 2001
Physical Injury 267 281 174 10.03
Homicide 92 72 76 4.38
Murder 80 65 124 7.15
Rape 52 27 15 0.86
Theft 712 759 669 38.56
Robbery 664 769 677 39.02
100
Total Index Crimes 1867 1973 1735 56.42
NR of Crimes
1703 1944 1638
Solved
Crime Solution Eff
91.22 98.53 94.41
(%)
Total Non- Index

2082 1856 1340 43.58
Crimes
NR of Crimes
1924 1702 2000
Solved
Crime Solution Eff
91.85 95.22 92.29
(%)
Average Monthly
8.25 8.72 7.66
Index Crime Rate
Average Monthly
17.45 16.91 13.58
Crime Rate
Based on
4,000,000
population
AMICR 3.89 4.11 3.61
AMCR 8.23 7.98 6.41
The City has eleven (11) Police Stations and forty (40) Police Community Precints
with 2,984 uniformed personnel of which 441 accounts for the traffic police of the 170

outposts. These stations are all strategically located at different areas to facilitate
immediate enforcement of law.
In the City of Manila, there is one policeman per 622 of the population. An additional
619 policemen are needed to meet the PNP manning level standard of 1 policeman
per 500 population. Also, there is one traffic police per 3,585 population and an
additional 86 traffic police personnel are needed to meet the standard of 1 traffic
police per 3000 population.
2.4.2.3.5.4 Education Facilities
Among the congressional districts, District I (Tondo I), with its huge school-going
population, has the highest elementary enrollment, although it only has 12 of the 71
public elementary schools in Manila. In addition, District I has the highest secondary
level enrolment, followed by District II. District I alone accounts for almost a quarter of
the students enrolled in public elementary and secondary schools in the City of
Manila.
Table 2-66. Status of Educational Institutions by District, 1999

Universities/Colleges/lnstitut
Private Schools DCS-Manila
Land e
Distric
Area Primary Secondar Primary Secondar
t City National
(ha) School y School y Private
Owned Gov’t
s Schools s Schools
I 624.11 2 2 12 6 - - 1
II 375 5 4 13 5 - - 2
III 613.67 5 3 10 5 1 - 22
IV 523.12 6 3 14 5 - - 17
V 1125.3 12 8 8 5 1 3 16
8
VI 784.52 11 9 11 6 1 1 9
TOTAL 4045.8 41 29 68 32 3 4 67
Source Official DCS DCS DCS DCS PLM OED OED
Map
Year 2002 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999
Table 2-67. Number of Private Preschools, Elementary and Secondary Schools

(2001-2002)
Type Number %
Elementary level only 4 4.1
Secondary level only 10 10.3
Preschool and elementary 20 20.6
Preschool and secondary 1 1
Elementary and secondary 9 9.3

Type Number %
Preschool, elementary, and secondary 53 54.6
TOTAL 97 100
Table 2-68. Number of Public Elementary and Secondary Schools, By District

No. of Public Total Elementary No. of Public Total Secondary
District Elementary Enrollment, SY Secondary Enrollment, SY
Schools 2001-2002 Schools 2001-2002
I 12 47,799 6 18,797
II 14 27,561 5 16,437
III 12 27,259 5 14,778
IV 14 27,465 5 12,608
V 8 24,889 5 17,507
VI 11 25,129 6 13,755
TOTAL 71 180,102 32 93,882
The huge demand for public sector education is manifested in the latest enrollment
figures. For school year 2001-2002, the private sector accounts for 43,828
elementary students, which is only one-fourth the public school enrollment of
180,102. In the secondary level, private sector enrollment (46,397 students) is only
half the public sector enrollment (93,882).
The private sector, however, appears to offer more levels of education. Of the 97
private preschools, elementary and secondary schools in the city, 75 percent have at
least a preschool and an elementary school. More than half of the private schools
offer complete preschool, elementary and secondary education.
Table 2-69. Gross Teacher- Pupil Ratio and Classroom-Pupil Ratio by District,
Elementary Schools
Additional
Elementary Teacher- Classroom-
District Teachers Classrooms Classrooms
Enrollment Pupil Ratio Pupil Ratio
Needed
I 49,208 1,442 607 1:34 1:81 377
II 29,344 995 449 1:29 1:65 138
III 28,646 930 397 1:31 1:72 176
IV 58,925 1,009 432 1:29 1:67 149
V 26,192 820 430 1:32 1:61 94
VI 26,452 915 426 1:39 1:62 103
Total 188,767 6,111 2,741 1:31 1:69 1,034
The teacher-pupil ratio in the elementary schools in the City of Manila is 1:31, which
more than fulfills the HLURB standard of 1 teacher per 50 pupils. The present
classroom-pupil ratio of 1 classroom per 69 students, however, indicates a need for

an additional 1,034 classrooms to meet the minimum standard of 1 classroom per 50

pupils.
Table 2-70. Gross Teacher-Pupil Ratio and Classroom- Pupil Ratio by District,
Secondary Schools
Teacher- Additional
Secondary Classroom-
District Teachers Classrooms Pupil Classrooms
Enrolment Pupil Ratio
Ratio Needed
I 18,797.00 832 243 1:23 1:78 133
II 16,437.00 833 236 1:20 1:70 93
III 14,778.00 722 182 1:21 1:82 114
IV 12,608.00 666 210 1:19 1:61 43
V 17,507.00 831 282 1:22 1:63 69
VI 13,755.00 728 308 1:19 1:45 (-33)
Total 93,882.00 4612 1461 1:21 1:65 418
The teacher-pupil ratio in the secondary schools in the City of Manila is 1:21, which
is within the HLURB standard of 1 teacher per 50 pupils. The present classroom-
pupil ratio of 1 classroom per 65 students, however, indicates a need for an
additional 418 classrooms to meet the minimum standardof1classroomper 50 pupils.
The young population of Manila translates to a sizable demand for education at all
levels. The schools in Manila respond to this need, and with their various locations,
are fairly accessible to most residents.
For schoolyear 2001-2002, there are 71 public elementary schools in the City of
Manila, accounting for 180,102 enrolled students. This translates to a school
participation rate of about 68 percent, which means that 32 percent of children aged
7-12 are not in school, that is, they are doing other things such as helping earn for
the family or staying at home. At the national level, the participation rate for
elementary education is much higher at 96 percent.
In Manila, there is a huge demand for public education, particularly elementary

education, as indicated by the enrollment figures. There are twice as many students
in public elementary schools than there are students in public high schools. District I
has the highest enrollment in both public elementary and secondary schools.
The city has 32 public secondary schools where 93,882 students are enrolled. The
participation rate for students in the Philippines as well as in the City of Manila
declines when they reach secondary education. As students proceed to the higher
levels of education, some tend to drop out because they can no longer afford
schooling or prefer working instead. The participation rate for public secondary
schools in the City of Manila is 55 percent, which is lower than the national
participation rate of 72 percent.

While there are more males than females at the start of schooling, more males tend
to drop out of school later. At grade VI and 4th year, females already outnumber
males. Moreover, Manila has a higher drop-out rate compared to NCR.
2.4.2.3.5.5 Recreation / Sports Facilities
As of year 2000, there are 53 public plazas in the City of Manila maintained by the
Parks Development Office, occupying a total land area of 119,120 square meters.
This translates to a plaza-population ratio of 75 square meters per 1000 population,
which is inadequate, reflecting the scarcity of open space in the City. Following the
HLURB standard of at least 500 sq.m, of parks and plazas per 1000 population,
Manila needs 671,380 sq.m, of additional parks and plazas.
The other places of recreation are the public playgrounds and sports centers, which
are under the supervision of the Public Recreation Bureau. There are 80 public
playgrounds and recreation centers in Manila, occupying a total land area of 96,632
square meters (or less than one percent of the Manila land area). District III has the
largest total area for playgrounds. The HLURB requires at least 0.5 hectare of public
playground per 1000 population, and hence the City of Manila also needs more
space for public playgrounds, particularly in Districts II and IV.
Table 2-71. Number and Land Area of Public Playgrounds and Recreation
Centers
No. of
Public
Land No. of Land
Playground
District Area (sq % Share Public Area (sq % Share
s and
m) Plazas m)
Recreation
Centers
I 18 10733.00 11.11 6 9,650.00 8.10
II 18 773100 8.00 - - 0.00
III 11 34,916.00 36.13 11 37,160.00 31.20
IV 11 8,051.00 8.33 4 5,680.00 4.77
V 12 24,532.00 25.39 24 51,677.50 43,38
VI 10 10,669 00 11,04 8 14,952.50 12.55
Total 80 96,632.00 100.00 53 119,120.0 100.00
0
1.4.1.1.1 Public Health and Safety
2.4.2.3.5.6 Health Profile

The City of Manila has twenty three (23) private hospitals, six (6) national
government hospitals, and four (4) city government hospitals. The hospitals operated
by the City of Manila are the Ospital ng Maynila, Ospital ng Tondo II, Ospital ng
Sampaloc, and Gat Andres Bonifacio Hospital. The distribution of health facilities
shows that District IV has eight of the 23 private hospitals in Manila, while District II
has one private hospital. District III has three national hospitals.
The health center-population ratio is 1:32,267. The Department of Health (DOH)

minimum standard is 1:20,000, which means that 30 additional health centers are
needed in the city. The Manila Health Department reports that 22 new health centers
will be constructed under the World Bank-funded Urban Health and Nutrition Project
of the Department of Health. While the detailed architectural and engineering plans
have been prepared and approved, sites in Manila have yet to be identified for such
new health centers. A major criterion in the site identification is the accessibility of
the health centers to their urban poor clients.
RA 6972 mandates that there should be one day care center for each barangay. The
HLURB cites this law as a basis for its standard on the number of day care centers in
a city or municipality. Not all the 896 barangays in the City of Manila have a day care
center. The need for such centers is quite considerable in Districts IV, V, and VI. In
all, 616 additional day care centers are needed to complement the existing 280 day
care centers in Manila.
Table 2-72. Health and Other Social Infrastructures, 1999

Licensed Other Health and
Licensed
Land Area National Day
District Population Private City Health
(ha.) Hospital Care
Hospitals Hospital Centers
s Centers
I 624.11 378,697 2 1 1 9 71
II 375 211,610 1 - 1 7 35
III 613.67 184,905 5 3 0 7 40
IV 523.12 251,352 8 - 1 9 46
V 1125.36 290,378 5 1 1 7 43
VI 784.52 264,140 2 1 0 10 45
TOTAL 4045.8 1,581,082 23 6 4 49 280
Source Official NSO DOH DOH MHD MHD MDSW
Map
Year 2002 2000 1999 1999 1999 1999 2002
Table 2-73. Number of Existing and Additional Day Care Centers by District
Congressional No Of No. of Existing Day No. Additional Day Care
District Barangays Care Centers Centers Needed

Congressional No Of No. of Existing Day No. Additional Day Care

District Barangays Care Centers Centers Needed
I 136 71 65
II 122 35 87
III 123 40 83
IV 192 46 146
V 184 43 141
VI 139 45 94
Total 896 280 616
While there are more private hospitals than public hospitals, the total bed capacity of
public hospitals is greater (3,769 beds compared to 3,438). Thus, the hospital bed
population ratio is more favorable in the public sector (one bed per 419 population)
than in the private sector (one bed per 460 population).
All hospitals, whether secondary or tertiary, fulfill the requirement on the number of
beds according to their service category.
Table 2-74. HLURB Hospital Standard

Hospital Category No. of Beds Lot Area
Primary 5-10
Secondary 25-75 1.5 hectares
Tertiary 100-250 1.5 - 3.0 hectares

Figure 2-140. Government and Private Hospitals

Medical Personnel Ratio to Patients
The Manila Health Department is adequately staffed. Its physician-population ratio

and nurse-population ratio meet the DOH and HLURB standards for the public health
sector, which are 1 physician per 20,000 population and 1 nurse per 20,000
population. The number of midwives employed by the city, however, is not enough to
meet the DOH and HLURB standard of 1 midwife per 5,000 population. In this
regard, an additional 179 new midwives need to be hired by the Manila Health
Department to support its primary health care program and to increase the number
of births attended to by trained birth attendants.

General Health Indicators
In the latest record of the City of Manila year 2012 a total of 40,248 live births were
recorded, while there are 12,699 total number of death. In the same year, there were
814 numbers of infant death, 356 fatal; death and 27 Maternal death. The leading
Cause of Infant Mortality as per 2000 record of Manila Health Department were
Pneumonia, Prematurity, Sepsis, Congenital heart diseases, Disseminated
intravascular coagulation, Measles, Congenital anomalies, Asphyxia neonatorum,
Acute gastroenteritis and Respiratory Distress Syndrome.
Table 2-75. Live births and deaths in Manila City, 2012

Health Indicator Number
Total Live Birth 40,248
Total Death 12,699
Infant Death 841
Fatal Death 356
Maternal Death 27
Source: Manila Waterfront City Reclamation Project EIS Report,
Leading Cause of Morbidity:
Respiratory tract infection ranked first followed by the ALRTI and Pneumonia,
Bronchitis/Bronchiolitis, Acute Watery Diarrheal, Urinary Tract Infection,
Hypertension, TB all forms, wounds, Parasitism and Influenza. National Capital
Region was adopted since no records for City of Manila are available. While record
from the City Health Department as of 2000 listed the following as the leading cause
of morbidity Diarrhea, Bronchitis, Pneumonia, TB respiratory, Influenza, Diseases of
the heart, Measles, Dengue fever, Mumps and Chickenpox.
Table 2-76. Leading Cause of Morbidity, NCR 2015

National Capital Region
Causes
Number Rate
Acute Respiratory
571,377 4,946.1
Infection
ALRTI and Pneumonia 97,950 847.9
Bronchitis 56,677 490.6
Acute Water Diarrhea 48,527 420.1
Urinary Tract Infection 42,834 370.8
Hypertension 32,178 278.5
TB in all Forms 23,181 200.7
Wounds 22,767 197.1
Parasitism 13,205 114.3
Influenza 9,338 80.8

Source: DOH 2015

Hypertension/Hypertensive Heart Disease has become the leading cause of
mortality in 2015 at the record of 254 cases. Pneumonia became the number two as
Celibro Vascular Disease is the number three leading cause of mortality for adults.
Other causes of death are Chronic Lower Respiratory Disease, TB All forms,
Condition originating from perinal pd, Assault, Nephritis, Nephritic Syndrome &
Nephritis, Trachea, Bronchus and Lung, Malignant Neoplasm of Breast, as shown in
Table 2-77.
Table 2-77. Deaths, Infant Deaths and Maternal Deaths by Sex, Manila City:
2016
Maternal
Deaths Infant Deaths
Population Livebirths Deaths
Male Female Total Rate Male Female Total Rate No. Rate
1,686,621 60,239 9,742 7,384 17,126 10.15 590 441 1,031 17.12 25 41.50
2.4.2.3.5.7 Environmental Sanitation
As per DOH report in 2016, 72% of the total households of 337,324 has access to
sanitary toilets, satisfactory disposal of solid waste, and with complete basic
sanitation facilities.
Table 2-78. Number and Percentage Distribution of Households with Sanitary

Toilet, Satisfactory Disposal of Solid Waste and Complete Basic Sanitation
Facilities in Manila City, 2016
HH's w/ complete
Total HHs with Sanitary HHs with satisfactory disposal of
basic sanitation
Household Toilet solid waste
facilities
(HH)
No. % No. % No. %
337,324 242,873 72.00 242,873 72.00 242,873 72.00
2.4.2.3.5.8 Waste Water and Sewerage System
The Manila Sewerage System was constructed in 1909 with the original overload
capacity to serve 450,000 people. The system covers 1,850 hectares, serving
530,000 people with the total length of 240 Km.
Sewage is collected by lateral interceptor pipes of 15 cm. to 150 cm. in diameter

from the various districts of the City. It is then conveyed to the Tondo main sewage
pumping station through seven pumping stations. Sta. Ana, a sub-district of Manila,
has a separate system and has its wastes discharging directly to the Pasig River.
However, the construction of a sewer main line is presently ongoing to interconnect
the system in Sta. Ana to the Paco Sewage station.

Not all areas of the City of Manila are connected to the system of sewers and lift
stations. In these areas, the sewerage system is a combined one. In residential
areas and in light commercial districts, the septic vault is used to pre-treat
wastewater. In newer building constructions housing bigger populations, the use of
package-type wastewater treatment plants is being pursued.
Among the problems in sanitation and sewage in Manila is the heavy pollution from
the effluent of domestic septic tanks. According to the Manila Second Sewerage
Project (World Bank-JGATF 2252-3PH), the estimated number of septic tanks in the
year 2000 is about 125,279 with a population septic tank ratio of 13:6. The number of
septic tanks is expected to increase slightly with new constructions and
rehabilitation. There are no records of desludging of tank nor of the in use of
packaged type waste water treatment plants but their use may be seen in high-rise
commercial-residential buildings in Central Manila.
With the Manila Sewerage System serving roughly 30% of the City, other
households discharge wastewater either into a storm drain, septic tank or directly
into esteros. The untreated water in this case carries with it fecal matter and other
debris which finds its way in catch basins or ultimately to nearby bodies of water.
Records of desludging are unavailable, but adequately sized septic tanks normally
are desludged once in two or three years.
Regulatory measures for wastewater disposal practices can limit the degradation of
the water quality of the City’s riverine system.
2.4.2.3.6 Socio-economic Profile
2.4.2.3.6.1 Employment
Manila is predominantly a service-oriented city. It is one of the most densely

populated cities in the country, next to Navotas, and it is fully built-up. Thus very little
agriculture, forestry, mining and quarrying are undertaken. The leading industries,
namely -- textile/garments, food, personal products, chemical/pharmaceutical, and
rubber/plastic products, are generally light, labor-intensive activities. They take
advantage of the city's substantial labor and the labor supply from the rest of the
metropolis. Service sector employment has steadily dominated the share in total
employment, to average about 80% from 1994-99. The rest are employed in industry
sector with a minuscule number in agriculture, possibly backyard vegetable growing
and small-scale fishing.
Like major global cities, Manila has become less of a center of manufacturing but
more of a center for services, amenities and leisure. Given the centrality of the city in
the National Capital Region, it provides employment, services, amenities and

facilities for a large floating population that does not reside in the city. Further, Manila
is a renowned center of education and technical training. Some of the largest
universities and technical institutes are located in the City and they cater to students
who are by and large from outside the City from overseas. One can conjecture that it
has a substantial pool of highly skilled and technical labor force. The city can
therefore absorb the expansion of any labor-intensive, high technology industry like
software development, product development for specialty products, design
establishments and the like. Also the city can develop among the students a lifelong
patronage for the city's amenities and services.
2.4.2.3.6.2 Income
The households are dominantly middle income with an increase in the number of
high income households and a decrease in the numbers of low-income households
from 1994 to 1997.
Table 2-79. Income Bracket /Class Percentage Distribution 1994 and 1997
Year Low Income Middle Income High Income
1994 10.19 78.42 11.39
1997 4.73 70.6 24.67
It can be gathered from the table below that the total number of households has
grown steadily from 1985 to 1997 as well as the average income, average
expenditure and average saving. On the other hand, the number of low-income
household have decreased from 1994-1997 and likewise for their income and
expenditure.
Table 2-80. Number of Families, Average Income and Expenditures 1985-1997

Item 1985 1988 1991 1994 1997
Total Number of Families 325,541 343,744 370,668 382,028 418,043
Growth Rate - 5.59 7.83 3.06 9.43
Average Income 53,539 60,394 123,615 146,638 194,455
Growth Rate - 12.8 104.68 18.62 32.61
Average Expenditure 44,817 43,447 99,904 125,271 163,896
Growth Rate - 3.06 129.94 25.39 30.83
Average Saving 8,722 16,947 23,711 21,367 30,559
Growth Rate - 94.3 39.91 -9.88 43.02
Table 2-81. Number of Families, Income and Expenditure Growth Rate: 1994
and 1997
Income Total No. of Average
Average Expenditure
Bracket Families Income

Income Total No. of Average

Average Expenditure
Bracket Families Income
Low Income (-49.14) (-5.52) (-9.65)
Middle Income (-1.49) 10.51 11.24
High Income 136.92 3.58 8.54
Total 9.43 32.61 30.83
There was a slight decrease in the number of middle-income households and a huge
increase in the number of high-income households. At the same time, the growth
rate of income and expenditures of the middle and upper income classes have
increased. Even low-income households by 1997 managed to generate a certain
portion of their income as savings and this suggests that they are earning a
reasonable level of income.
Table 2-82. Number of Families, Income and Expenditure, 1994 and 1997
Income Total No. Income Income Expenditure Expenditure
Bracket of Families (1,000) Average (1,000) Average
Low
Income
1994 36,920 1.930,495 49.602 1.934,451 49,703
1997 19.793 927,566 46.863 918,366 46.398
Middle
Income
1994 299,579 38.367.650 128.039 34,231.886 114.267
1997 295,116 41,756,763 141,491 37.514.734 127,117
High
Income
1994 43.529 15,731.285 361.402 11.690.706 268.576
1997 103.132 38.606.175 374.337 30.079.654 291.661
Total
1994 362,028 56.019.430 146.637 47.857.043 125,271
1997 416.043 81.290.506 194.455 68.515.755 163,696
In fact, the sources of income of low-income households are nearly evenly

distributed among wages and salaries (38%), entrepreneurial activities (26%) and
others (35%). This suggests that the low-income households are engaged in small-
scale informal sector enterprises or low-paid, temporary, wage-paying jobs. The
middle- and high-income households are in established jobs that also allow for the
build-up of family assets, namely the employer's certification that make for ease in
opening bank deposits, credit for housing and other consumer needs, and social
security and insurance. The average annual employment rate is lower than the
national average. The relative stability of the employment rate suggests a dynamic
market for jobs.

Table 2-83. Employment Rate Quarterly Report 1989-2000

Period 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
1st Qrt 81.7 80.7 84 80.7 84.7 81.2 83.5 86 86.5 86.4 82.8 84.4
2nd Qrt 84.8 *80.7 81.2 72.5 82.2 83.3 80 80.6 86.1 84 76.9
3rd Qrt 78.2 78.1 79.5 82.2 83.2 80.3 81.4 88 85 1 81.6 93.7
4th Qrt 83.3 85.1 84.7 82.2 84.9 81.2 82 86.6 84.9 83.6 82.8
Average
82 81.15 82.35 79.4 83.75 81.5 81.72 85.15 85.65 83.9 84.05
Rate
Growth (- (- (- (-
- 1,46 5.19 0.269 4.028 0.58 0.178
Rate (%) 1.05) 3.71) 2.76) 2.08)
The residents of Manila are actually of a higher income class than the rest of the
country. This is a potential resource for substantial tax revenue, civic participation
and market for various goods and services. Also given the income profile and the
average unemployment rate, these suggest that the unemployment may well be
concentrated among the newly arrived migrants who eventually move elsewhere.
One can also conjecture that their initial source of income is the informal sector and
their initial entry point will be the port area.
Figure 2-141. Five Leading Industries, 1994

2.4.2.3.6.3 Industry
The types of manufacturing establishments that locate in the city are mainly labor-
intensive, light activities that need not cause substantial pollution if located in multi-
use and residential districts.
These are the textiles/garments, food, personal products, chemical/pharmaceutical,

and rubber/plastic products. They also need not take up substantial space and thus
can continue to be encouraged in the city. Nearly half (47.6%) of all manufacturing
establishments are textile/garment firms and the other four leading industries

altogether comprise about 25%. These establishments are reasonably well-

dispersed among the six congressional districts with the biggest concentration in the
contiguous Districts I and III (34% and 22% respectively). The smallest proportion of
4.8% is located in District VI which is mostly residential. These suggest a reasonably
diversified industrial sector that caters largely to domestic or local market demand
rather than to exports.
Figure 2-142. Manufacturing Establishments Per District

2.4.2.3.6.4 Commerce and Trade Shipping
Manila is the premier international port in the country and one of the major domestic
ports for inter-island shipping. As a major center of water transport and storage, it
has experienced a steady increase in shipping, cargo and container traffic from 1994
to 1997. The shipping, cargo and container traffic generate substantial revenues to
the City, reaching PHP 2.227 billion in 1997. The port will remain the major
international and domestic port for the country in the future. It will continue as one of
the main entry points for passengers, immigrants from the island provinces, imported
goods and products from various parts of the country. It will also remain as a major
exit point for the country's exports.
Agglomeration of products and services occur in well-defined and identified areas,

on the street-level. These sites also coincide with designated tourist districts and the
location of retail-wholesale commercial establishments, and informal sector
establishments. The areas of substantial agglomeration are: Northern Tondo (in the
Juan Luna-Tambunting Dimasalang-Tayuman quadrant, mainly District I), Divisoria-

Binondo-Sta Cruz- Quiapo P. Casal zone (District III), and the Ermita-Malate zone
(District V). A further evidence of the lively commerce and trade and the vibrant
informal sector is that the City has granted dozens of hawkers permits, largely
concentrated in Binondo, Quiapo, Sta Cruz, Sampaloc, Ermita and Malate. These
provide employment for informal settlers and consumers with inexpensive goods and
services.
The economic base is functionally diversified and suggests the basic strength of the
city's economy. These districts are effectively multiple-use zones. For example,
areas with small-scale, labor-intensive, light manufacturing (e.g., electrical,
electronics and home appliances along Puyat; meat products in Velazquez and
Vitas) and handicraft (e.g., gold and jewelry along Ongpin; artifacts, artworks and
antiques along M.H. del Pilar) are located along tourist- and service-oriented
establishments (e.g., restaurants, eating places, souvenir and curio shops,
inexpensive lodging houses). Informal settlements are also located nearby. Some
areas (e.g. Ermita, Malate, Sta. Cruz specially around Avenida Rizal) already
function as 24-hour districts with commercial (e.g. shopping) and other light
manufacturing establishments open in the daytime, and flea markets, a number of
restaurants and, other leisure establishments open at nighttime.
2.4.2.3.7 Traffic
2.4.2.3.7.1 Road Network and Transport
Roads and Bridges
Inter-city movement is facilitated by the system of circumferential and radial roads

connecting many urban areas in the entire Metro Manila.
While the City of Manila experiences traffic problems like any highly urbanized area
in the country, it has an extensive network of well-paved roads and bridges crossing
its rivers and waterways. Established built-up areas are located along major routes
which can provide them easier access and mobility. Circulation within and movement
in and out of the City of Manila, however, are becoming increasingly difficult as traffic
builds-up along already congested routes.
Table 2-84. Circumferential and Radial Roads, 2000

Circumferential Roads Radial Roads
1. C-1 1. R-1 Roxas Boulevard / Coastal Road
C.M. Recto Avenue/ 2. R-2 Taft Avenue / Quirino Avenue
Ayala Boulevard/P. 3. R-3 South Superhighway
Burgos 4. R-6 R. Magsaysay Boulevard/Aurora
Boulevard

Circumferential Roads Radial Roads

2. C-2 5. R-7 España / Quezon Avenue/Commonwealth
Quirino Avenue (Don Mariano Marcos)
Avenue/Nagtahan/ 6. R-8 Andalucia / A. Bonifacio / Quirino Avenue
A. Mendoza/ Gil Puyat 7. R-9 J.A. Santos/Rizal Avenue Ext. / McArthur
Avenue Highway
8. R-10 Marcos Road
The entire road network in the city is composed of about 770 kms of roads, less than
three percent of which remains to be unpaved. With a road density of about 20
kilometers per square kilometer, many of the areas are well connected.
Roads and street are administratively classified as national and local. Road
development and maintenance are undertaken by the national government for the
national roads and the local government for the city roads. The total number of city
streets in Manila is 1,580 occupying a total area of 3,644,000 square meters while
the total number of national roads is 258 occupying a total area of 3,162,000 square
meters.
Table 2-85. Road Classification, 2000

Road Total Number Total Area (sq. m.) Percent of Total
Classification
City Streets 1,580 3,644,000 53.54
National Roads 258 3,162,000 46.46
Total 1,838 6,806,000 100
National roads total about 240.5 kilometers in length, 30.31% of the City’s total.
These roads link the City to its neighboring cities/municipalities namely: Navotas,
Caloocan, Quezon City, San Juan, Mandaluyong, Makati and Pasay. The city streets
cover a total length of approximately 553.07 kilometers in length, 69.69% of the
City’s total (CPDO, CEO 2000).
Table 2-86. Classification & Road Length by District (km), As of May 2000
Location Concrete % Asphalt % Unpaved % Total %
Share Share Share (km) Share
NATIONAL 171.46 32.04 69.08 32.55 - - 240.54 30.31
CITY 363.72 67.96 143.16 67.45 26.19 100 553.07 69.69
1. District 1 73.17 13.67 19.90 9.38 4.28 16.33 97.35 12.58
2. District II 57.67 10.78 10.23 4.82 0.32 1.22 68.22 8.82
3. District 54.67 10.22 19.70 9.28 0.86 3.28 75.23 9.72
III

Location Concrete % Asphalt % Unpaved % Total %

Share Share Share (km) Share
4. District 96.71 18.07 23.14 10.90 9.38 35.80 129.23 16.70
IV
5. District V 45.03 8.41 37.92 17.87 4.34 16.58 87.29 11.28
6. District 36.46 6.81 32.28 15.21 7.02 26.80 75.76 9.79
VI
Total (km) 535.18 100.00 212.24 100.00 26.19 100.02 773.61 100.00
The City bridges have a total length of 556.70 linear meters. Bridges made of
concrete/masonry accounts for a total of 335.66 linear meters. Wooden/timber
bridges have a total length of 162.63 linear meters while bridges made of steel/coco
have a total length of 50.41 linear meters.
Table 2-87. Summary of Existing Bridges/Structures, 2000

Total
Description Concrete/Masonry Wooden/Timber Steel/Coco
Length
City Bridges/ 335.66 162.63 50.41 556.7
Structures linear
meters

Figure 2-143. Road Access Map of Manila City

Traffic Characteristics
The pattern of movement of public trip-makers in Metro Manila and surrounding

areas is shown in the Origin Destination Matrix (O-D). According to the O-D Matrix,
Manila ranks second to the top generators of trips, accounting for about 11 percent
of the total Trip Origins and about 12 percent of Trip Destinations within the 16 zones
considered. The more active trip desire lines are seen to be directed along the North-
South direction across the Pasig River. The longitudinal directions connecting Manila
with Mandaluyong/Pasig, Marikina/Pasig, and Makati-Pateros account for less than
three percent of the total trips generated.
An examination at longer-distance trips reveals that there is a possible market for

long distance service, possibly via Manila through the Pasig River. Trips destined for
and coming from the southern part of Metro Manila, such as Muntinlupa/Las Pinas,
Las Pinas/Paranaque, Bacoor/lmus, Cavite/Kawit and Cabuyao/Calamba account for

about 22 percent of the total trips produced in the area. The potential for riverside
development could help promote local tourism and boost recreational fishing and
commercial trading in the area. With the infusion of additional resources, the river
system can thus generate income that could be well spent for its regular dredging
and maintenance.

Table 2-88. Origin-Destination Matrix for Public Trips on Selected Areas

Origin / Destination 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Total
1 Manila 1,074 68 90 66 279 196 81 65 71 54 32 37 15 45 13 31 2,217
1 Pasay/Parañaque 81 376 58 29 85 46 30 30 30 27 11 14 5 18 5 12 857
3 Makati/Pateros 140 71 541 65 175 87 67 60 60 44 24 29 11 34 9 24 1,441
4 Mandaluyong/ Pasig 95 32 60 365 169 73 67 36 38 29 18 24 8 24 7 17 1,062
5 Quezon City 323 76 139 136 2.526 264 174 84 94 70 50 64 25 61 29 55 4,170
4 Calookan / Malabon 226 37 63 55 241 1.300 59 36 40 33 20 25 10 26 11 22 2,204
7 Marikina / Pasig 95 26 53 54 171 64 74T 27 30 23 16 22 7 18 a 17 1,372
8 Taguig 80 26 48 29 86 40 29 505 36 23 10 13 5 15 7 17 971
9 Munlinlupa/Las Piñas 78 24 46 29 88 42 29 34 762 42 11 14 6 16 a 27 1,256
10 Las Piñas/ Paranaque 46 19 28 18 50 26 16 15 29 422 6 7 3 13 5 11 716
11 Antipolo 48 11 22 17 65 28 20 12 14 12 454 15 13 12 9 13 765
12 Taytay / Cainta 45 12 26 22 59 26 21 10 12 10 9 597 6 8 6 9 881
13 Angono / Binangonan 21 5 9 T 31 13 9 6 7 6 13 10 219 7 5 7 375
14 Bacoor / Imus 93 27 41 29 109 48 32 24 30 39 18 19 10 719 33 23 1,293
15 Cavite / Kawit 21 6 9 7 42 17 13 11 13 10 11 9 6 30 189 14 408
16 Cabuyao / Calamba 48 13 22 16 79 34 24 24 41 23 16 15 9 21 13 476 873
Total 2.519 829 1,255 943 4,254 2.304 1,412 979 1,309 867 719 914 358 1,067 357 775 20,861

In terms of modal preference for the various trip purposes made in Metro Manila, the
modes of transport used are summarized in Table 2-89.
Table 2-89. Mode Choices for Various Trip Purposes

Mode To Home To School To Work Business Private
Jeepney 39% 46% 34% 24% 42%
Tricycle 14% 21% 6% 13% 12%
Bus 16% 8% 24% 5% 13%
Taxi 6% 2% 5% 14% 7%
Car/ Jeep 16% 10% 20% 25% 21%
LRT/PNR 3% 3% 3% 1% 2%
Others 6% 10% 8% 18% 3%
Jeepney is the most preferred mode of transport, while buses appear to be not as
popular. In all cases, private cars and jeeps are very strong competitors of rail
transport and other land transportation modes.
Traffic problems, such as traffic congestion is brought about by the uncontrolled

growth and urban sprawl in the metropolis, which led to the deterioration of the urban
environment and poor level of service (LOS) of the public transportation system have
worsened.
Despite the extensive coverage of the road network of the City of Manila, it serves a
heavy volume of vehicles under limited road capacity. With arterial roads serving
both through and local traffic, congestion in major intersections has continuously
wasted a lot of man hours and fuel energy, and worsened air quality.
The traffic data from the Traffic Engineering Center (2000) on classified vehicle trips
along major roads and bridges are summarized in Figure 2-144.

Figure 2-144. Annual Average Traffic Flow Map, 2000

The total vehicular traffic across selected Bridge Crossings are shown in Table 2-90
wherein some of these are vital crossing area experiencing congestion and
excessive delay.
Table 2-90. Vehicle Trips across Selected Bridge Crossings, 2002

Bridge Crossing Cars & Jeep Jeepney Bus Total
Del Pan 43,913 2,384 37 46,334
Jones 27,954 5,078 18 32,690
McArthur 17,726 10,298 914 28,938
Ayala 31,192 436 566 32,194
Quezon 33,445 13,526 1,194 48,165

Given the state of traffic congestion, there is a need to promote traffic alleviation
measures in the city. There is a need for an effective traffic management plan that
incorporates rules and regulations, safety, a stronger manpower base of enforcers,
tries charges and lecture education for pedestrians and commuters. Increasing traffic
signage will help improve the flow of traffic in the area.
With the existing demand for transportation, the major infrastructure systems that are
required are the construction of roads and railways. With the wide coverage of the
existing roads, what is actually needed now is to increase their capacity to
accommodate the increasing volume of traffic. This may be done through road
widening and removal of obstructions that have encroached upon the road right of
way. This need is being addressed by the construction of the Light Rail Transit and
the circumferential road networks.
Railway
The railway system that pass through the city and being operated by the Philippine
National Railways (PNR) and the Light Railway Transit Authority (LRTA). There are
two major PNR stations in the City, one in Tutuban, Tondo and one in Paco, which
transport people to the southern part of the archipelago. Manila's LRT compares
favorably with similar rail transit systems in other parts of the world when it comes to
patronage (3rd largest in the world on a per route-kilometer basis) and fare box ratio
(one of the highest despite one of the lowest fares), but suffers unfavorably in terms
of staffing and fleet availability.
The LRT system services an average of 386,963 commuters daily using 64 coaches
as of September 1995. Out of the 18 stations, 12 are located in the City of Manila (R.
Papa, J. Abad Santos, Blumentritt, Tayuman, Bambang, Doroteo Jose, Carriedo,
United Nations, Pedro Gil, Quirino Avenue and Vito Cruz).
There are about 9.9 kilometers of elevated tracks which run along Taft Avenue and
Rizal Avenue from R. Papa Station up to G. Puyat Station. LRT 1 started commercial
service on December 1, 1984 (half line) and full service line in 1995 utilizing 64 cars
on a 2-car train basis. Daily passengers averaged 115,000 in 1984, increased to
about 402,000 in 1994 and levelled off to 377,000 in 1995. The decline was
attributed to a decrease in the number of available trains due to poor maintenance
and overloading.
The maximum speed the LRT could attain is 60 kms per hour and the average
commercial speed is about 30 kilometer, per hour. Each train has a capacity of 748
passengers. As of August 2000, LRTA has a total of twenty six (26) 2-car trains and
four (4) 3-car trains with ordinary coaches, while there are seven (7) 4-car trains with
air conditioned coaches operating in Line 1 (LRT 1). LRT 1 recorded the highest total

number of passengers served in 1996 with a total of 143,230,000 or a daily average

of 395,765 since the start of its operation in 1984.
The system is about to be connected to a second elevated line upon the

commissioning of LRT Line 2 running along Magsaysay Boulevard. In the future,
Line 1 and Line 2 are planned to be connected to the proposed Line 4, which will run
along España Avenue.
Table 2-91. LRT 1 Monthly Ridership, 1995-1999 (In Millions)

Month 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
JAN 12.76 11.64 11.19 11.72 10.58
FEB 11.74 10.53 10.52 11.05 9.84
MAR 11.19 11.2 9.82 11.53 10.51
APR 9.63 9.32 9.92 7.52 8.65
MAY 10.94 11.36 9.86 9.57 10.03
JUN 9.37 11.46 10.85 10.53 10.48
JUL 11.5 12.51 12.3 11.69 11.69
AUG 11.76 13.42 11.62 11.48 11.36
SEP 11.49 12.87 12 11.15 11.34
OCT 11.39 13.17 11.95 10.59 11.47
NOV 11.17 12.11 11.81 10.66 11.25
DEC 12.96 13.54 12.6 10.38 12.06
TOTAL 135.9 143.23 134.44 127.87 129.26
(Aggregate Figures)
Daily Ave. 377,490 395,765 372,430 358,160 357,101
Highest 501,389 542,605 529,242 495,563 502,020
Feb. 1 (Wed.) Dec 16 (Mon.) Dec. 17 Wed) Jan. 9 (Fri.) Dec. 1 (Wed.)
No. of Days 360 362 361 357 362
2.4.2.3.7.2 Land Traffic Survey
The following traffic survey report was lifted from the New Manila Reclamation
Feasibility Study Report prepared by Surbana Jurong Consultants Pte Ltd issued 25
Oct 2016:
Schedule and Locations of Traffic Surveys
Traffic surveys were conducted in the locations shown in Figure 2-145 below to
have a better understanding of the existing traffic conditions. The locations of the
traffic counts were chosen based on the connections with the proposed site
accesses. Traffic counts were conducted at the 4 junctions indicated at 15-minute
intervals for AM (7:30am-9:30am) and PM (5pm-7pm) peak hours on a weekday.
The counts cannot be conducted on school holidays, public holidays, and one day

before or after a public holiday as the traffic volume would not be representative of
usual conditions.
The vehicles are classified into the following 6 classifications.
• Passenger cars/AUV
• Buses/Jeepneys
• Delivery Trucks (Light Goods Vehicles)Rigid Trucks (Medium Goods Vehicles)
• Articulated Trucks (Heavy Goods Vehicles)
• Motorcycles/Tricycles
The counts were conducted by recording videos at the junctions followed by off-site
counts.
Figure 2-145. Locations of Traffic Surveys

Source: Feasibility Study for the New Manila Reclamation, 2016
The first location surveyed is at the intersection between Recto Avenue and Radial
Road 10. The movements surveyed include vehicles entering and leaving Radial
Road 10 from Recto Avenue and through traffic.

The second location is at the interchange of Bonifacio Drive and 2nd Street. The
movements surveyed were the exits to and from Bonifacio Drive in both directions
and the through traffic on Bonifacio Drive.
The third location is at the intersection between Roxas Boulevard and South Road.
All traffic movements at the intersection were surveyed.
The fourth and final location is the intersection of P. Burgos Road (South bound) and
Magallanes Drive. All vehicles entering and exiting P. Burgos Road from Magallanes
Drive were counted.
Figure 2-146. Traffic Movements at the Surveyed Junctions

Peak Hour Periods of Flow
Based on the results of the 15-minute interval traffic counts, the morning and
evening peak hours are determined. An example of histograms of the results from
the traffic count for junction 2 is shown in the figures below.

The volume of traffic in the morning is at the highest during 8:15a.m until 9:15a.m.
Meanwhile, the evening (PM) peak can be observed to begin at 6p.m. and end at
7p.m.
Figure 2-147. Traffic Counts at Station 2, North Bound, during 7.30am to

9.30am.
Figure 2-148. Traffic Counts at Station 2, South Bound, during 7.30am to

9.30am

Figure 2-149. Traffic Counts at Station 2, North Bound, during 5.00pm to

7.00pm
Figure 2-150. Traffic Counts at Station 2, South Bound, during 5.00pm to

7.00pm
2.4.2.3.7.3 Water Transport
The port of Manila lying at the mouth of the Manila Bay, is composed of two harbors
and one container terminal. The figure below shows the map of piers and harbors in
the vicinity of the proposed reclamation project:

Figure 2-151. Habors and Piers near the Project Site

Source: Manila CLUP (2005-2020), Google Earth Pro (2018)

North Harbor
As per CLUP (2005-2020), North Harbor is situated at the northside of the Manila
Bay along the shores of Tondo. It has eight piers and three wharves comprising 43
berths that cover a length of 6,135.01 meters. The intensity of container activities
paved the way for the development of the Manila International Container Terminal
(MICT), which is considered as one entire wharf. It has four usable berths, with one
alternately converted as a Ron-on Roll-off (RORO) and spans some 840 meters in
length. Among the shipping lines in the eight piers are the Negros Navigation,
Aboitiz, Sweetlines, Gothong & Lorenzo, Sulpicio and William Lines.
Manila International Container Terminal
Manila International Container Terminal is operated by International Container

Terminal Services Inc. (ICTSI). It is one of Asia's major seaports and one of the
Philippines' most active ports. It is located between the Manila North Harbor and the
Manila South Harbor and can be accessed by road through MICT South Access
Road. In 2017, the terminal capped with a volume of over 1.1 million teus, nearly six
percent higher than 2016 as reported in the 2017 Annual Report of ICTSI.
South Harbor
South Harbor is situated at the southside of the Manila Bay along the shores of the
Intramuros area and near the proposed New Manila Reclamation Project. It has five
piers (Piers 3, 5, 9, 13, and 15) with berths covering about 4,241 meters in length to
accommodate international cargo vessels.
Based on the Marine Vessel Traffic Report for 2018 provided by the Philippine Ports
Authority, Pier 5 houses 47% of the overall vessels in Manila South Harbor, followed
by Pier 3 with 19%, Pier 15 with 18%, Pier 9 with 1%, and Pier 13 with less than 1%.
Anchorage percentage is 15% (Figure 2-152 and Figure 2-153).

Percentage of Total Vessels Per Assigned Pier/Anchorage

(January-July 2018)
Pier 15 Pier 3
Pier
18% 19%
13
0%
Pier 9
1%
Anchorage
15%
Pier 5
47%
Figure 2-152. Percentage of total vessels per assigned piers in South Harbor,
Manila (January-July, 2018)
Source: PMO NCR-South, 2018
No. of Vessels/Month in the Assigned Pier/Anchorage

90
80
70
NO. OF VESSELS
Pier 3
60
Pier 5
50
Anchorage
40 Pier 9
Pier 13
30
Pier 15
20
10
0
January February March April May June July
MONTH
Figure 2-153. Number of vessels per month in the assigned pier/anchorage


On the average, a total of 69 vessels monthly frequent Pier 5 (Figure 2-154). All of
these are container vessels. On the other hand, Pier 3 has a monthly average of 27
vessels composed of container and general cargo vessels. For Pier 15, 27 monthly
average vessels composed of cargo vessels, cruise, naval, yachts and crafts. On
other hand, Pier 9 has an average of only 2 vessels per month composed of cruises
and general cargo vessels. Pier 13 has an average of 1 vessel per month (naval
vessel). Lastly, a monthly average of 21 vessels anchor near Manila South Harbor
composed of the following types of vessels: General Cargo Vessels, Tankers,
Fishing Vessels, Tugs, Barges, Bulk, Naval, Navy, Yachts, Heavy Lifts, among
others.
Monthly Average Total Vessels Per Assigned Pier/Anchorage
80
70
60
NO. OF VESSELS
50
40
30
20
10
0
Pier 3 Pier 5 Anchorage Pier 9 Pier 13 Pier 15
ASSIGNED PIER/ANCHORAGE
Figure 2-154. Monthly average total vessels per assigned pier/anchorage

The month of April has the highest number of vessels that access the Manila South
Harbor with 156 vessels from January to July 2018. Using the data on Marine Vessel
Traffic in April, about 84 vessels or 54% might be affected by the construction and
operation of the proposed reclamation project. These vessels are categorized as
container vessels and general cargo vessels which mostly dock on Piers 3 and 5.
2.4.2.4 Perception Survey
2.4.2.4.1 Demographic and Socio Economic Characteristics of Respondents
• Most of the respondents (41%) belong to 20-40 age bracket

• Eighty two percent (82%) of the respondents are females

• Forty seven percent (47%) of the respondents finished Elementary,

another 47% finished highschool, while only 6% have finished college.
• Majority (76%) of the respondents are Roman Catholics.
• Selling, Salary, and contractual jobs (i.e laundry, garlic peeling) are some
of the sources of livelihood of the respondents
• Majority of the respondents did not indicate their monthly income. Six
percent of the respondents have monthly income of 1,000-4999 while
another 6% have monthly income of more than 20,000 pesos.
>60
12% <20
41-60 35%
12%
20-40
41%
Figure 2-155. Age of Respondents
Male
18%
Female
82%
Figure 2-156. Sex of Respondents

College
6%
Elementary
47%
High School
47%
Figure 2-157. Educational Attainment of Respondents
Iglesia ni Kristo
6%
Islam
6%
Christian
12%
Catholic
76%
Figure 2-158. Religion of Respondents
Teacher
Laundry
Selling 6%
6%
6%
Garlic Peeler
6%
Others
76%
Figure 2-159. Source of Income of Respondents

1000-4999
6% >20,0000
6%
not indicated
88%
Figure 2-160. Monthly Income of Respondents
2.4.2.4.2 Summary List of Issues and Concerns
After the Perception Survey Activity, the raw data was processed. The key findings
are as follows (in decreasing order of level of response):
Biggest Problem the Barangay is currently facing:

1. Cleanliness / Sanitation
2. Peace and Order
3. Livelihood
4. Health
5. Education
6. Water supply
7. Corruption
8. Vices of youth
Respondents fear in the establishment/running of the project:

1. Displacement of residents
2. Loss of livelihood
3. Accidents/disasters
Respondents’ perception on what should be done about the project

1. Public Consultation
2. Information Dissemination on Activities regarding the Project
3. Do not continue the project
4. Develop/improve the surroundings
Issues and Concerns about the Project

1. Timeline of ECC application

2. Impact on power supply

3. Systemic problems from the proposed project and other reclamation
projects in Manila Bay
4. Impact of access road to the residents
9. Impact on flooding
10. Impact on Earthquake hazard
12. Impact of waste disposal on Manila Bay (aquatic life) and the community
included in the EIA
23. Displacement of barangay residents
2.4.2.5 Focus Group Discussion
The FGD Results show the following (each are in order of their frequency and
rating):
Perceived Positive Impacts of the Project:

1. Housing projects
2. Livelihood
3. Development of Surroundings
Perceived Negative Impacts of the Project:

1. Environmental degradation
2. Water pollution
3. Soil erosion
4. Dislocation/Demolition
5. Traffic
6. Change in lifestyle
7. Increase of crime
Suggestions about the Project:
1. Provide employment
2. Provide Relocation
3. Stop the project
4. Choose another location for the project
5. Do not construct on the sea
6. Consultation with the community
7. Develop the barangay
2.4.2.6 Key Informant Interviews
Results of the Key Informant Interviews (KII) conducted for the project is presented
in the following table:
Table 2-92. Stakeholder Feedback
Stakeholder Feedback
Local Government Units

- Aware of the project
Brgy 20
- Await schedule for further Public Participation and IEC Activities
Brgy 275
- Await Schedule for further Public Participation and IEC Activities
Brgy 286
Brgy 653
Brgy 649
Government Agencies w/ related mandate
Philippine Reclamation - Issued Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
Authority - Required the Submission of the following mandatory
requirements:
1. Detailed Feasibility Study
2. Environmental Impact Statement
3. Engineering Geological and Geohazard Assessment
4. NEDA Regional Development Council and Provincial / City
Council Resolutions expressing no objection to the proposed
reclamation project

5. Environmental Compliance Certificate

Philippine Ports Authority - Issued Letter of No Objection
- No Objection; Subject to the following conditions:
1. The proposed reclamation project shall at all times be
compliant with the Supreme Court writ of mandamus on the
clean-up of Manila Bay and Pasig River
2. Environmental issues and concerns related to the reclamation
project shall be governed by the rules and regulations of the
Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Philippine
Coast Guard, the Authority, and other concerned agencies;
3. Suitable dredged materials shall be used as fill materials for
the reclamation project;
4. The proposed reclamation project shall neither obstruct
anchorage operations in the Manila Bay nor block the
entrance navigational channels, fairways, and berths of South
Harbor, North Harbor, and Manila International Container
Terminal nor impair the existing breakwater;
5. The port components of the proposed reclamation project, if
any, shall be subject to the written consent of the Authority
and the detailed feasibility study and plans shall be submitted
to the Authority for approval prior to implementation; and,
6. The proposed reclamation project shall be in accordance with
the Port Masterplan of the Authority and that the final
alignment of coordinates and location thereof shall be subject
to the approval by the Authority and shall be in compliance
with such guidelines as may be adopted by the National
Economic Development Authority and/or other national
government agencies or instrumentalities.
Philippine Coast Guards HQ - Project shall be discussed further within their office
- Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Philippine Coast Guards - Project shall be discussed further within their office
NCR - Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Philippine Coast Guards - Aware of the project as coordination has been ongoing
NCR - Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Marine Environmental
Protection Unit (MEPU)
Bureau of Fisheries and - Issued Letter of No Objection
Aquatic Resources (BFAR) - No Objection but subject to the following conditions:
2. The project will not affect the fishery resources on the south
eastern side of Manila Bay based on the study of Santos et al
2017;
3. Filling materials will be sourced outside Manila Bay; and
4. No fisherfolk or fishery enterprise would be disfranchised.
5. Should there be fisherfolk affected by the project, they would
be given assistance or alternative livelihood to make up for
their loss
Department of Tourism - Issued Letter of No Objection
(DoT) - No objection; Request for:
1. Provision for the construction of a pier to accommodate large

cruise ships should be made part of the overall plan

2. DOT shall be allowed access to the said facility at no cost
whatsoever purposes of carrying out its mandate under RA 9593,
as well as to include vibrant welcome ceremonies/ reception,
which showcase the world-renowned Filipino hospitality.
Department of Health (DoH- - Issued Letter of No Objection
NCR) - No Objection provided however that all other pertinent laws and
ordinances are complied with and strictly followed
Communities/Households/Residents
Brgy 20 - Raised concerns on possible displacement of homes and
Brgy 275 residences
Brgy 286 - Raised concerns that the project might benefit only/ mostly those
Brgy 653 of higher socio-economic status
Brgy 649
Business Activities/Industries
Asian Terminals - Not aware of the project
Incorporated - Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Manila Ocean Park - Not aware of the project
Hotel H20 - Not aware of the project
Interest Groups (NGOs/POs)
Samahang - Not aware of the project
Magkakapitbahay ng - Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Valderama (SMV) – Brgy - Raised concerns on possible displacement of homes and
286 residences
- Raised concerns that the project might benefit only/ mostly those
of higher socio-economic status
Pasig River Rehabilitation - Not aware of the project
Commission (PRRC) – - Await Schedule for Public Participation and IEC Activities
Baseco Field Office - Offered assistance with Activities in the Community
People whose socio-economic welfare and cultural heritage may be affected by the project
esp. vulnerable sectors and indigenous people
Informal Settlers - Raised concerns on possible displacement of homes and
Ambulant Workers residences
- Raised concerns that the project might benefit only/ mostly those
of higher socio-economic status
Luneta Park Admin (NPDC) - Not aware of the project
Intramuros Admin - Not aware of the project
Local Institutions
Corazon Aquino High - Aware of the project
School - Raised community concerns on cleanliness and sanitation of the
Hermeginildo Atienza community
Elementary - Raised concerns on safety issue of only one ingress/egress to the
School community
- Raised concerns on the proliferation of vagrancy, illegal drug use

and petty crimes within and in the surrounding areas, and

extending even further, which might spillover to the project site
- Raised concerns on lack of educational facilities to accommodate
the youth/student population
2.4.3 Potential impacts and options for prevention, mitigation or

enhancement
2.4.3.1 Cultural and lifestyle change
Positive Impacts
Increase in ability to cope with household and subsistence expenses for:
 stakeholders directly employed by the project
 stakeholders with new and additional livelihood, catering to the activities and
direct and indirect personnel of the project
Leading to slight changes in terms of the following:

 Improved Access to Education for studying children of employed and those
with new and additional small livelihood
 Improved Nutrition and less health-related worries of Household members of
employed and those with new and additional small livelihood
 Improved Access to Recreational Activities for household members of
employed and those with new and additional small livelihood
 Decrease in vulnerability to succumbing to juvenile delinquency and
unlawful/illegal activities for subsistence of household members of employed
and those with new and additional small livelihood
 Decrease in susceptibility to public disorder stemming from economic
inactivity of and interpersonal grievances and strained community
relationships of household members of employed and those with new and
additional small livelihood
Negative Impacts
 Threat of Uptake of Crime in and near the BASECO Community due to
increase in economic activity near the area.
Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

 Prioritization of Local stakeholders for employment in the Project
 Livelihood Programs to augment income for indigent stakeholders

 Educational Programs such as Scholarships and contribution to

improvements and additions to educational facilities
 Contribution to Peace and order programs and facilities
2.4.3.2 Impacts on physical resources
The single secondary data sourced by the EIA team regarding any archaeological
study on the area is relatively old (The Philippine Journal of Science, Outline Review
of Philippine Archaeology by Islands and Provinces, 1947). A review of the literature
on the archaeological significance of the project area shows that the general area of
the project site is rich with archaeological finds. Though the general area has already
been systematically explored extensively, still it is of potential further or greater
archaeological chance finds.
Potential Destruction, mishandling of Archaeological chance finds/ Workers lack of

understanding and care to protect the environment and archaeological/ historical
sites and cultural monuments.
1. Include the following specific requirement in bid and contract documents:
a. Withholding of payment or penalty clauses, to ensure contractor’s

implementation of environmental and archaeological mitigation measures;
b. Employment of a designated Environmental Specialist and a designated
Archaeologist to oversee environmental and archaeological issues and
mitigation; and
c. Provision of environmental and archaeological orientation/workshop.
2. Environment Protection, Health and Safety Orientation Plan

i. The purpose of this sub-plan is to document the approach of the general
contractor (GC), Subcontractors (SCs), and their workers in the
implementation of a training program for construction workers in relation to
environmental, archaeological, and occupational health and Safety issues.
ii. Orientation rationale. The implementation of the EMP will require the
involvement of all construction personnel. The nature of the EMP is such
that personnel at all levels have a degree of responsibility in relation to
environmental, archaeological, and occupational health and safety issues
and the implementation of measures contained in the EMP. As such,
orientation for all personnel in relation to environmental and archaeological
issues and the implementation of the EMP will be critical to ensuring the
effectiveness of the EMP
iii. Orientation objective. The objective is to raise and enhance the awareness
of the construction workforce in relation relevant legislation and policy
issues:
a. General environmental awareness, including rules and regulations to be

followed on archaeological, historical, cultural sites, construction site and in

the construction camps
3. Physical Cultural Resources Plan
i. The purpose of this sub-plan is to document the approach of the proponent

and contractors and their workers to protect identified archaeological,
historical, and cultural sites and monuments and to manage any physical
cultural resources that are encountered during the construction works.
ii. The plan should comply with procedures set by the NHCP.
iii. For archaeological chance, find the procedures set by NHCP shall be
followed.
In the event of archaeological chance finds:
i. Inform at once the respective institutions governing such matters, specifically

the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP).
ii. Obtain necessary approvals for construction in areas where archaeological
finds have been identified, and follow the archaeological chance-find
procedures of the NHCP.
iii. Fix borders of archaeological sites to be excavated for preservation and/or
investigated.
iv. Incorporate archaeological excavations in construction schedule.
v. To avoid potential adverse impacts to historic and cultural resources, the
Contractor shall:
(a) Protect sites of known archaeological, historic and cultural resources by
the placement of suitable fencing and barriers.
(b) Construction camps shall be located 500 meters away from cultural
resources.
(c) Adhere to accepted NHCP practice and all applicable historic and cultural
preservation requirements of the NHCP.
(d) In the event of unanticipated discoveries of cultural or historic artifacts
(movable or immovable) in the course of the work, the Contractor shall
take all necessary measures to protect the findings and shall notify the
Engineer and the NHCP. If continuation of the work would endanger the
finding, work shall be suspended until a solution for preservation of the
artifacts is agreed upon.
2.4.3.3 Generation of local benefits from the Project
The benefits of the project will include items from the existing SDP containing the
recommended programs and projects that the different sectors themselves identified.
Likewise, these plans and programs were reviewed in reference with the Municipal
Development Plans as well as the provisions of the Local Government Code (RA
7160) under which both laws mandated benefits for the host communities.

The Social Development Plan prepared for this project considered the articulated
wishes of the community and Local Government of the impact areas, their concerns
and issues concerning the environment, health and vulnerable groups and the
measures to address them as recommended in the EIS. Focus will be centered on
the mitigating measures to abate the possible negative impacts of the project and
enhance the positive impacts.
2.4.3.4 Traffic congestion
2.4.3.4.1 Vehicular Traffic
Traffic build-up is very common in the area. Vehicular traffic congestion experienced
daily by commuters and drivers is brought about by the over-loaded transport
infrastructure, the presence of incorrectly executed infrastructure, and poor traffic
management.
It is inevitable that there will be an increase in vehicular traffic. Such situation will
pose risks to the residents living along the periphery of the road and school children
crossing the streets.
The project’s direct impact of addition to traffic congestion will only be very minimal
during the pre-construction phase, mostly due to vehicles of the personnel engaging
in further studies and planning in areas towards the project location. This impact will
increase only during the initial stages of the construction phase upon the arrivals
and exits of equipment via land, and on other occasions throughout the project
implementation, but not too frequent or long, as the proponents endeavor to use the
sea access more for logistical and cost reasons. For the remaining, and longer time
the traffic towards and in the areas directly accessing the project location would be
limited to select personnel accessing the project location via land.
The proponent will strictly comply with traffic rules and implement speed limits to
ensure safety of the potentially affected communities.
2.4.3.4.2 Marine Vessel Traffic
The project is located in what is at present the frontage vicinity of the Manila harbor
area terminal facilities for container cargo ships and passenger ships. The project
will have no direct impact on the marine vessel traffic of those availing of the terminal
service facilities north of the project, namely Manila North Harbor and MICT. But
based on the project’s location and shape configuration, it will have a more direct
impact on marine vehicles availing and accessing the terminal facilities of the Manila
South Harbor, wherein such vehicles will have a limited path and passage towards
said terminal and other port facilities such as those of the Philippine Coast Guards.
The mentioned path and passage will be towards the south and southeastern portion
of the project boundaries and follow its shape or direction, impacting the present
non-presence of such limitations.
Limitations to access thru this channel may lead to a bottleneck in it. Such limitations
may lead to longer time in off-shore anchorage prior to accessing the ports and
terminals, along with its inherent cost counterparts in fuel, personnel, and other time
affected aspects.
With regards to all those that will be using the south harbor facilities, those vehicles
that it will have additional impact on, will be those entering and exiting the south
harbor area to and from the north (i.e. Subic, etc.), and those accessing the Northern
Terminal Facilities (Manila North Harbor, MICT) to and from the South (i.e. Cavite,
Southern Metro Manila Bay Area, etc). This is as the more direct path, shall be
encumbered with going around the project area. (Based on the limited data
presented above, this accounts for 54% of marine vehicles accessing the south
harbor).
Another impact will be the increase in the distance of the anchorage area from the
harbor facilities, for those numbers of ships which would have been utilizing the
project location or area as its anchorage if the project is not occupying the space.
With the development of the existing terminal facilities alongside the continuous and
projected growth with global trade of goods via manila port areas, it is imperative that
measures to address the said impacts be commenced upon at the onset of the
project.
To address the impacts, the following will be implemented:

 IEC with the parties, especially the pertinent agencies and offices,
covering the area and marine vessel traffic and navigation, such as the
PPA, the Philippine Coast Guard, Manila Bay Coordinating Office, and
others.
 Coordination with the parties, especially the pertinent agencies and
offices, covering the area and marine vessel traffic and navigation, such
as the PPA, the Philippine Coast Guard, Manila Bay Coordinating Office,
and others, on coming up with a Sea Lane Navigation and Traffic Plan in
consideration of the Project.
2.4.3.4.3 Access for fishermen
Possible displacement of local fishers from their traditional fishing ground due to
coastal development is considered as one of the potential impacts of the project.
Increase in sea traffic due to the use of large ships and vessels during reclamation is
also unavoidable. To address these impacts, it is recommended that the fisher folk
that would be affected (if any) will be provided alternate subsistence and livelihood

opportunities. Also, a channel will be established to serve as access by fisher folks

possibly to be affected by the project. The proponent will strictly comply with sea
traffic rules and consider peak hours of fishing activities during reclamation activities.

Chapter 3: Environmental Management Plan | Environmental Impact Statement
3 Environmental Management Plan
The City Government of Manila and UAA Kinming Group are committed to operate
the Project in a manner that will prioritize the protection of the existing environment,
safety and health of the people and compliance with environmental laws, rules and
regulations and other applicable legislations.
This section provides the Project’s Impact Management Plan (IMP), which serves as
the action plan for implementing the mitigating and enhancement principles,
practices and measures aimed at minimizing and/or eliminating the potential impacts
of the proposed Project to the surrounding environment.
The identified environmental impacts and corresponding proposed preventive,

mitigation and/or enhancement measures for each environmental component during
the Project’s pre-construction, construction, operation and abandonment phases are
detailed in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1. Impact Management Plan

Environmental
Guarantee/
Project Phase/ Component Options for Prevention, Mitigation or Responsible
Environmental Aspect Likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangement
Affected
I. Pre-construction Phase
Geotechnical Land Contamination of soil, groundwater, and  Use appropriate drilling fluid Proponent / Php200,000.00 Part of the project
investigation Water surface water.  Implement proper bunding to avoid spillage into Contractor cost
receiving environment.
(-) Drilling fluid may potentially leak into  Prepare emergency spill kits in case of potential
receiving environment if not managed leaks.
properly
Increased movement of Air Generation of dust  Implement dust suppression techniques. Proponent / Php50,000.00 / Part of the project
heavy equipment on site  Cover trucks with tarpaulin loaded with Contractor quarter. cost
and delivery of materials (-) Increased particulate matter due to spoils/filling materials when in transit.
movement of vehicles  Pre-wetting of road surface to minimise dust.
(-) Health effects due to inhalation of dust

by residents living in areas adjacent to
project site
People Threat to public safety  Implement speed limits and safety devices Proponent / Php50,000/year Part of the project
/signs. Contractor on safety cost
(-) Possible injury or fatality as a result of  Ensure competency of drivers to drive safely. signage and
heavy equipment and delivery trucks  Engage local communities and inform them of Php50,000.00
movement in the project site site activities through IECs, posting construction on
“off limits” and safety signage trainings/semina
rs
Traffic congestion  Coordinate with DPWH and Municipal Proponent / Part of the regular
Engineering Department in road maintenance Contractor coordination of the
(-) Rapid deterioration of existing national/ and necessary improvements to accommodate Proponent with the
municipal/ barangay road condition as a increased vehicle movement. LGU
result of heavy equipment movement
Geotechnical People Occupational Health and Safety  Posting of safety warning and danger signs CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per OSH and
 Provision and wearing of personal protective year

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
investigation equipment at all times Department (may vary Emergency
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) depending on response program
program)
Geotechnical Socio- Employment opportunities and economic  Prioritize hiring of local workers CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per Local hiring report
investigation Economics benefits  Prompt payment of taxes Department year DOLE Report
 Implementation of social development (may vary Social Dev’t and
programs for host community depending on Mgmt Plan
 Continuous skills training and development and the SDP Corporate Social
capacity building program for the impact areas Responsibility
program)
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) Program
 IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.2)
Completion of requisite People Social Acceptance and Support for the  IEC on Project to inform, respective institutions, CRO, Envi Php 50,000 No
MOAs, endorsements, project agencies, offices, bodies and organizations for Department commencement of
and clearances providing their respective endorsements and/or construction until
clearances full compliance
 MOAs with respective bodies and
completion of
required
endorsements and
clearances
II. Construction Phase (Reclamation Works)
Site preparation, ground Land Change in geomorphology  Implement flood control measures which such as Proponent / Php100,000.00/ Part of project cost
levelling, and drainage construction of proper and adequate drainage Contractor year –
improvements (-) The Project site’s elevation will be systems. maintenance of
altered. The elevation change will result in the drainage
subsequent change in the hydrology facility
surrounding the Project site
Site preparation, Land Inducement of subsidence or collapse  Implement best engineering practices such as Proponent / Php10M – Part of project cost
excavation, and filling suitable backfilling material, proper slope, Contractor implementation
(-) Minor subsidence may occur within the grading and contouring to minimise possibility of of site

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
project site when the subsurface is subsidence or differential settling. preparation
disturbed during excavation activities for adhering to best
preparation of foundation engineering
practices.
(-) Minor settling may also occur as a result
of additional loads from heavy machinery
and structures
Site preparation, ground Land Inducement of higher flood levels  Implement best engineering practices such as Proponent / Php10M – Part of project cost
levelling and drainage People suitable backfilling material, proper slope, Contractor implementation
improvements (-) Occurrence, frequency and magnitude of grading and contouring to minimise possibility of of site
flooding may be affected due to the change subsidence or differential settling. preparation
in drainage morphology and changes in  Probable modification of drainage systems shall adhering to best
ground elevation in the project site maintain natural outlets or consider similar engineering
transport regimes/streamflow as the pre-existing practices and
(-) Flooding may cause damage to natural drainage maintenance
property, assets, and may pose threat to  Maximize the capacity of two exit river channels
public safety on both sides of the reclamation area through
regular desilting and clearing operations
Site preparation, Land Soil erosion from onsite activities  Implement best engineering practices such as Proponent / Php100,000.00/ Part of project cost
excavation, and filling suitable backfilling material, proper slope, Contractor year –ground
(-) Improper storage of construction grading and contouring to minimise possibility of stabilization and
materials and indiscriminate disposal of fill subsidence or differential settling. maintenance
materials and excavated soils may affect  Progressive ground preparation and clearing to
erosion patterns. minimize total area of land that will be disturbed
at any one time, where practical.
Contamination of soil / disposal site  Implement best engineering practices such as Proponent / Php Part of project cost
proper stockpiling and handling of excavated Contractor 2,000,000.00 –
(-) Excavated soil materials may contain materials. Provision of
contaminants that may potentially affect soil  Implement proper filling and disposal to avoid proper waste

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
and ground and surface water quality contamination of soil, groundwater, and surface disposal.
water
Reclamation works River water (-) Degradation of water quality due to  Maintain water quality levels prescribed in DAO Proponent / Php10M – Part of project
quality siltation brought about by reclamation 2016-08, particularly TSS at 80 g/l. Contractor implementation cost.
activities  Sand bunds or other types of bund walls or silt of site
Marine water curtains or other appropriate mitigation preparation
quality measures should be provided to prevent adhering to best
dispersion of silt or sediments away from the engineering
project site during reclamation works. practices and
 Implement best environmental management maintenance
practices such as, but shall not be limited to,
removal of debris along the waterways, proper
disposal of construction wastes, installation of silt
traps at strategic locations, and spoils to be
properly contoured to prevent erosion
 Regular dredging works should be conducted
adjacent the proposed project site, specifically in
vicinities of the mouth of Pasig River where
sediment deposition from these highly-silted river
inflows would constrict waterways and current
flows.
 Dredging works shall regularly be conducted
adjacent and at immediate vicinities along the
eastern part of project boundaries wherein
accretion of sediments is likely due to the
presence of the reclaimed project site.
(-) Enhanced turbidity (temporary)  The use of steel sheet piles reinforced with silt
curtains will effectively reduce sediment stream
reaching the river estuary

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
Generation of wastes (-) Degradation of water quality due to  Removal of debris along the waterways will be Proponent / Php50,000 / Part of project cost
runoff from sanitary sewage, waste water, conducted, all construction wastes will be Contractor Year – provision
solid wastes, and other construction properly disposed, silt traps at strategic locations for proper solid
materials that can harm aquatic flora/fauna and spoils will be properly contoured to prevent waste disposal
erosion.
 Construction of sediment/ settling ponds and
related structures to mitigate siltation or
sedimentation of water body
 Portalets will be provided for use of the workers
and its corresponding wastewater will be
properly disposed.
 Implementation of Solid waste management
program and Hazardous waste management
program.
 Use of DENR accredited haulers/TSD
companies.
Oil and lubricants River water (-) River water contamination  Implement oil and grease recovery plan for all
quality marine vessels operating in the reclamation
area;
 Implement prohibition on releasing ship bilge into
the bay.
Reclamation, soil filling Coastal water (-) Increase in siltation/sedimentation  Use of steel sheet piles and sloping revetment Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting quality; loading in coastal waters; increase in technologies during reclamation; Contractor
Benthic turbidity and suspended solids;  Provision of silt curtains where sediment streams
communities of are likely to occur and escape.
marine (-) Reduction in photosynthesis and primary  Collection and trans-location of macro-
organisms; productivity invertebrates found within the reclamation area,
Fish resources if any;
(-) Suffocation of bivalve veliger in soft  Monitoring of sediment fluxes and application of
bottom benthos; more stringent control measures when

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
necessary; or temporary cessation of activities.
(-) Disruption of fish feeding and benthos  Sediment canals in reclaimed areas will be
larval growth; installed to divert sludge into filters and weirs
that capture sediments and fugitive reclamation
(-) Impairment in fish and shellfish filling materials at source.
reproductive process.
Reclamation, soil filling Wastewaters (-) Inadvertent spill of domestic  Install liquid waste management system Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting emanating due wastewaters can cause coastal water ensuring modern waste retrieval and treatment Contractor
to influx of pollution, loss of macro-invertebrate system. Treatment and disposal of liquid waste
reclamation population, impairment in fish and shellfish at point source will involve collecting liquids of
workers can add reproductive physiology. point source origin; directing waste into
to marine integrated multiple waste streams facilities or
pollution and collecting vessels, and application of treatments.
negatively affect Any fluid effluent to be discharged at sea will be
benthic monitored and tested before discharging.
communities of  Installation of modern latrines and waste
macro- receptacles; collection facilities;
invertebrates;  Adoption of clean practices by all project
plankton operating units and personnel;
community  Efficient waste retrieval system;
fish  Greening of reclamation area
Reclamation, soil filling Coastal waters Oil and grease contamination  Adoption of an oil and grease recovery and Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting treatment system; Contractor
 Implementation of rigid policies against
indiscriminate disposal of oily waste and marine
vessel bilge water.
Reclamation, soil filling Fisheries and (-) Dislocation of gill net and hook and line  Provision of alternative livelihoods to affected Proponent / Part of project cost
and compacting mariculture fishers fishers. Contractor
livelihoods

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
Delivery of construction Air Contribution in Terms of Greenhouse Gas  Implement regular inspection and preventive Proponent /
materials and equipment, People Emissions maintenance of heavy equipment, machineries Contractor
construction works and service vehicles to meet the DENR
(-) The sources of carbon dioxide emission standards on vehicular emissions; and
in the project are the fuels used in the  Use electric or fuel-efficient equipment,
operation of heavy machinery and machineries and vehicles and maximize its
equipment such as dredgers, pile drivers operation, if possible.
and the barges during its construction.
Air Generation of air pollutants  The use of electrically-powered equipment will Proponent / Php2,000,000 / Part of the
People be maximized to reduce the volume of the air Contractor year –cost of construction cost
(-) Generation of air pollutants such pollutant that will be generated maintenance of
particulate matter, nitrogen dioxide and  Regular preventive maintenance of heavy heavy
carbon monoxide due to heavy equipment equipment, machineries and service vehicles equipment
used for filling of the reclamation site, soil shall be undertaken to keep these equipment,
improvement and civil works. machineries and service vehicles in good
working condition for lower emission rate of air
(-) Vehicles extensively used at pollutants.
construction site will also generate air
pollutants, primarily nitrogen dioxide.
Air Generation of dust (temporary)  Frequent water spraying at dry and unpaved Proponent / Php50,000/ year Part of project cost
People reclaimed sites near ASRs, especially during dry Contractor –operational
(-) Air pollution from fugitive dust resulting periods where fugitive dusts are potentially expenses
from ground clearing operations, site dispersed by winds;
preparation, structure erection, and vehicle  Reduction of wind speeds by installing temporary
movement. wind barriers at the area, if necessary. These
wind barriers could be strategically located at
(-) Health effects due to inhalation of dust areas close to the ASRs;
by residents living in areas adjacent to  Provide wheel washing facilities for vehicles
project site leaving the project site. This wheel washing
facility is intended to remove muds from the tires

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
of the heavy equipment and other vehicles, which
are potential sources of dust if detached from
vehicles traveling outside the project site (e.g.,
paved or unpaved roads);
 Impose speed limits within the project site and
along access roads. Reduction of vehicular
speed will significantly reduce generation of
fugitive emissions;
 If possible, re-route vehicles at considerable
distances from the ASRs. This measure (re-
routing) is effective means of decreasing release
of fugitive emissions to nearby ASRs, especially
during very dry conditions where wetting of dry
surfaces would be effective for short duration; and
 Conduct regular visual inspection at the project
site (including monthly sampling of TSP, PM10,
SO2, and NO2) to determine areas with high
fugitive emissions, and to implement mitigation
measures as necessary.
Construction works Air (noise) (-) Generation of noise from construction  All machinery will be maintained in accordance Proponent / Php100,000.00 Part of project cost
activities with the original manufacturer’s specifications and Contractor
manuals to avoid excessive noise, vibration and
vehicle exhaust pollution. Regular maintenance of
equipment and engines as per manufacturers
requirements will be carried out
 Conduct reclamation works during night time at
the project area relatively far from the Barangay
Baseco.
 Reduce the number of equipment to be operated
at night time and inform the residents and

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
barangay officials prior to the conduct of
reclamation works, especially if equipment need
to be operated near residential areas.
 Monitor noise levels especially at night time
periods (10:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M) at residences
closest reclamation works
Site preparation activities People Community protests or complaints  Conduct of IECs to host and neighboring Proponent Php150,000.00 / Part of project cost
communities. year
(-) Potential adverse community response  Properly implement programs stipulated in the
resulting from access restrictions in working SDP
areas.
Increased manpower People Opportunities for local employment  Implement priority local hiring policy for qualified Proponent / Php20,000 / Employment
requirements local workers. Contractor year generated
(+) Employment opportunities and benefits  Provide skills training for local residents together with the
of employees and its multiplier effect or  Coordinate with barangay or/and municipal LGU origins of workers
potential livelihood/business opportunities as to relevant ordinance on providing will be validated by
opportunities for local employment. the MMT.
(-) Bringing in of outside workers may
antagonise local communities
Increased manpower People In-migration  Livelihood opportunities will be provided to local Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
requirements communities especially to host barangay Contractor SDP budget will
(+) Workers will be required during  Provide skills training for local residents be utilized for
construction  Conduct consultation with barangay LGUs on the
requirements and process of hiring to maximize implementation
(-) In-migrants may compete with locals for employment of local residents. of activities such
employment, project benefits, natural  Coordination meetings shall be undertaken as, livelihood
resources (i.e. water competition), local regularly with the LGUs to identify threats and programs,
health, welfare services and infrastructure vulnerabilities in the society as well as to education
In-migration may also lead to proliferation develop programs to prevent foreseen social assistance,

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
of informal settlers in the project impact problems. medical
barangay  SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) assistance, IEC,
 IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.2) among others.
Increased manpower People Cultural and lifestyle change  Prioritization of Local stakeholders for Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
requirements employment in the Project Contractor SDP budget that
(+) Increase in ability to cope with  Livelihood Programs to augment income for will be utilized
household and subsistence expenses for indigent stakeholders for the
stakeholders directly employed by the  Educational Programs such as Scholarships and implementation
project; and stakeholders with new and contribution to improvements and additions to of activities such
additional livelihood, catering to the educational facilities as, cultural
activities and direct and indirect personnel  Contribution to Peace and order programs and activities, IEC,
of the project facilities among others
(+) Improved Access to Education for

studying children of employed and those
with new and additional small livelihood
(+) Improved Nutrition and less health-

related worries of Household members of
employed and those with new and
(+) Improved Access to Recreational

Activities for household members of
employed and those with new and
(+) Decrease in vulnerability to succumbing

to juvenile delinquency and unlawful/illegal
activities for subsistence of household

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
members of employed and those with new
and additional small livelihood
(+) Decrease in susceptibility to public

disorder stemming from economic inactivity
of and interpersonal grievances and
strained community relationships of
household members of employed and
those with new and additional small
livelihood
(-) Threat of uptake of crime in and near the

BASECO Community due to increase in
economic activity near the area
Threat to delivery of basic services and  Develop and implement SDP, which shall involve Proponent / Php1M / year – Part of project cost
resource competition improvement of basic services such as health Contractor SDP budget that
and welfare, livelihood, infrastructure, education, will be utilized
(-) Unplanned population increase due to among others for the
in-migration or increase in informal implementation
settlers/structures puts pressure on basic of activities such
services (education, health and social as, cultural
welfare) and utilities (water, electricity and activities, IEC,
waste management). among others
Increased movement of People Traffic congestion  Implement speed limits, vehicle load limits, Proponent / Php100,000/ Part of project cost
heavy equipment on site vehicle maintenance requirements, and limiting Contractor year – Safety
and delivery of materials, (-) Possible increase in traffic given the driving hours. and health
Increased manpower number of workers to be employed and  Signs for ongoing construction activities (i.e. program will
requirements, delivery of some construction materials. speed limit, safety signage) shall be installed at cover this
strategic places to notify and warn the general activities.

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
public as necessary.
Reclamation Works Water Marine Vessel Traffic  IEC with the parties, especially the pertinent Proponent / Part of IEC Cost Sea Lane
People agencies and offices, covering the area and CRO / Navigation and
(-) limited path and passage towards Manila marine vessel traffic and navigation, such as the Contractor Traffic Plan, IEC
South Harbor and other port facilities such PPA, the Philippine Coast Guard, Manila Bay Program,
as those of the Philippine Coast Guards Coordinating Office, and others. MOAs/MOUs
which may lead to:
- longer time in off-shore anchorage prior to  Coordination with the parties, especially the
accessing the ports and terminals, along pertinent agencies and offices, covering the
with its inherent cost counterparts in fuel, area and marine vessel traffic and navigation,
personnel, and other time affected aspects. such as the PPA, the Philippine Coast Guard,
- increase in the distance of the anchorage Manila Bay Coordinating Office, and others, on
area from the harbor facilities coming up with a Sea Lane Navigation and
Traffic Plan in consideration of the Project.
Dredging and reclamation Hazards and (-) Impacts of storm surges, flooding, and  Residents and workers to evacuate the area in Proponent / Php 1M-2M per OSH and
works disaster risks other disaster risks the event of incoming typhoon. Provision of early Contractor year Emergency
warning systems and effective dissemination (may vary response program
procedures could effectively avoid casualties in depending on
the event of extreme weather events. the SDP
 Reclamation site should be designed program)
considering the projected sea level rise in Manila
Bay, including the heights of the highest
astronomical tide and wave effects during
southwest monsoon (not storm surges).
People (-)Occupational Health and Safety  Posting of safety warning and danger signs CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per OSH and
 Provision and wearing of personal protective Department year Emergency
equipment at all times (may vary response program
 SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section 5.1) depending on
program)

Environmental
Guarantee/
Arrangement
Affected
Socio- Loss of livelihood  Just Compensation and relocation package CRO, Envi Php 1M-2M per  Plan for
Economics (-) Loss of livelihood and income source for  Provision and development of alternative Department year Compensation
fisher folks previously mooring in livelihood (may vary  Livelihood
depending on
the coastal area within the vicinity programs
the SDP
program)  Fund for
compensation
IV. Decommissioning Phase
Clearing and removal of Land Ground and water contamination  Proper implementation of the approved Proponent / Php2M – for the Part of project cost
structures Water Abandonment/ Decommissioning Plan that Contractor handling,
People (-) Clearing and removal of structures and details the decommissioning, rehabilitation, and transport, and
facilities that may result to improper social activities which shall include the disposal of all
disposal of contaminated materials or methodology, timing, and techniques. hazardous
release of toxic and hazardous wastes /  Use of DENR accredited haulers/TSD waste and
compounds companies for wastes classified under RA No. chemicals.
6969.
People Loss of employment / livelihood  Abandonment for SDP (see Chapter 5 in Section Part of SDP / Contractor’s
5.1) IEC Cost contract/
 Abandonment for IEC (see Chapter 5 in Section Abandonment
5.2) Plan
Legend:
+/- Positive or negative impact

Chapter 4: Environmental Risk Assessment | Environmental Impact Statement
4 Environmental Risk Assessment and Emergency

Response Policy and Guidelines
4.1 Environmental Risk Assessment
This section discusses the Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA) of the proposed
Project. An ERA is an evaluation tool for a project or an activity that determines the
level of hazard that it may pose to humans, properties, and to the environment.
This section will discuss whether the proposed Project poses a significant risk to its
surrounding environment. Also, this section will determine whether the surrounding
environment poses significant risks to the proposed Project.
4.1.1 Methodology
The general guidelines and outline for an Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA)
preparation are prescribed in Annex 2-7e of DAO 2003-03. However, the guidelines
focused more on the risks and hazards posed by activities and/or manufacturing
methods that involve chemical storage, processing, and use. Although this is
applicable for the proposed Project, this shall only form part of the overall ERA.
Major environmental risks identified were the geological hazards posed on the
proposed Project.
4.1.2 Risk Screening Level
A risk screening level exercise refers to specific facilities or the use of certain
processes that has the potential to pose significant risks to people and its
surrounding environment. The Plant is covered by the risk screening level exercise,
as indicated in Table 4-1.
4.1.2.1 Risk Identification and Analysis
The proposed Project entails risks that are natural, man-made, or a combination of
both. Natural risks are hazards caused by phenomena such as earthquakes,
geological instability and typhoons. Meanwhile, man-made risks are caused by
accidents such as fires, structural/equipment failure, chemical spillages, and human
error. Man-made risks could also be aggravated as a direct consequence of natural
risks.

Table 4-1. Risk Screening Matrix

ERA Applicability to
Activities Requiring Risk Screening Exercise1
the Project
1) Facilities for the production or processing of organic/inorganic Not Applicable
chemicals using:
Alkylation Esterification Polymerization Distillation
Amination Halogenation Sulphonation Extraction
Carbonylation Hydrogenation Desulphurization Solvation
Condenstation Hydrolysis Nitration Pesticides &
Dehydrogenation Oxidation Phosphorus pharmaceutical
prod. prod.
2) Installations for distillation, refining, and other processing of petroleum Not Applicable
products
3) Installations for total or partial disposal of solid or liquid substances by Not Applicable
incineration or chemical decomposition
4) Installations for the production or processing of energy gases (e.g., Not Applicable
LPG, LNG, SNG.)
5) Installations for the dry distillation of coal or lignite Not Applicable
6) Installations for the production of metals and non-metals by wet Not Applicable
process or electrical energy
7) Installations for the loading and unloading of hazardous materials as Not Applicable
defined by RA 6969 (or DAO 29)
Risk screening level
CONCLUSION exercise is not
applicable
Note:
1Based on Annex 2-7e of DAO 30-2003 Revised Procedural Manual
4.2 Hazard Analysis

4.2.1 Geologic Hazard
4.2.1.1 Seismic Hazards
Major causes of damage during earthquakes include hazards due to 1) ground

shaking, 2) liquefaction, 3) landslide, 4) surface rupturing, and 5) tsunami. The first
two hazards are directly related to actual ground movements while the others are
mainly due to the indirect effects of the earthquake shocks.
4.2.1.1.1 Ground Shaking Hazard
Most of the damages incurred during earthquakes mainly result from strong ground
vibrations that are caused by the passage of seismic waves from the earthquake

source to the ground surface. The intensity of ground shaking is generally influenced
by the magnitude of the earthquake, distance of the site from the earthquake
generator, and the modifying effects of subsoil conditions. Observations of effects of
large magnitude earthquakes have shown that ground shaking on bedrock is less in
intensity than on areas of soft foundation made up of sediments as gravel, sand, silt
and/or clay. Figure 4-1 shows the general relationship between near-surface earth
material and amplification of shaking during a seismic event.
The project area is prone to ground shaking hazards due to the presence of several
earthquake generators. The site is considered as high seismic area and has a
recorded and experienced intensity of VI during the July 1990 Luzon earthquake
(Figure 4-2).
Table 4-2 presents the different areas Metro Manila which are vulnerable to ground
shaking and within the identified zones. The zone where ground shaking is expected
to be below average is more or less defined by the outline of the tuff deposit of the
Guadalupe Formation which corresponds to the bedrock in Metro Manila. The areas
underlain by soft and thick sequence of fine sediments will most likely experience
average to above average levels of ground shaking depending on the thickness of
the soft materials. Areas covered with 10 m or less of these deposits are expected
to experience average levels of ground shaking while those underlain by soft
materials in excess of 10 m may experience above average shaking.
Table 4-2. Areas Vulnerable to Strong Ground Shaking in Metro Manila

Possible Level of
Area
Ground Shaking
Above Average Manila proper inclusive of the reclaimed areas along Manila bay, the
municipalities of western Malabon, Navotas, eastern Pateros, Marikina
(valley side) and the eastern section of Pasig
Average Pasay City, western portion of Makati, northeastern and eastern Quezon
City (within the Marikina Valley), the extreme southwestern part of
Caloocan City, eastern Malabon, western section of Valenzuela, the
coastal and northern portions Paranaque and Las Pinas, and the
lakeshore areas of taguig and Muntinlupa
Below Average Areas within Diliman Plateau
Figure 4-3 presents the ground shaking and surface rupture hazard map of Metro
Manila.

Project Area relative position
Source: (Keller, E. J., 1996)
Figure 4-1. General Relationship between Near-surface Earth Material and

Amplification of Ground Shaking during a Seismic Event
4.2.1.1.2 Surface Rupturing
Surface or ground rupturing is a result of significant movement along faults. It occurs

within zones of active fault. Damage can be severe for structures directly straddling
and located within a narrow zone of the active fault traces. For the 1990 Luzon
earthquake, the deformation zone was within 5 m from the surface rupture. The
location, pattern and style of surface faulting generally appear to occur along pre-
existing active fault traces, thus, a precise delineation of these traces is very
important in mitigating damages due to surface rupturing.

PROJECT AREA
Source: PHIVOLCS
Figure 4-2. Intensity Map of the July 1990 Earthquake

Figure 4-3. Ground Shaking and Surface Rupture Hazard Map of Metro Manila

4.2.1.1.3 Ground Acceleration
Since the Philippines is a tectonically active place with noted active faults that are
usually the sources of major earthquakes, the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (PHIVOLCS) and the United States Geological Survey (USGS)
conducted ground motion hazard mapping in terms useful to engineering design
using modern probabilistic methodology. In their study, the peak horizontal ground
acceleration that have a 10% probability of being exceeded in 50 years have been
uniformly estimated for rock, medium soil and soft soil site condition. Results of their
study show an estimate on rock ranging from a low of 0.11g in Visayas to a high of
0.30g in the vicinity of Casiguran Fault in Eastern Luzon (Thenhaus, et al, 1994).
Estimates for soft soil conditions are considerably higher and range between 0.27g
for Visayas and 0.80g along the Casiguran Fault zone.
The estimated horizontal and vertical peak accelerations during an earthquake likely
to occur in an area are useful information for designing buildings and other structures
to withstand seismic shaking. Maps of Acceleration in Soft Soil, Medium Soil, Hard
Soil and Rock are presented in Figure 4-4 to Figure 4-7.
In order to determine the ground acceleration that a site can experience in case of a
major earthquake, the attenuation model of Fukushima and Tanaka is applied
(Thenhaus et al, 1994). A design earthquake is assumed to occur at a point along
the causative fault that is nearest to the site. Correction factors are then applied
depending on the type of foundation material.
The attenuation model of Fukushima and Tanaka (In Thenhaus, 1994) is written as:
log 10 A = 0.41M - log 10 (R+0.032x10 0.4 M) – 0.0034R + 1.30
where:
A = mean peak acceleration (cm/sec2)
R = shortest distance between the site and the fault rupture (km)
M = surface-wave magnitude.
Correction factors are applied depending on the type of foundation material: rock,
0.6; hard soil, 0.87; medium soil, 1.07; and soft soil, 1.39.
The most logical causative fault is the Philippine Fault. It may be considered as a
near-source earthquake generator. The Philippine Fault is probably the most active
of earthquake generators in the country. Though presently inactive, both the West
Valley Fault, the Lubang Fault and Casiguran Fault can also be considered as
potential earthquake generators.

PROJECT AREA
Figure 4-4. Ground Acceleration in Soft Soil

PROJECT AREA
Figure 4-5. Ground Acceleration in Medium Soil

PROJECT AREA
Figure 4-6. Ground Acceleration in Hard Soil

PROJECT AREA
Figure 4-7. Ground Acceleration in Rock

Design Earthquake. The Philippine Fault is such a major fault that it is capable of
generating a rare magnitude 8.0 earthquake. Magnitude 7.5 or 7.8 earthquakes
might be more reasonable as design earthquake.
Peak Ground Acceleration. Assuming a distance of 70 km from the project area to

the Philippine Fault, peak ground accelerations are estimated for different design
earthquakes (magnitudes 7.6, 7.8, 8.0) and foundation conditions (rock, hard soil,
medium soil, soft soil). Ground accelerations from earthquakes that can be
generated from the West Valley Fault, Lubang Fault, Casiguran Fault and Manila
Trench were also estimated. Excessively high acceleration values can be expected
particularly from those earthquake generators which are relatively close to the
project area.
Table 4-3. Computed Ground Acceleration (using Attenuation Model of

Fukushima and Tanaka) for Earthquake Magnitudes of 8.0, 7.8 and 7.5 and
Different Foundation Conditions
Hard Medium Soft
Earthquake Generator R M PGA Rock
Soil Soil Soil
11.60 km 8.0 0.488 0.293 0.424 0.522 0.678
West Valley Fault 11.60 km 7.8 0.472 0.283 0.411 0.505 0.656
11.60 km 7.5 0.445 0.267 0.387 0.476 0.618
70 km 8.0 0.171 0.103 0.149 0.183 0.238
Philippine Fault 70 km 7.8 0.154 0.092 0.134 0.165 0.214
70 km 7.5 0.129 0.078 0.113 0.138 0.180
95 km 8.0 0.118 0.071 0.103 0.126 0.164
Lubang Fault 95 km 7.8 0.105 0.063 0.091 0.112 0.146
95 km 7.5 0.086 0.052 0.075 0.092 0.120
130 km 8.0 0.073 0.044 0.064 0.078 0.102
Casiguran Fault 130 km 7.8 0.064 0.039 0.056 0.069 0.089
130 km 7.5 0.052 0.031 0.045 0.056 0.072
190 km 8.0 0.035 0.021 0.030 0.037 0.049
Manila Trench 190 km 7.8 0.030 0.018 0.026 0.323 0.042
190 km 7.5 0.024 0.014 0.021 0.026 0.033
4.2.1.1.4 Liquefaction / Differential Settlement
In areas underlain by loosely compacted, water-saturated fine sediments such as

sand and silt, strong ground vibrations could also cause the underlying foundation to
temporarily assume a semi-liquid behavior. Such process is called liquefaction. The
July 16, 1990 earthquake has opened opportunities to better understand the
liquefaction phenomenon. The studies conducted by Torres and others in 1990 had
identified and characterized at least three sedimentary environments that are
favorable to liquefaction to take place, namely, 1) deltaic (e.g. Dagupan City and
Aringay, La Union), alluvial plain (e.g. Tarlac), and sandpit environment (e.g. Agoo,
La Union). Typically, these environments are characterized by the presence of thick
accumulation of fine sediments that are water-saturated.
Metro Manila has suffered liquefaction in certain areas of the city in many of
earthquakes that have affected it. Several occurrence of liquefaction within a certain
area in Manila particularly near the vicinity of Pasig River were recorded in the past.
The identified liquefaction-prone areas have characteristically shallow water table (3
m or less) with thick (10m or more) piles of water-saturated fine sediments (sand to
clayey sand). These areas are those on the shore areas of Manila including the
newly-reclaimed areas, the Pasig River delta plain, the Marikina alluvial plains and
those lying on the floodplain deposits and abandoned meanders of the Pasig and
Marikina rivers. Various points within these areas have been subjected to
liquefaction in the past and are therefore likely to be affected again in the future.
Liquefaction is generally accompanied by differential settlement as a result of

withdrawal of materials beneath the ground surface. Buildings, houses and other
structures built with no special engineering designs against this hazard tend to settle
or sink as the underlying foundation losses strength. These structures normally
remain intact though some may tilt.
Sand fountaining, lateral spreading, and ground undulation which may also cause
damage to roads, bridges and other infrastructures are some of the effects
associated to liquefaction.
Figure 4-8 shows the sites of historical liquefaction in Metro Manila.
4.2.1.1.5 Subsidence / Differential Settlement
Subsidence is the motion of a surface (usually, the earth's surface) as it shifts

downward relative to a datum such as sea level. Land subsidence can occur in
various ways during an earthquake. Large areas of land can subside drastically
during an earthquake because of offset along fault lines. Land subsidence and/or
differential settlement can also occur as a result of settling and compacting of
unconsolidated sediment from the shaking of an earthquake.
Many soils contain significant proportions of clay. Because of their very small particle
size, they are affected by changes in soil moisture content. Seasonal drying of the
soil results in a lowering of both the volume and the surface of the soil. If building
foundations are above the level reached by seasonal drying, they move, possibly
resulting in damage to the building in the form of tapering cracks. Any structures
founded on soft clay are very susceptible to subsidence or differential settlement.
4.2.1.1.6 Tsunami
Tsunami or giant sea waves are produced as a result of faulting under submarine
conditions at shallow depths. Tsunami can also be triggered by submarine

landslides, volcanic eruptions and movements along subduction zones. Areas

vulnerable to this hazard are the coastal zones fronting an open sea. The edge of
the cities fronting Manila Bay may be exposed to potential tsunami.
Tsunami and earthquakes can happen anytime around the Pacific Ring of Fire - from
California up and around Alaska down through Japan, Taiwan, the Philippines and
Indonesia.
Figure 4-8. Sites of Historical Liquefaction in Metro Manila

The Philippines is no stranger to earthquakes - the Philippine archipelago was

largely created by the tectonic squabble between the Eurasian and Pacific plates,
forming the Philippine Plate as a distinct entity.
Tsunamis in the Philippines are extremely rare. The last significant tsunami in the
Philippines occurred in the Verde Island Passage (between Batangas & Mindoro
Island and affecting Puerto Galera) in 1976. The tsunami wave was minor (only 2-3
meters) when it reached land. Because tsunami in the Philippines are so rare, those
who were drowned were actually opportunist beachcombers who were interested to
extract goodies from the suddenly exposed deep coral pools, not realizing that the
tsunami wave would follow the rapidly receding water.
Remarkable historical tsunamis that have affected Manila were those generated by
the 1677 and 1863 earthquakes, possibly from the Manila Trench. During the 1677
event, Repetti (1946) reports of boats at sea almost submerged by waves. For the
1863 earthquake, a large wave coming from Manila Bay was reported by the same
writer. Other accounts of the latter event describe a retreat of the sea and a
subsequent rise in the height of incoming waves. In both cases there were no reports
of any damage along the coastal areas of Manila.
The apparent low vulnerability of Metro Manila in terms of this hazard is attributed to
the following factors.
1. The narrow configuration of the mouth of Manila Bay has an over-all abating
effect to the incoming tsunami wave thus lessening any tsunami impact on the
project area. However, coastal areas along the adjoining provinces of Cavite
and Bataan near the mouth of Manila Bay are more likely to be highly-prone
to this hazard.
2. The presence of the Island of Corregidor near the mouth of Manila Bay
likewise tends to deflect and abate the effects of incoming tsunami waves.
3. For any moderate to strong tsunami to significantly affect Metro Manila, the
earthquake source or hypocenter should be within the Manila Bay itself. Even
considering a modest dip of 45o for the subducting layer of the Manila Trench,
such a situation is highly unlikely as the descending tectonic slab would be
too deep as an earthquake source and consequently, too weak to generate a
sizable tsunami.
The hazard posed by tsunami is probably only comparable to, or less than that from
storm surges.

4.2.1.2 Volcanic Hazards
Most of the hazards associated with the eruptions of Mount Pinatubo and Taal
Volcano with the exception of ashfall, are very much localized and are generally
confined within the immediate vicinities of these two volcanoes.
A violent eruption of Mount Pinatubo and/or Taal Volcano which may result into a
base surge or a rapid expanding cloud at the base will definitely has severe effect at
the areas close to them.
Only a minor quantity of ash has affected Metro Manila based on the review of the
extent of impacted areas from the largest eruptions of Mount Pinatubo. It is thus
conceivable that should Mt. Pinatubo will erupt with the same magnitude in the
future, the same level of ashfall impact is expected to likely affect the island.
The 1911 eruption of Taal Volcano killed about 1,300 and wounded 800 people. The
solid ejecta produced by the 1911 eruption which was estimated to be around
80,000,000 million cubic meters spread over an area of 230 km2 while ashes spewed
from the volcano reached as far as Manila and nearby provinces.
Based on the recorded hazards associated with the eruption of Taal Volcano, the
project area being 70 km away from the said volcano could only experience minor
ashfall.
4.2.2 Hydrologic Hazards
4.2.2.1 Flooding
Flooding is usually caused by heavy rains accompanying typhoons or the southwest

monsoons. Flooding is a chronic problem, affecting large areas in Metro Manila,
especially the low-lying areas like the City of Manila. Because of the local climate
condition, the city is experiencing an average of 18 – 20 flood events yearly,
although only a few of these caused severe damage.
In Metro Manila, floodwater is usually due to excessive rainfall particularly during the
months of May to November when the southwest monsoon coincides with the
typhoon season.

The flooding problems in Metro Manila are aggravated by rapid urbanization,

inadequate or non-existent of drainage system, improper waste disposal, low river
capacity and lack of maintenance, tidal transgression, reclamation activities and
storm surges, squatter settlements, and constraints in the implementation of proper
flood control facilities and countermeasures.
4.2.2.2 Storm Surge
Storm surge refers to the temporary increase at a particular locality in the height of
the sea due to extreme meteorological conditions: low atmospheric pressure and/or
strong winds. It is caused primarily by strong winds pushing on the ocean’s surface
causing the water to pile up higher than the ordinary sea level. The rise in water level
due to the combined force of storm surge and normal tides could cause severe
flooding in coastal areas.
Due to the combination of coastal configuration and seasonal wind regime, waves
generated during the rainy southwest monsoon also raise tide levels by as much as
80% at the northern end of Manila Bay (Siringan and Ringor, 1998). Waves three
meters high can be generated even along the limited western fetch. Southerly wind
speeds at Manila can exceed 220 kph and waves 3.7 meters high have been
recorded at Manila’s port. PAGASA unpublished records shows storm surges
occurred seven times between 1960 and 1972 (Rodolfo and Siringan, 2003).
Recent storms demonstrated wind induced waves breaking at the seawall of the
reclamation area and Roxas Boulevard covering the strip with garbage. Portions of
the seawall along Roxas Boulevard suffered damage due to consistent pounding of
the waves.
As seen during Typhoon Pedring and reported unnamed and named typhoons,
Manila Bay coastline is considered highly vulnerable to storm surges and coastal
floods.
Table 4-4 presents the different reported storms surges that affected Manila Bay.
Table 4-4. Storm Surges that Affected Manila Bay

Associated
Date of Surge Affected
Tropical Casualties Damage
Occurrence Height (m) Areas
Cyclone
Unnamed
June 29, 1589 - Manila Bay - -
Typhoon
Destroyed
Unnamed Bagumbayan
Aug. 29, 1863 - Manila Bay -
Typhoon Drive due to
inundation.

Associated
Date of Surge Affected
Tropical Casualties Damage
Occurrence Height (m) Areas
Cyclone
Several houses
were destroyed
17 ships were
Sept. 20-26, Unnamed tossed onto Santa
- Manila Bay -
1867 Typhoon Lucia and Tondo
shores
Destroyed $40M
Typhoon Manila Bay -
Nov. 19, 1970 4 - properties, sank
Yoling southeast
21 fishing boats
June 23-25, Typhoon Several ships were
- Manila Bay 1
1972 Konsing washed ashore
Bataan and at
least 10
Typhoon
July 2, 1983 4 villages on 182 49,000 houses
Bebeng
Manila Bay’s
western bank
Coastal Areas
Damaged the
of Manila Bay,
Sept. 26-28, Typhoon breakwater and
6 Barangay San 12
2011 Pedring seawall along
Rafael 3 and 4
Roxas Boulevard
in Cavite
Oct. 11, 2013 Typhoon Santi - Manila Bay - -
Source: Project NOAH – Compilation of Storm Surge occurrences in the Philippines, Feb. 4, 2014
4.2.3 Conclusions and Recommendations
Based on the conducted researches, review of the Feasibility Report of the New
Manila Reclamation and Development Project, Report on the Disaster Prevention
and Mitigation in Metropolitan Manila, other relevant technical reports and field
investigation, the following conclusions and recommendations can be deduced:
4.2.3.1 Conclusions
 The subsoil is generally weak (very soft to soft) with thick sequence of
Quaternary alluvium made up principally of unconsolidated strata of plastic
silty clay and clay. Very stiff to hard clay layers are generally deeper.
 The project area may experience ground shaking of Intensity VI as felt during
the July 1990 Luzon Earthquake.
 The seismic hazards to which the project will be exposed to are ground
shaking, liquefaction and surface rupturing.
 In terms of ground shaking, five major earthquake generators, namely, the

West Valley Fault, the Philippine Fault Zone, the Lubang Fault, the Casiguran

Fault and Manila Trench have been identified as the most likely sources of
future earthquakes that could affect the project. Of these sources, the WVF
and the PFZ are most likely to generate the strongest levels of ground
shaking. The worst-case scenario is a large magnitude event on the West
Valley Fault.
 Three zones of average, below and above average levels of ground shaking
have been identified in Metro Manila. Areas within the above average are
those underlain by thick piles of water-saturated sediments. These include the
reclaimed areas in Manila, Navotas, Malabon, eastern Pateros, the valley side
of Marikina and eastern section of Pasig.
 Identified liquefaction-prone areas in Metro Manila are essentially within the
zone of average to above average zone of ground shaking. Several areas in
Manila (particularly those close to the Pasig River), Navotas and Malabon
have high potential to liquefaction.
 In addition to ground-shaking related hazards, surface rupturing may also

occur from West Valley Fault. The surface rupture is expected to essentially
follow the pre-existing fault trace and restricted to a narrow zone. For a
magnitude 7.5 earthquake, the empirical data suggest an associated 70 km
long surface rupture and maximum displacement of 2 to 3 meters along the
fault trace. Damages as a result of this hazard is expected to be substantial
for structures directly straddling and located within few meters from the
rupture zone.
 Tsunamis may occur but are not expected to significantly impact the project
area.
 The project area is 70 km away from Taal Volcano and 85 km from Mount
Pinatubo and therefore not susceptible to major volcanic hazard even if
violent eruption will happen. Based on the recorded hazards associated with
the eruption of Taal Volcano, the project area being 70 km away from the said
volcano could only experience ashfall.
 Only a minor quantity of ash has affected Metro Manila based on the review of
the extent of impacted areas from the largest eruptions of Mount Pinatubo. It
is thus conceivable that should Mt. Pinatubo erupt with the same magnitude in
the future, the same level of ashfall impact is expected to likely affect the
project area.
 Manila being situated in low grounds is very much prone to flooding.
 As seen during Typhoon Pedring and other previously reported storm surges
that affected Manila Bay, Manila Bay coastline is considered highly vulnerable
to storm surges and coastal floods.

4.2.3.2 Recommendations
 Study the likely impacts of the seismic and hydrologic hazards on the
proposed project and consider them in the design and construction and
locations of gravity walls, slope revetments, steel sheet filing and also in
deciding the height of the fill of land reclamation.
 Proper planning and executions of dredging, removal of soft clay layers, filling
and compaction of the fill materials have to be carried out by the proponent
and the contractor/s to prevent the occurrence of subsidence or differential
settlement. The proposed pre-fabricated vertical drains and surcharge will be
of great importance in attaining the desired soil/fill compaction.
 Prepare clear plans, infrastructures and mitigations for possible disaster/s that
might happen and affect the project.
 Flood control infrastructures for the onshore areas should be considered in
the design and implementation of land reclamation.
 Designers and/or Engineers have to assess the structural resistance of the
different infrastructures related to land reclamation.
 The designs of all the structures to be constructed by the proponent must

conform to the National Structural Code of the Philippines. These structures
should withstand an earthquake with magnitude of intensity VIII on the Rossi-
Forel Intensity Scale.
 The Project should conform with the requirements, permits and clearances
prescribed by the Philippine Reclamation Authority.

4.3 Emergency Response Policy and Guidelines

4.3.1 Emergency response policy
The Project is committed to ensuring the health, safety and security of its personnel,
assets and surrounding environment through the prevention of accidents by
eliminating potential threats/hazards and anticipating other probable causes. Hence,
the Project shall adhere to the primary approach to emergency response ̶ that is the
prevention of circumstances that can create emergency conditions.
The Project shall designate a safety officer, who will regularly conduct safety
briefings and periodically conduct emergency response drills. The safety officer will
supervise the daily safety performance of operations and maintenance procedures.
The safety officer will inspect the work and crew situation to ensure maintenance of
and compliance to safety guidelines.
Personnel selection and hiring policy will require all personnel to be capable of
swimming and basic water survival skills.
Aside from the occupational safety accidents, the project area is also exposed to
various geologic hazards such as ground shaking, liquefaction, surface rupturing,
storm surges and coastal flooding.
The potential incidents and emergency situations that may be encountered in the
future operation of the proposed Project are detailed in the table below.
Table 4-5. Emergency scenarios for the Project

Type of emergency
Possible causes Potential effects
situation
Occupational safety  Improper training and supervision of  Injuries and fatalities to
accidents personnel personnel
 Equipment or facility failure  Partial or total loss of
 Lack of full understanding regarding equipment
the surrounding environment
Earthquakes  Movement/rupture of nearby fault lines  Failure of structures
 Volcanic eruption  Injuries or fatalities to
personnel and communities
Tsunami  Movement/rupture of nearby fault lines  Failure of structures
 Volcanic eruption  Injuries and fatalities to
 Intense earth movement personnel and communities
Flooding  Typhoon-prone area  Collapse of structures
 Flood-prone/ topography of area  Destruction of project facilities
 Complex weather systems  Injuries and fatalities to
personnel and communities
Storm surge  Typhoon-prone area  Injuries and fatalities to
 Complex weather systems personnel and communities
 Intense rainfall, wind and high tides

In order to reduce, if not eliminate, extreme emergency situations leading to loss of

life and property, hereunder are the Project’s initial safety guidelines which will be
refined during construction.
4.3.2 Generic guidelines for the prevention, alleviation or response

to emergency situations
4.3.2.1 Safety
1. All construction personnel, staff, and crew shall undergo proper and complete
training for them to understand the job/tasks assigned to understand and
implement necessary safety procedures.
2. All working personnel shall be required to don personnel protective equipment

including life vest and whistle.
3. No work will be allowed under typhoon or extreme weather conditions.
4. Sea walls under construction shall be adequately braced and provided with
cross-drain courses until the stability of the structure under construction is
secured. The supervising structural engineer shall have added responsibility
of checking or providing the safety officer with guidelines in checking the
integrity/stability of all structures under construction.
5. The leadman for each phase/work sector shall likewise check his crew during
work to ensure compliance with safety guidelines and to prevent progress of a
critical condition into an emergency.
6. All safety guidelines promulgated by the Occupational Health and Safety
Guidelines of the OHSC-DOLE shall be implemented.
4.3.2.2 Emergency response
The proponent shall designate a leadman (incident commander) to serve as the

primary emergency respondent. The leadman shall have access to communications
equipment at all working hours.
1. Equipment
A motorized transportation vessel with first aid facilities, stretcher, breathing

equipment, a capable wireless communication equipment and trained first aid
personnel will be available at site as long as there in on-going work.
2. Communication links

The wireless communication equipment shall have stored emergency numbers

for the following:
 Hospital emergency numbers to call for an ambulance when necessary
 Boat-mounted crane in the event the emergency response will require

removal of heavy rocks or equipment
 The supervisors and project manager in the event important decisions need to
be made, following social protocol, for them to inform the concerned family/ies
regarding any incident.
3. Emergency plan/response system
The Project shall establish an orderly and systematic approach in addressing

emergency situations to ensure safety of personnel and property. The Project will
follow the schematic diagram/procedure presented in Figure 4-9, while the roles
and responsibilities of each personnel involved in the emergency plan are listed
in Table 4-6.
PREPARATION
development of actual plans should
an emergency happen and
elimination or avoidance of hazards
from happening or occuring
RESPONSE RECOVERY
execution of plans and retrieval of important assets and
procedures during an actual restoration of the site prior to the
emergency emergency
Figure 4-9. Emergency response procedure

Table 4-6. Key personnel in emergency response operations

Emergency
response Roles and responsibilities
personnel
Leadman  Overall in-charge of operations during an emergency event
(incident  Provides direction and orders to the response team in
commander) managing the emergency
 Informs supervisor/project manager about the incident
Supervisor/  Assists at site when necessary
Project  Know the condition of people involved in the emergency,
Manager assess the situation, give instructions to First Aid Team in
case necessary
 Inform family/ies concerned, providing information of hospital
location and other necessary details
Safety officer  Supervises daily safety performance of operations and
maintenance procedures, including emergency response
procedures
Liaison officer  Secures the necessary permits and training certification for
the personnel
First aid team  Performs the actual response, rescue and retrieval of
personnel and equipment during an emergency event
 Calls for ambulance or needed specialists to immediately
assist case when necessary, or arrange for case forwarding
to better equipped hospital, if needed equipment is not
available in nearby hospital
Logistics  Provides the necessary supplies and equipment for the First
team aid team
 Provides additional support/assistance to the First aid team

Chapter 5: Social Development Plan | Environmental Impact Statement
5 Social Development Plan and IEC Framework
5.1 Social development plan
Indicative social development planning is necessary in formulating programs and

strategies that would mitigate the major impacts of the project. This would guide the
proponent in preventing/mitigating and/or enhancing a project’s adverse and positive
impacts on people’s livelihood, health and environment.
Social Development Plan (SDP) aims to assess and identify the basic needs of the
communities which will be affected by the project. SDP should be patterned in the
Municipal and Barangay Development Plans of the host communities and in
accordance with the mandated Corporate Social Responsibility. It aims to establish a
strong relationship between the Project Proponent, community institutions, and
stakeholders towards the goal of achieving an improved quality of life of the
residents of the host localities.
The issues that were raised during the public scoping were considered and
addressed in the formulation of SDP. Moreover, issues obtained from perception
survey and Public Scoping were also included. These are the following:
1. Timeline of ECC application

2. Impact on power supply
3. Systemic problems from the proposed project and other reclamation projects
in Manila Bay
4. Impact of access road to the residents
9. Impact on flooding
10. Impact on Earthquake hazard
12. Impact of waste disposal on Manila Bay (aquatic life) and the community


included in the EIA
23. Displacement of barangay residents
The details of the indicative SDP indicating the major program and activities are
presented in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1. Social Development Plan

Government
Responsible Agency/Non-
Indicative Source of
CONCERN Community Government Agency Proponent
Timeline Fund
Member/Beneficiary and Services (Indicative
Specific Services)
1. Gender Responsive  Barangay Kagawad for  LGU City Planning Community  Pre- LGU-IRA/
 Livelihood/Employment livelihood Officer Relations construction PROPONENT
and Credit Facilities  Qualified identified  CSWD Officer  Construction
Men workers within the o Pro-poor Livelihood  Operation
- Skills development for area who will be programs
project employment affected by the project.  CAO
- Training and workshop on  BFARMC President o Workshop on
Efficient Fishing Methods and qualified identified efficient fishing
Women, Youth and Elderly affected fisher folks. methods
- Livelihood trainings for  Qualified identified
skill development affected residents in
the vicinity of the
project area
2. Health and Safety  Barangay Kagawad for  City Health Officer PROPONENT  Pre- LGU-IRA/
 Health & Safety Training Health o Maternal Care and Community construction PROPONENT
for employees  Barangay Health Child Health Care Relations  Construction
Workers - Prenatal, Intranatal,
Officer  Operation
 Barangay Nutrition Postnatal
scholars - Child birth in health
centers or hospitals
 Barangays affected by
o Malnutrition
the project
- Supplemental feeding
 Project employees
 Manila City DRRMC
3. Education and Recreation  Barangay Kagawad  CPDO & ME of the PROPONENT  Pre- LGU-IRA/
 Assistance for for Education City construction PROPONENT

Government
Timeline Fund
Specific Services)
development of school  Barangay  DEPED of the City Community  Construction
facilities Elementary/ Primary  Barangay Elementary Relations  Operation
 Provision of scholarship Schools
School Principal Officer
to qualified students - Sports and Recreation
Program
4. Environment and  Barangay Kagawad  CAO/ENRO of the City PROPONENT  Pre- LGU-IRA/
Sanitation for Environment  CHO of the City Community construction PROPONENT
- Implement the Relations  Construction
Ecological Solid Officer and  Operation
Waste Management
Pollution
(RA 9003)
- Implement Clean &
Control
Green for Barangay Officer
buffer zones
- Implementation of
Health & Sanitation
Program
- Solid Waste
Management
Program
- Set-up community
based health
program in project
affected areas;
regular monitoring

Government
Timeline Fund
Specific Services)
and consultation on
medical services.
5. Peace and order  Barangay Kagawad  PNP of the City PROPONENT  Pre- LGU-IRA/
 Entry of migrant workers for Peace and Order o Provision of equipment Chief Security construction PROPONENT
 Conflict of project  Barangay Tanods and facilities as aid in Officer  Construction
workers and the keeping order in the  Operation
community
community
6. Spiritual  Barangay Assigned  Parish Priest and PROPONENT  Pre- PROPONENT
Catholic Priest, Pastor Pastor Community construction
of different o Spiritual Development Relations  Construction
denomination
Programs to the
company and
community
o Provision of materials
and facilities for
spiritual programs
7. Impact on Fishing and  Fisher folks within the  OCVAS PROPONENT  Pre- PROPONENT
Livelihood area  BFAR Community construction
 Qualified identified  CAO  Construction
Relations
workers within the area o Provision of offshore  Operation
who will be affected by and in water structures Officer
the project. in designated areas to
 Qualified identified assist in the facilitation
beneficiaries in the of marine growth.
vicinity of the project Examples of structures
area that might be are artificial reefs and
adversely affected. corals, floating rigs

Government
Timeline Fund
Specific Services)
 BFARMC President and with lights, etc.
qualified identified Designation
o of
affected fisher folks. possible regulated
docking areas catering
to fishing vessels
o Resource, Financial or
material assistance for
the provision of larger
fishing vessels (such
as trawlers) capable of
further distances to
accommodate
organized fishing
expeditions in further
areas where more fish
abounds
o Training for fishing and
fishing related skills
development including
fish processing,
marketing, etc
8. Disaster Risk  Barangay Kagawad for  CDRRMC PROPONENT  Pre- PROPONENT
Reduction/Climate Change Environment  Barangay Kagawad for Community construction
 Barangays and
Adaptation Envi
Relations  Construction
communities around the  Disaster Risk
project area Management Plan
o IEC on Disaster Risk
Management
o Seminars/training for

Government
Timeline Fund
Specific Services)
communities and plant
workers on Disaster
Risk Preparedness and
Mitigation
o Provision of equipment
and aid in response and
recovery of affected
communities

5.2 Information, education and communication framework
A comprehensive and intensive Information Education Communication (IEC)

Campaign to better inform and educate the communities and the general public as to
the objective, necessity and benefits of the project, as well as the processes involved
for the construction and operation of the project. These shall be done thru
distribution and posting of written materials such as brochures, newsletters, media
statements and articles, bulletins and posters, and online presence. Also as well as
non-written types such as fora, symposia, community discussions and hearings,
audio visual presentations (such as powerpoint and DVD), radio and TV programs
and/or guestings, etc. The IEC materials and activities will also serve as a venue for
continuous dialogue, feedback and check and balance mechanism for the parties
involved.
Table 5-2 below presents the proposed IEC Plan for the Reclamation Project.

Table 5-2. Indicative Information, Education and Communication (IEC) Plan

Major topics of
Target Sector identified as concern in Strategy/ Information Indicative Cost
needing project IEC relation to Methods Medium Timeline/ Frequency Estimate
project
Different sectors, organizations • Project Group  Invitation letters Prior to project Php 50,000 per
and resource users in the description methods  Multi-sectoral cluster implementation activity
project affected barangays (i.e. • EIA process (Meetings, meetings
education and health sectors; • EIS findings Focused  Audio-visual
Group presentation
women's, youth, senior citizen
Discussions)  Illustrative primer
and fishermen organizations,
about the project
City and Barangay LGUs)
Agencies and offices covering the • Sea Lane Group methods  Invitation letters Prior to project Php 50,000 per
area and marine vessel traffic and Navigation and (Meetings,  Partnership implementation activity
navigation, such as the PPA, the Traffic Plan Consultations, meetings
Philippine Coast Guard, Manila Bay Presentations,  Audio-visual
Coordinating Office, and others. and Audio- presentation
Visual
Materials)
Different sectors, organizations Project impact Group  Invitation letters  Before project Php 50,000 per
and resource users in the and mitigating methods  Partnership construction activity
project affected barangays (i.e. measures (Meetings, meetings  Regular consultation
Focused  Focus group during project
education and health sectors;
Group discussions operation
women's, youth, senior citizen
and fishermen organizations, Discussions)
City and Barangay LGUs)
• City Government of Manila Project benefits Group method  Invitation letters  Before project Php 50,000 per
• Barangay Officials of 649 (Meetings,  Partnership construction activity

Major topics of
project
Focused meetings  Regular consultation
Group  Focus group during project
Discussions, discussions operation
Public
Meetings)
• City Government of Manila City/ barangay Group  Newspaper At least two to three
• Barangay Officials of 649 requirement (i.e. methods publication months before
clearances) of (Meetings,  Radio broadcast construction
Focused  Posters/ Flyers
workers and
Group Meetings with LGU
employees Discussions)
Multi-media
 Fisher folks  Performance Group  Multi-sectoral  Regular/as needed Php 50,000 per
against ECC methods cluster meetings during construction activity
conditions and (Meetings, (e.g. MMT meeting) period
EMP during Focused  Meetings with  During unloading
construction Group fisherfolks activities
period Discussions) association
 Actual impacts  Individual letters
during  Multi-sectoral
construction cluster meeting
period and (e.g. MMT
control measures meetings)
implemented  Local radio
broadcast
 Announcement in

Major topics of
project
barangay LGU
 Members of Multi-Partite  Increase Group  Multi-sectoral Regular MMT Php 50,000 per
Monitoring Team resiliency of the methods cluster meetings meeting during activity
community to (Meetings, construction
disasters and Focused
climate change Group
Discussions)

Chapter 6: Environmental Compliance Monitoring | Environmental Impact Statement
6 Environmental Compliance Monitoring
As required under DENR Memorandum Circular 2010-14 and the Revised

Procedural Manual for DAO 2003-30, the following section presents the
environmental compliance monitoring plan for the project to monitor the identified
key environmental impacts of the Project. This monitoring plan includes
“Environmental Quality Performance Level” (EQPL) values, which are threshold/limit
levels identified for each critical parameter associated with the identified significant
project impacts. The limit level shall be the regulated threshold of pollutant (standard
that must not be exceeded) while the action level is set lower than the limit level
wherein management measures must be implemented so as not to reach the
regulated threshold.
The following mechanisms and monitoring schemes are discussed in the succeeding
subsections:
• Self-monitoring plan;
• Multi-sectoral Monitoring Framework; and
• Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund/ Contingent Liability and
Rehabilitation Fund Commitments
6.1 Self-Monitoring Plan
The proponent will undertake regular self-monitoring for parameters indicated in

Table 6-1. A quarterly environmental monitoring report in the form of the Self-
Monitoring Report (SMR) will be prepared by the proponent and submitted to the
DENR-EMB accordingly.

Table 6-1. Self-Monitoring Plan

Environme Sampling and Measurement Lead Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Parameters to
Module ntal Person / Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
be monitored Methods Frequency Location
Sector Office Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Land
Geology and Geohazard Liquefaction Periodic 5 years or Project Engineering No Noticeable Continuous Significant Increase in Check impact of Temporary
Geomorphol s and ground monitoring immediatel area Department additional ground occurrence of ground monitoring ground cessation of
ogy subsidence of ground y after a cost; in- subsidence ground subsidence frequency and subsidence to construction;
monitoring stability major house and surface subsidence and surface measurement of integrity of Retrofitting of
geologic creep and creep creep; magnitude of infrastructures. damaged
event has Formation of movement for Implement structures;
taken cracks in cracks and necessary Implement
place columns, surface creep engineering necessary
beams, measures. engineering
pavement; measures.
Misalignment Consider
of structures; abandonment or
Impoundment relocation if
of water due necessary
to liquefaction
Water
Water Ambient  pH In-situ Monthly Baseline PCO Php 50,000  pH below  pH below  pH below  Re-conduct  Re-conduct  Re-conduct
Quality Water  Temperatur measurem sampling, water per sampling 6.8 and 6.9 and 7.0 and testing to testing to testing to verify
Quality e ent and Quarterly quality station above 8.3 above 8.4 above 8.5 verify verify  Temporarily
(marine  Total laboratory Reporting monitorin  Temp:  Temp:  Temp: 3°C  Investigate  Investigate stop
water) Dissolved analyses through the g stations 2.6°C rise 2.8°C rise rise in the the source the source construction
Solids SMR (may be in the in the receiving  If the problem  If the problem works:
 Conductivity adjusted receiving receiving water body is within the is within the investigate
 Total accordingl water body water body  DO: 6 mg/L construction construction source
Suspended y)  DO: 7 mg/L  DO: 7 mg/L  TSS: 50 area, conduct area, conduct  If the problem is
Solids  TSS: 40  TSS: 45 mg/L adjustments/ adjustments/ within the
 Biochemical mg/L mg/L appropriate appropriate construction
Oxygen corrective corrective area, conduct
Demand  As:0.01 action at action at adjustments/
(BOD);  As:0.003  As:0.005  Cd: 0.003 identified identified appropriate
 Chloride  Cd: 0.001  Cd: 0.002  Cr+6: 0.05 pollutant pollutant corrective action
(Cl-);  Cr+6: 0.03  Cr+6: 0.04  Cu:0.02 source. source. at identified
 Color  Cu:0.009  Cu: 0.01  Pb:0.01  If source is pollutant source.
(Apparent);  Pb:0.008  Pb:0.009  Hg:0.001 not project  If source is not
 Dissolve  Hg:0.001  Hg:0.001 construction, project
Oxygen inform MMT construction,


Parameters to
(DO); regarding inform MMT
 Fecal possible regarding
Coliform; source for the possible source
 Nitrate as group’s for the group’s
Nitrogen investigation investigation
(N03--N); and and
 Phosphate coordination coordination
as with LGU with LGU
Phosphorou
s (P043--P);
 Ammonia as
Nitrogen
(NH3-N);
 Total
Suspended
Solids
(TSS);
 Sulfate
(S042-);
 Arsenic
(As);
 Cadmium
(Cd);
 Hexavalent
Chromium
(Cr6+);
 Lead (Pb);
 Mercury
(Hg);
 Oil and
Grease;
 Sulfactants
(MBAS)
Air
Air Quality Ambient Air TSP TSP Monthly Baseline PCO Php 50,000 TSP: TSP: TSP:  Check weather  Check  Check weather
Quality SO2 Hi-volume/ sampling, air quality per sampling 161 ug/ncm 184 ug/ncm 230 ug/ncm condition weather condition during
NO2 Gravimetri Quarterly monitorin station during condition sampling and if
c Reporting g stations SO2: SO2: SO2: sampling and during location is
1-hour through the (may be 126 ug/ncm 144 ug/ncm 180 ug/ncm if location is sampling and downwind of
averaging SMR adjusted downwind of if location is construction site


Parameters to
period accordingl NO2: NO2: NO2: construction downwind of  Conduct visit at
y) 105 ug/ncm 120 ug/ncm 150 ug/ncm site construction said sampling
SO2 and  Check site station and
NO2 Complaint Complaint possible  Conduct visit conduct retesting
24-hr gas lodged by lodged by source at said using a 3rd party
bubbler community community  If source is sampling DENR
project station and accredited
construction, conduct sampling firm to
inform retesting using confirm
contractor for a 3rd party  If source is
their corrective DENR project
action (i.e. accredited construction,
dust sampling firm immediately stop
suppression) to confirm all works
 If source is not  If source is involving soil
project project excavation and
construction, construction, movement,
inform MMT inform increase the
regarding contractor for frequency of the
possible their contractor’s dust
source for the corrective mitigation,
group’s action, and resume work
investigation conduct only upon visual
and retesting to clearing of the
coordination confirm results sampling station,
with LGU of the and conduct
mitigation retesting at the
measures said sampling
 If source is not station
project  If source is not
construction, project
inform MMT construction,
regarding inform MMT
possible regarding
source for the possible source
group’s for the group’s
investigation investigation and
and coordination with
coordination LGU
with LGU


Parameters to
Noise Ambient Noise levels 24hr sound Monthly Baseline PCO Php 10,000 71dB 73dB 75dB Identify possible  Conduct visit  Conduct visit at
noise measurem sampling, noise per sampling (daytime) (daytime) (daytime) noise source at said said sampling
levels ents using Quarterly level station sampling station and
sound Reporting monitorin 66dB 68dB 70dB station and conduct
meter through the g stations (morning/ (morning/ (morning/ conduct retesting using a
SMR (may be evening) evening) evening) retesting 3rd party DENR
adjusted using a 3rd accredited
accordingl 61dB (night 63dB (night 65dB (night party DENR sampling firm to
y) time) time) time) accredited confirm
sampling firm  If source is
to confirm project, reduce
 If source is use of noisy
project, do equipment,
corrective conduct
action, and retesting at the
conduct said sampling
retesting to station and
confirm resume
results of the operation only
mitigation upon clearance
measures of the sampling
 If source is station,
not project  If source is not
inform MMT project, inform
regarding MMT regarding
possible possible source
source for the for the group’s
group’s investigation
investigation and
and coordination
coordination with LGU
with LGU
People
People Acceptabilit Perception of Coordinati Quarterly Communit CRO / Envi Part of the Negative Formal Multiple  Investigate/  Determine  Conduct
y of the the on with the y Department Cost for the verbal complaint complaint s by lnspect and and address consultation with
project to Community Community IEC feedback on lodged the community Address the the root concerned and
the regarding the the ongoing against the lodged in subject of cause. relevant
community site activities ongoing various forms negative  Conduct stakeholders in
development activity or/and feedback. consultation the community.
and  Coordinate with the  Release an


Parameters to
construction with the Brgy Municipal official statement
process of the LGU and LGU, MMT for general
project MMT. and EMB consumption and
Regional employees.
Workers Health and Review of Annual Project Community Part of the Negative Formal Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Release official
safety of health and site Relations construction verbal complaint complaints investigate the cause of statement for
workers safety Officer / cost feedback of lodged by lodged by subject of complaint, general
records of PCO worker worker workers negative determine and consumption and
company feedback. address the employees.
 Coordinate root cause.  Coordinate with
Incident with  Coordinate contractor and
reports Contractor and with contractor MMT.
MMT. and MMT.
Labor and Wage Rate, HR Monthly Project CRO / Envi Part of the Negative Complaints Multiple  Investigate/  Facilitate  Dialogue with
Wage Benefits, and Manageme Area/Offic Department construction Verbal lodged by complaints by inspect and dialogue with concerned
Schedule of nt e cost Feedback employees the workers Address the concerned parties and with
issues
Payment lodged in subject of parties. 3rd party agency/
various forms negative  Formulate institution
Other worker's and agencies, feedback. program and involvement, ie
rights related or/and timetable to DOLE, BLR,
issues captured by address the churches that are
media issues raised neutral yet
in agreement competent and
with the conducive with
concerned conflict
parties resolution.
 Formulate
program and
timetable to
address the
issues raised in
agreement with
the concerned
parties
Social Projects Community Quarterly Host Community Part of the Negative Formal Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Conduct
Developme initiated by the Coordinati barangay Relations SDP Cost verbal complaint complaints by investigate the cause of consultation with
nt and Proponent on, social Officer feedback of lodged by the the community subject of complaint, concerned
Manageme under the engageme community community negative determine and members of the
nt Plan approved SDP nts feedback. address the community.
 Coordinate root cause. Release official
with barangay  Coordinate statement.


Parameters to
LGU and with barangay  Coordinate with
MMT. LGU and barangay LGU
MMT. and MMT.
Information Implementation Community Quarterly Host Community Part of the Negative Formal Multiple  Proponent to  Investigate  Conduct
, of IEC activities Coordinati barangay Relations IEC Cost verbal feed complaint complaints by investigate the cause of consultation with
Education, on, social Officer back to the lodged by the the community subject of complaint, concerned
and engageme Proponent community captured by negative determine and members of the
Communic nts local media feedback. address the community.
ation organizations  Coordinate root cause.  Release official
with barangay  Coordinate statement.
LGU and with barangay  Coordinate with
MMT. LGU and barangay LGU
MMT. and MMT.
Unauthoriz Security Community Monthly Project CRO / Envi Part of the Negative Formal Incidence of  Investigate/ins  Determine  Conduct
ed Prohibition Grievance Area Department construction Verbal Complaint confrontation pect and and address consultation with
/ cost
Prohibition Practices and feedbacks on lodged between Address the the root concerned and
(may either Complaints Adjacent Security project subject of cause. relevant
be setting Registry Vicinity prohibition security negative  Coordinate stakeholders in
up of personnel feedback. with the the community.
physical  Coordinate Municipal  Release an
barriers or with the Brgy LGU, MMT official statement
prohibition LGU and MMT and EMB for general
of security to validate Regional consumption and
personnel) feedback. Office to employees.
of Access  Conduct IEC validate  Coordinate with
to Public on Protocols, complaints MMT and EMB
Areas Rules, and determine Central Office to
Regulations causes, and discuss and
and other formulate implement
dynamics re- corrective corrective
access and actions. actions.
prohibition
issues and
security
measures
 Investigate/
inspect and
Address the
subject of
negative


Parameters to
feedback.
Marine No. of vessels Records Quarterly Manila CRO/ Envi Minimal _% of affected _% of affected _% of affected  Coordinate  Determine  Conduct
Traffic affected by the Harbor Department Cost vessels vessels vessels with the and address consultation with
project in terms Area / External pertinent the root concerned and
Liaison or
of cost, fuel, agencies and cause. relevant
equivalent
personnel, and MMT to  Coordinate stakeholders
other time validate with the  Coordinate with
affected feedback. pertinent MMT, pertinent
aspects  Conduct IEC agencies, agencies and
on Protocols, MMT and EMB Central
Rules, EMB Regional Office to discuss
Regulations Office to and implement
and other validate corrective
dynamics on complaints actions.
the Sea Lane and determine
Navigation and causes, and
Traffic Plan formulate
 Investigate/ corrective
inspect and actions.
Address the
subject of
negative
feedback.
Emission Respiratory Health Quarterly Project CRO/ Envi Minimal Reported/ Formal Rapid  Investigate the  Conduct  Decrease the
and Water And Digestive records Area Department Cost recorded Complaints Increase possible intensive level of
Contaminat System incidences of lodged. in Reported/ source of the Project-wide operation/
ion Health Ailments of minor recorded subject of inspection and aspects of
Issues Worker s and ailments/ Rapid incidences of complaints address root operation
People in the illness Increase in grave attributed to cause if upon commensurate
Community reported/ ailments/ the project. inspection the to addressing
recorded illnesses  Address the source is the problem
necessitating root cause if confirmed to (fixing the
Incidences of intensive investigation be from the equipment,
minor treatments , or confirms project. materials, etc).
ailments/ resulting in source is from  Provide for  Release
illnesses death the project compensation Statement on the
 Provide for of affected Issue.


Parameters to
compensation individuals if  Assist/facilitate
if confirmed confirmed medical care/
source of source of response to
ailment is from ailment is from those affected.
the project the project  Provide for
 Provision of compensation of
personal affected
protective individuals if
equipment confirmed
(PPE) to at- source of ailment
risk personnel is from the
and project
individuals

6.2 Multi-Sectoral Monitoring Framework
A Multipartite Monitoring Team (MMT) will be formed immediately after the issuance
of the ECC to undertake monitoring of compliance with the ECC conditions, the
EMP, and applicable laws, rules and regulation. The proponent will provide the
budget for the MMT monitoring activities in accordance with the approved Work and
Financial Plan.
As stipulated in DAO 2003-30, a MMT will be organized to regularly monitor the

activities stipulated in the approved EMP, and conditions set in the ECC. Further, in
accordance with DAO 2017-15 or the guidelines on public participation under the
Philippine EIS System, the MMT for this project shall be composed of a maximum of
ten (10) members to include the following:
 City Environment and Natural Resources Officer (City ENRO) of Manila City
 Philippine Reclamation Authority Representative
 Philippine Ports Authority Representative
 Philippine Coast Guard Representative
 Manila Bay Coordinating Council Representative
 City Health Unit (CHU) Chief
 Barangay Captain of Barangay 649
 1 Representative from LGU-accredited local NGOs (related to the Project’s activities)
 Maximum of 2 representatives from locally recognized community leaders who
represent vulnerable sectors including women, senior citizens, urban poor, and
academe
The general roles and responsibilities of the MMT chairperson and members are
presented in the following table:
Table 6-2. MMT Composition

MMT Member MMT Role Responsibilities / Activities
• Team leadership to ensure that the Proponent’s
compliance with the ECC is monitored.
• Strengthening of monitoring, analytical, and
reporting capabilities of the Team.
• Resolution of any conflicts and issues within the
City ENRO Chairperson
Team.
• Management of the Monitoring Trust Fund.
• Reporting of MMT activities and accomplishments
• Reporting of ECC accomplishment through the
MMT Compliance and Validation Report
Philippine Reclamation • Participation in actual monitoring activities, and
Authority review and verification of monitoring reports
Representative Member • Concur with the compliance monitoring and
verification reports
Philippine Coast Guard • Advice to MMT of any issues and recommendations

MMT Member MMT Role Responsibilities / Activities

Representative concerning the project
Philippine Ports
Authority
Manila Bay
Coordinating Council
Representative
City Health Unit (CHU) • Participation in actual monitoring activities
Chief • Provision of information to the MMT about the
environmental and socio-economic conditions as
Barangay Captain of
well as issues, problems, and suggestions of the
Barangay 649
stakeholders
Representative from • Preparation and review of MMT reports
LGU-accredited local • Provision of information on policies, plans, and
NGOs (related to the programs of the IPs, NGOs, POs particularly to
Project’s activities) Member affected areas of the Project
• Advice to MMT of any complaints, issues, and
Representatives from
recommendations concerning the project
locally recognized
community leaders who
represent vulnerable
sectors including
women, senior citizens,
urban poor and
academe
6.3 Environmental Fund Commitments

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Fund
An environmental monitoring fund (EMF) amounting to Six Hundred Thousand

Pesos (Php 600,000) will be established in support of the compliance monitoring
activities and fund the annual work and financial plan (AWFP) of the MMT. The
AWFP will be proposed by the MMT and concurred by the project proponent for the
approval of the EMB Regional Director.
The EMF will be utilized to cover all expenditures of the MMT operations to include
the following expenses:
 Monitoring cost (equipment, laboratory service fee)
 Hiring of outside experts (technical and financial)
 Preparation and distribution of MMT reports
 Public information campaign (i.e. IEC framework)
 MMT meetings and plant visits
 Transportation
 Meals and accommodation
 Allowances/honoraria
 MMT trainings
 Others

6.3.2 Environmental Guarantee Fund
An environmental guarantee fund (EGF) will be established in accordance with the

guidelines of the DAO 2003‒30 through a MOA with EMB (NCR) Regional Office
and the proponent.
Generally, EGF has two major components, as follows:
 The Trust Fund amounting to Five Million Pesos (Php 5,000,000) will be
established to compensate aggrieved parties for any damages to life or
property, undertake community-based environmental programs, conduct
environmental research aimed at strengthening measures to prevent
environmental damage, and to finance restoration and rehabilitation of
environmental quality of the project-affected area
 The Environmental Guarantee Cash Fund amounting to One Million Pesos

(Php 1,000,000) will be used for immediate rehabilitation and compensation of
affected communities in case of damage or accidents. This can also be
utilized for community-based environmental programs and information
campaign. The Environmental Guarantee Cash Fund will also be used to
cover the operational costs of the EGF Committee, in line with the Project’s
MMT Manual of Operations that will be approved prior to project
implementation
6.3.3 EMF and EGF administration and management
The EMF will be managed and administered by the MMT Executive Committee of
the Project. The disbursement of the EMF will be carried out according to the annual
monitoring work and financial plan submitted by the MMT, which will be reviewed
and concurred with by the Proponent and approved by EMB.
An EGF Committee will be formed to manage, control, and operate the EGF in
accordance with the agreed internal procedures established regarding the
mechanisms for fund disbursement, processing, validation, accounting and
documentation. The committee will be composed of the MMT Officers, with the EMB
Regional Director as the Chairperson.

Chapter 7: Decommissioning Policy | Environmental Impact Statement
7 Decommissioning / Abandonment / Rehabilitation

Policy
Once the Project is completed, there are no plans to abandon the reclaimed area as
it shall be maintained to perpetuity.
The project shall be implemented by phase/section, such that each section is

secured from erosion on a compartmentalized basis. Should the completion of a
phase/section under construction be deferred for another time, the filled materials
will be protected from erosion through appropriate engineering measures such as
the use of anchored fine mesh geotextile to minimize loss of filled materials. The
specific phase/area shall also be secured from illegal encroachment.
In the future, should the facilities within the Project area be removed, the proponent
shall ensure that the abandonment will be in accordance with the applicable laws
and regulations of the national and local government units.

Chapter 8: Institutional Plan for EMP | Environmental Impact Statement
8 Institutional Plan for EMP Implementation
The institutional organization of the proposed Project is shown in Figure 8-1. The
Project will be headed by the Project Manager and supported by the Assistant
Project Manager.
The objective of this organization is to achieve the following:
• Implementation of company policies

• Economical and safe operations and maintenance of the project
• Environmental compliance and sustainability; and
• Promotion and enhancement of the social acceptability of the project.
The implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provided in this
document will be specifically handled by the Environmental, Health and Safety
Department. The proponent, through the said department, is committed to comply
with the conditions that will be stipulated in the ECC and other related environmental
laws.
The proponent will also establish a partnership with relevant government agencies,
various stakeholders and local host communities in relation to the project. This
partnership is necessary to maintain a transparent and positive relationship for the
project and its stakeholders, as well as to ensure compliance with environmental
protection and enhancement measures.

Chapter 8: Institutional Plan for EMP | Environmental Impact Statement
Project Manager
Assistant Project
Manager
Environment, Health
Operations Maintainance Engineering Administration
and Safety Department
Department Head Department Head Department Head Department Head
Head
Pollution control
Mechanical engineer,
Project engineer, Civil engineer, officer, Environmental Accountant,
Electrical engineer,
Operations engineer Foreman aides, Safety and Procurement, Security
mechanics, electricians
health officer, Nurse
Figure 8-1. Organizational chart for Construction and Operation Phases

Chapter 9: References | Environmental Impact Statement
9 References
Administration Coastal Ocean Office, Washington D.C., 36 pp.

Allen, G, R. Stene, P. Humann, and N. deLoach, 2003. Reef Fish Identification -
Tropical Pacific. New World Publications.
Azanza, R. V. and Miranda, L. N. 2001.Phytoplankton composition and Pyrodinium
bahamense toxic blooms in Manila, Bay Philippines. J. Shellfish Res. 20:
1251–1255.
Bajarias, FA, Montojo UM, Relox JJR, Sato S, Kodama M, Yoshida M, Fukuyo Y.
2003.Paralytic shellfish poisoning due to Alexandrium minutum Halim in
Northwestern Philippines. In: Nitithamyong, C. (ed) Proceeding of the First
Joint Seminar on Coastal Oceanography, 14-16 December, 2003, Chiang
Mai, Thailand. Department of Marine Science, Chulalongkorn University.
Barbour, M.T., J. Gerritsen, B.D. Snyder, and J.B. Stribling. "Rapid Bioassessment
Protocols for Use in Streams and Wadeable Rivers: Periphyton, Benthic
Macroinvertebrates and Fish, Second Edition." U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, DC. 1999. Document No. 841-B-99-002.
Carmichael, W.W., 1992. A Status Report on Planktonic Cyanobacteria (Blue-Green
Algae) and Their Toxins, EPA/600/R-92/079, Environmental Systems
Laboratory, ORD, USEPA, Cincinnati, OH 45268, June, 1992, 141 pp.
Carpenter, K and V. Niem, eds (1998). FAO Species Identification Guide, Vol. 1:
Seaweeds, corals, bivalves and gastropods.
Chang, K.C., Mano, A.A., Iller, T.W.M., Sobe, T.I., Aneja, R.M., Iringan, F.P.S., Mai,
H.I., Akano, S.N., 2009. Pollution Study in Manila Bay : Eutrophication and Its
Impact on Plankton Community. Environ. Res. 261–267.
Craig, Paul M. (2017): CVLGrid 2D Grid Generator User’s Manual Version 1.1.
Developed by Dynamic Solutions-International LLC. Edmonds, Washington,
U.S.A.
Craig, Paul M. (2017): EFDC Explorer User’s Manual, Release 171004. Developed
by Dynamic Solutions-International LLC. Edmonds, Washington, U.S.A.
Ellis, Jean and Douglas J. Sherman (2014): Coastal and Marine Hazards, Risks, and
Disasters. Academic Press, November 2014.
English, S., C. Wilkinson and V. Baker, Editors (1997). Survey manual for tropical
marine resources. 2nd ed. Australian Institute of Marine Sciences,
Queensland, 390 p.
Francisco, B., Villegas, J.R., Quimpo, R., and E. Fontamillas (2015), Results of
Resource assessment in the Proposed Marine Protected Area in Barangay
Maroyogroyog, Linapacan, Palawan; FAO.
Francisco, B, Villegas J.R., Quimpo R., and E. Fontamillas (2015), Results of
Resource Assessment in the Proposed Marine Protected Area in Barangay
Calibangbangan, Linapacan, Palawan; FAO.
Faust, M.A. and R.A. Gulledge. 2002. Identifying harmfulmarine dinoflagellates.
Smithsonian InstitutionContributions U.S. Nat. Her., 42:1-144.

Food and Agriculture Organization. 2004. Marine Biotoxins. Chief Publishing and
Multimedia Services. Rome, Italy.
FAO, 2004. Marine Biotoxins, FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, 80. Food and 7
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 278.
Harris, G.P. 1986. 1986. Phytoplankton Ecology. Chapman and Hill Ltd, London, pp
384.
Hinga, K.R., Jeon, H., Lewis, N.F., 1995. Marine Eutrophication Review Part I:
Quantifying the effects of nitrogen enrichment on phytoplankton in coastal
ecosystem.
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (2013): Projections of Sea level Rise.
Climate Change 2013: The Physical Basis. Working Group I contribution to
the IPCC Fifth Assessment Report. Jonathan Gregory, Lead Author, Chapter
13, Sea level Change.
Jacinto GS, Azanza RV, Velasquez IB, Sirigan FP (2006) Manila Bay: Environmental
challenges and opportunities. p. 309–328. In The Environment in Asia Pacific
Harbours (ed. Wolanski E). Springer, The Netherlands.
Jacinto GS, Azanza RV,Velasquez IB and FP Siringa. 2006. Manila Bay:
Environmental challenges and Oppurtunities. In: The Environment in Asia
Pacific Harbours. Springer Netherlands.
Kasten F., Czeplak G., 1980, Solar and Terrestrial Radiation dependent on the
Amount and Type of Cloud, Solar Energy, Vol. 24, 177-189
Lapidez, J. P., Suarez, J. K., Tablazon, J., Dasallas, L., Gonzalo, L.A., Santiago, J.,
Cabacaba, K.M., Ramos, M.M.A., Lagmay, A.M.F., Manalo, V. (2014);
Identification of Storm Surge Vulnerable Areas in the Philippines through
Simulations of Typhoon Haiyan-Induced Storm Surge Using Tracks of
Historical Typhoons. Department of Science and Technology, Nationwide
Operational Assessment of Hazards. Project NOAH Open-File Reports, Vol.
3 (2014), pp. 118, 121, 122.
Margalef, R. 1978. Diveristy. In: Phytoplankton Manual (Ed): A. Sournia, UNESCO,
Paris, 251-260
Moestrup, O., Lindberg, K., and Daugbjerg, N.: Studies on woloszynskioid
dinoflagellates IV: the genus Biecheleria gen. nov., Phycol. Res., 57, 203–
220, 2009
Montojo UM, Sakamoto S, Furio EF, Gatdula NC, Borja VM, Formeloza MA, Yoshida
M, Fukuyo Y, Ogata T, Kodama M. 2003. Occurrence of Three Species of
Toxic Dinoflagellates in Manila Bay, Philippines. In: Nitithamyong, C. (ed)
Proceeding of the First Joint Seminar on Coastal Oceanography, 14-16
December, 2003, Chiang Mai, Thailand. Department of Marine Science,
Chulalongkorn University.
National Water Council, 1981 National Water Council (1981) River Quality: the 1980
survey and future outlook.
National Mapping and Resource Information Authority (2016): Philippines Tide and
Current Tables 2016. Hydrography Branch, 421 Baracca St., San Nicolas,
Manila

Okaichi, T. 1967. Red tides found in and around the Seto Inland Sea in 1965. Tech.
Bull. Fac. Agricul. Kagawa Univ. 15: 181-185.
PAGASA : Historical Storm Surge Map of Manila Bay. Prepared by Nestor B. Nimes
(2009), (2011), HTMIRDS, RDTD. PAGASA. Science Garden Complex,
Agham Road, Diliman, Quezon City
Pokavanich, Tanuspong and Kazuo Nadaoka (2006): Three-dimensional
Hydrodynamics Simulation of Manila Bay. Symposium on Infrastracture
Development and the Environment, University of the Philippines, Diliman,
Quezon City.
Reynolds, C. S. 2006. The Ecology of Phytoplankton. Cambridge University Press.
S. Sabater, Diatoms, In Encyclopedia of Inland Waters, edited by Gene E. Likens,,
Academic Press, Oxford, 2009, Pages 149-156
Siringan, Fernando P and Cherry L. Ringor (1998): Changes in Bathymetry and
Their Implications to Sediment Dispersal and Rates of Sedimentation in
Manila Bay. Science Diliman, July-December 1998.
Stewart I and Falconer IR (2008) "Cyanobacteria and cyanobacterial toxins" Pages
271–296 in Oceans and human health: risks and remedies from the seas,
Eds: Walsh PJ, Smith SL and Fleming LE. Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-
372584-4.
Stull, Roland (2011): Wet-Bulb Temperature from Relative Humidity and Air
Temperature. American Meteorological Society, November 2011.
Sverdrup, H. U., M. Johnson, and R. Fleming. 1942. The Oceans. Prentice- Hall,
Inc., New York. 1087 p.
Tetra Tech, Inc. (2007): Environmental Fluid Dynamics Code Theory and
Computation Volume 1: Hydrodynamics and Mass Transport.EFDC was
originally developed by Dr. John M. Hamrick, 101306 Eaton Place, Suite 340,
Fairfax, VA 20030
Tetra Tech, Inc. (2007): Environmental Fluid Dynamics Code User Manual. EFDC
was originally developed by Dr. John M. Hamrick) USEPA Version 1.01.
101306 Eaton Place, Suite 340, Fairfax, VA 20030.
Tomas, C. R. 1997. Identifying marine phytoplankton. Academic Press, California.
Valiela, I 1984.Marine Ecological Process. Springer-Verlag, New York, pp546
Villanoy, Cesar and Marilou Martin (1997): Modeling the Circulation of Manila Bay:
Assessing the Relative Magnitudes of Wind and Tide Forcing. Science
Diliman, 1997.
Wilhm, J.L. 1975. Biological indicators of pollution. In Aquatic Ecology, ed. B.A.
Whitton, pp. 375-402. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley, CA.
Websites:
www.epa.gov/exposure-assessment-models/efdc)
www.michigan.gov/documents/deq/wb-npdes-TotalSuspended
Solids_247238_7.pdf


Executive Summary: ES 1 - Project Fact Sheet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Executive Summary: ES 1 - Project Fact Sheet

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Executive Summary: ES 1 - Project Fact Sheet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Executive Summary| Environmental Impact Statement

ES 1 . Project Fact Sheet

The City Government of Manila (the proponent) proposes to develop a reclamation

ES 1.1 Basic Project Information

Project Name New Manila Reclamation Project

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 1

Project Proponent City Government of Manila

The Sworn Statement of Accountability of the Proponent is provided in Annex B.

ES 1.2 Project Location

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 2

Figure ES-1. Existing roads around the Project Sit

ES 2 . Process Documentation of the conduct of EIA

The process documentation of the conduct of the environmental impact assessment

This EIS will guide the proponent to implement environmental management

ES 2.1 Limitations of the Study

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 4

ES 2.2 Project Team

Table ES-1.EIA Study Team

The Accountability Statement of the Preparers is provided in Annex B.

ES 2.3 EIA Study Schedule

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 5

ES 2.4 EIA Study Area

ES 2.5 EIA Methodology

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 6

Data sources and

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 7

Data sources and

ES 2.6 Public Participation

Table ES-4. Public Participation Activities Conducted

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 8

Activity Date Venue Participants

Project 1. Timeline of ECC application

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 9

Aspect Issues and Concerns

Water 1. Impact on flooding

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 10

ES 3.1 Summary of Baseline Characterization

The summary of baseline characterization and its corresponding environmental

Table ES-6. Summary of Baseline Characterization

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 11

Module Summary of Baseline Condition / Key Findings

The most recent catastrophic flood occurred in Metro Manila when

Tidal Heights/Patterns. Tidal patterns in Manila show are generally semi-

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 12

Module Summary of Baseline Condition / Key Findings

Current Patterns. Current patterns were generally parallel with the

Results of simulation (without project scenario) showed that during low

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 13

Module Summary of Baseline Condition / Key Findings

Phytoplankton.The overall impression from the results obtained in the

Zooplankton. The zooplankton community in the survey area is relatively

Macrobenthos and macro-invertebrates collected for food and trade. A

Commercially important macro-invertebrates in the Pasig River.

Fish Communities and Species Richness. In the absence of coral reefs,

Phytoplankton Diversity. The overall impression from the results obtained

Zooplankton Diversity. The zooplankton community in the survey area is

New Manila Reclamation Project ES 14

Module Summary of Baseline Condition / Key Findings

Macrobenthos Diversity. The macrobenthos recorded in this survey was